Type = 11 iDate=2/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HAS CERTIFICATES   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1960 (Originally issued in Washington, D.C.) BPI HAS CERTIFICATES (Cancels existing directions) The qualifications for a HAS Certificate are changed to fit the reality of existing courses. Great success is being obtained by placing people in the Co-audit directly from PE, according to U.S. and some other Franchise Holders. Therefore a modified HAS Certificate will be issued to all persons attending Central Organization or Franchise PE Co-audit Courses; such persons must have: cleared the present lifetime of overts and withholds of one other person and have their own overts and withholds cleaned up, all incidents discovered to have had responsibility flattened on them. LRH:rlw.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=3/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  A THIRD DYNAMIC FOR SCIENTOLOGY   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY AD10 (Originally Issued in Washington DC) BPI A THIRD DYNAMIC FOR SCIENTOLOGY To bring about a Scientology third dynamic greater than any group has ever before had, your co-operation, whether pro or layman, is requested. Any Scientologist, whether certified or not, may participate. There are two ways you can participate: 1. To get off your own overts and withholds, and 2. Urge other people to get off theirs. To accomplish this and provide an orderly check on this and to prevent any overt being used by anyone, the following procedure is recommended: (a) That a full list of present lifetime overts and withholds be made, with or without the assistance of sessions, particularly as they apply to Scientology or related groups and personnel, and signed and sent to HCO WW, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex, England. (b) That a second list then be made giving what responsibility one could take for these. Instead of the second list an auditor's report saying it has been done, the auditor attesting it, may be forwarded. That these files exist in my personal possession should make it effectively impossible for anyone to try to use the information. In this way we can cover all existing certificates and people and by following this with new people keep an expanding group clean and clear. I appreciate any co-operation you can give me in forwarding this programme and will doubly appreciate any auditing you do toward this direct goal. All persons so cleared on overts would be listed from time to time in HCO publications as "people you can trust". L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE UNMOVING CASE   Fran Hldrs Assn Secs HCO Secs HCO Staff & Cen Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JANUARY 1960 Fran Hldrs Assn Secs HCO Secs HCO Staff & Cen Orgs THE UNMOVING CASE And here we are ten years after the date I wrote the first book with the solution to both types of cases that give us trouble. And that's a good anniversary release. Of course you saw the first book after January of 1950 but in the cold bitter winter of Bay Head, New Jersey, I was busy writing down the research of years which would become first a best seller and then a long term steady seller across the world, beating most book records. You know "Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health" and you know its data, and you know also that any case could be cleared if you could run all the engrams off the case. And you know as well that you have run into cases that resisted all efforts to run engrams or penetrate the bank. If was only these cases that kept Dianetics and all its goals from being realized by all auditors. We have concocted many dodges and much training skill has been perfected, all to run just two types of cases -- for most of the cases around in the public could still be cleared by straight Dianetic processing right out of Book One. In this and the next bulletin I am going to take up these two types of cases and their solution. Valuable data? You stated it correctly. The first of these two types was the case which didn't experience any improvement even after you had run the exact engram necessary to resolve the case. The hallmark of this case was unreality. It either went through it all with no emotional change or it jumped all over the track and de-railed at unlikely moments. This case also ARC broke very easily and was plain hell to keep in session, or it was so apathetic it continually slumped. When the case did make a gain it promptly relapsed and was telling everyone how bad the auditor was. Well, we've actually been talking about this case for several bulletins. It is the case which mustn't let anyone find out. Its earmarks are one or more of the following: 1. Runs with no reality 2. Skids around on the track 3. Goes out of communication easily 4. Experiences little if any gain in processing 5. Criticizes the Auditor 6. Propitiates 7. Tries to blow Any one of the above and probably several more characteristics may be present in such a case. But it just can't run engrams whatever else can be said about it and it just doesn't make progress. One of the things this case is doing is using auditing to make people guilty of 4 overt acts. As an auditor this case won't really get down to auditing and as a preclear the case just doesn't ever get up and fly. There are various degrees of this case. Almost anyone has sooner or later run into one or another of these. But the whole summary is contained in one fact: The person gets little benefit from Dianetics or Scientology. If all the cases in Scientology were really wheeling we'd get no hold-ups either as auditor or as pc. Further we wouldn't be tiptoeing around holding on to so many pc secrets that we ourselves get giddy making sure nobody tries to capitalize on them. We would be in fact a free people, the only free people on earth. Further we can only be harmed by those things we have harmed and if all of us -- for you have an influence in this too, remember -- had our worst overts and withholds off no person or agency on earth would be able to touch a Scientologist harmfully. And that's worth working for isn't it? The failed case doesn't move (as listed above) and doesn't audit very well, since it just can't confront overts from another and turns them away. Well, that's the Dianetic failed case. And it's the Scientology failed case. And knowing this we begin the road to freedom as a group as well as individuals. The case that does not advance under auditing is the case that has undisclosed overts and withholds. The main ones that are harmful to an advance of the case are in the present lifetime and are know to the preclear (but sometimes are a trifle out of sight and bounce into view quite suddenly and painfully). Get the overts and withholds off the case and run responsibility on them and you have a case that is wheeling at last. It can run anything and it can be cleared. Well that's the main Dianetic failed case and why. Remember that when a pc tells you his current lifetime overts and withholds you are code bound to run responsibility on them. Now, let's face up to it and do it, do it, do it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright, $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 5  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=8/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OT PROCEDURES FOR HCS/BScn COURSES AS RECORDED IN WASHINGTON, D.C. ACADEMY JAN 1960 LRH TAPES, 9 HOURS, 7 1/2 ips.   HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P Staff Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JANUARY AD10 (Originally issued in Washington, D.C.) HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P Staff Auditors OT PROCEDURES FOR HCS/BScn COURSES AS RECORDED IN WASHINGTON, D.C. ACADEMY JAN 1960 LRH TAPES, 9 HOURS, 7 1/2 ips. SESSION DATA Rudiments: (a) Auditor checked out -- o/w's off on auditor or auditors or pcs until OK to be audited. (b) Environment checked out -- o/w's on auditing room, associated personnel and people. (c) PTP checked out -- o/w's on people connected with PTP unless it can be done by Problems of Comparable Magnitude or two-way comm. (d) ARC breaks -- check earlier sessions. TR 5N. (e) Goals for session. Omit any or all of above except goals if pc already in session. Use any or all of above at any time if session bogs down or pc gets upset or choppy. AUDITING ATTITUDE You do the auditing. This is all HGC type auditing, not PE Co-Audit. The auditor handles pc and improves pc on his own responsibility. Instructions which violate this (making auditor a via, not cause) may be disregarded both by student and staff auditors. Audit the pc on the whole track as a general rule only when pc's tone arm is sitting at Clear as a consequence of setting up the session, getting off present life overts, rehabilitating ability to withhold, getting responsibility run on incidents pc has revealed, getting off discreditable creations and getting responsibility run on them. Don't wound-up doll on pc. Keep finding out whit he is doing and how he is doing it and if he is doing anything else. Be interested. Use heavy control, as extreme as you feel necessary, as mild as works. If pc is ARC breaky work rudiments over or look hard for present life overts and withholds discreditable to pc. Enfin DO WHAT YOU DO THOROUGHLY. If you only do a small portion of this, do it well and finish it before looking for greener pastures. First Stage 1. Clean up and continue to keep cleaned up pc's overts and withholds in life which would interrupt two-way comm with auditor. This includes anything pc has done in his life which disturbs the tone arm. Rehabilitate pc's ability to withhold on any terminal he has done lots of overts against. (Overts include making another person guilty of anything. Don't overlook these.) Always run responsibility on any major overts discovered. 6 2. Only when a pc has a needle reading at clear reading for his sex should you go for chronic somatics, etc. Note: The following steps are not necessarily to be run in the order they are listed here. It is at the auditor's discretion which is tackled when. 3. Hunt up pc's "discreditable creations" (use wording that best communicates to pc in asking for these), starting with his present lifetime. Run responsibility on these. Use some such commands as: "What part of that incident could you admit causing?,, -- "What could you withhold from that person (those people)?" 4. Check well into his goals. What goals does he particularly want rehabilitated? Clean up his earliest present life "discreditable creation" on this goal line by running responsibility on it. You may do well to run several of these. This, of course, may be done much later in session after whole track. This is artistic rehabilitation. 5. Find out how he feels about generally improving himself. Burning question: Does he deserve to get well? Investigate his chronic somatics and find out who he is making guilty by having them. Do this by clever two-way comm, not by repetitive auditing command. This is the make-break point of a case. Get real real about it. This step applies ordinarily to the very boggy case that isn't running well. Any case can benefit from it but it is a must on a boggy case. 6. Clean up "social atmosphere" of present life by getting off 2nd and 3rd dynamic overt-withholds. Family, job, etc. This step would be more germane to an HGC pc and may be omitted by students. However, a bad tone arm that won't adjust to clear by the above will possibly adjust with this step if you rehabilitate the pc's ability to withhold from such areas. General Note on Above. Always run some responsibility when a pc communicates an overt or withhold of magnitude. The tone arm will not come down or go up when pc communicates overt or withhold unless he assumes responsibility for the act. Always rehabilitate pc's ability to withhold, especially when auditor is getting him to spill a great deal. "Mindless Object" reading (1.5) indicates pc's ability to withhold has been badly shaken. Good command: "Think of something you could withhold." Runs well, alternated with various forms of "What could you admit causing?" Second Stage 1. If pc has a field, somatics, malformity or aberration, clean it up as follows: (a) Find out what he is looking at. (b) Date it with the meter. (c) Run "What part of the scene could you admit causing?" (Keep on with the same command no matter how much the scene changes, until pc is in PT when he will most likely come up with the scene of present auditor and auditing environment within the last day or two. It is then flat for your purposes. 2. Disassociation from identities. Stable Datum: Any "identity" is a misidentification, therefore get it off case. (a) Identity most in restimulation. (Whole track.) (b) Identities of the last two or three lives, with special attention to the shifts of identity involved. (c) Any identities you can get hold of. Be sure to get his most creative life. (Whole track.) 3. Immediate past lives. Most cases crack when the last life before this one and perhaps the last few lives are well explored. Tackle these with the E- Meter. Find out all about them. 7 The rule is that in stage one you set the pc up to be audited and clean up present life. In stage two you clean up immediate past life or lives and then the whole track. SUMMARY The keynote is INCREASE CONFIDENCE by increasing ability. The gradient scale is: (a) Confidence in being audited. (b) Confidence in present existence (immediate time track). (c) Confidence in present life. (d) Confidence in regaining health by running off chronic somatics. (e) Confidence in regaining memory of and recovering from past few lives, particularly the last one. (f) Confidence on the whole track by removing overts and reestablishing withhold ability on the whole track. If a step is done well and thoroughly, the next step is done more easily by pc. If no thoroughness is present and if pc never wins on any step, recovery is only partial. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mg.js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 8  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=14/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE BLACK CASE   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs HCO and HASI Staffs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JANUARY AD10 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs HCO and HASI Staffs THE BLACK CASE In the last bulletin I mentioned that two case types held us up in Dianetics and that I had now solved these ten years after the first book's writing. The first type was the case that had so many overts and withholds in this lifetime that it could not be gotten into two way communication. The remedy for this is to get the overts and withholds confessed and run responsibility on these acts. The second type is the "Black Field" case. The case with a field could not run engrams because he could not see them. Before I started to teach people to audit I never found this case. I didn't find it because I merely assumed that the case was stuck on the track and I persuaded the case to get unstuck. In May 1950 in teaching a class in Washington, D.C., I found that at the exact moment of stuck there was sonic, visio and the rest. After I started teaching people how to audit this case eluded them and after a while I found some that eluded me too. Naturally anyone knowing that this was an unauditable case (for the fact was quite well advertised) used the mechanism to cover up overts and withholds. The mechanism I am about to give you relieves however any such case and changes it around considerably. This remedy applies not only to Black Field cases but any kind of constant view including invisible fields and stuck pictures. This formula has proven sufficiently good that the only way to get around it is for the pc to run like the dickens -- and you can keep him from doing that by getting off his overts and withholds. Whether or not you have relieved his overts and withholds, you can use this formula with great profit -- and just because it's simple, let's keep it as simple as it is. It will work. In taking hold of a new case, the first thing to do is start the session letter-perfect with rudiments and goals, whether the case has ever been audited before or not. Then ask the person to close his or her eyes and find out what the person is looking at. If it is PT, okay to proceed along any process line. If not PT but a stuck picture, a field or "nothing" at once put the pc on the meter (where he should have been all along) and do a time scout. Pin whatever the person sees in time as exactly as you can, right down to the minute of the day. This may blow the pc up to PT in some cases. But usually it will only change the view slightly. Now understand this: If a pc is stuck on the track all the auditing you are doing is around an out of PT area and is not valid for present life. So it is very valuable to handle just what it is that's sitting there and not scramble it up with any other process than this one. It does not matter, for this formula, where the pc's tone arm is located for its 9 reading will be more or less for the stuck incident and not as a result of present life material. So disregard the tone arm and the injunction never to audit a pc with a high tone arm when you are doing this. Attend to the tone arm after you've got the pc in PT. All right, we've got the time of the incident. The pc is still sitting there with his eyes closed. His data is very vague, perhaps he may be totally unco-operative. Who cares. Do this anyway. Run now "What part of that scene you're looking at could you be responsible for?" He may give you the most strained or vague answers. That's all right. This will still work. Keep running it no matter how many times he repeats the same answer. The picture will start to shift. It may shift with slowness or enormous rapidity or both, but it will shift. Well, just go on and run the process as above right up to PT and then skip it except for noting where he was stuck. When you have the pc in PT get off his overts and withholds and let the tone arm down. "What would you let me know?" "What would you withhold from me?" alternated will do very well to clean it all up providing you run responsibility on any incident of importance the pc comes up with. Well, that's the case that couldn't see pictures. That's the psychologist who says they don't exist. That's the rough case that wouldn't move on the track. Despite all the randomity I'm getting some things done lately, eh? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.jh.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TAPES FOR SALE   BPI Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1960 BPI Franchise Holders TAPES FOR SALE The 5th and 6th London ACC tapes and the Melbourne ACC tapes and all 1959 and prior Congresses are now for sale to Franchise Holders. Price: $15 ($15) per hour, less all discounts. At least two hours must be ordered at any one time. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 10  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CASUALTIES   HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1960 HCO Secs Assn Secs CASUALTIES (not confidential) There are a few casualties along the line of getting off overts, and by my telling you about them, you may be able to prevent others and to better understand what is going on. Only about eight people have "run for the brush" to date because of an unwillingness to reveal their overts against Scientology. There may be a few more but the data is not to hand. The overwhelming majority of Scientologists have embraced these new techniques and measures with enthusiasm. Factually, those that blew were not in possession of much data on overts. I feel that if they had been they would have stood up to it. In early November I ordered all organizations to give an E-Meter check on all staffs preliminary to auditing these on the new overt/withhold -- responsibility combination. I also forbade Central Orgs to employ persons with hidden social crimes that might be used to hurt Scientology (blackmail) until expiation could be accomplished and auditing completed. This began by suspending one Doug Moon in HASI Melbourne until he had been cleared since he was such a social liability. Almost instantly on receipt of the E-Meter check order lain Thompson in HASI London, long-time friend of Moon, unexpectedly resigned and caused Kaye Thompson to resign from HCO WW. All that had happened at Saint Hill up to that moment was my release of casual non-Scientology personnel and a liquor stealing butler before I left for Australia so Mary Sue could carry on more easily. The day I returned to Saint Hill Norma Webb, a Peter Stumbke and another non-Scientologist named Dinah Day resigned and ran away. On November 23rd at the urgings of Nina West, close friend of Webb, Nibs Hubbard deserted his post in Washington and left no forwarding address. It transpires that he had been caught up in the Moon -- Webb -- West connections. He tried to find nerve to face an E-Meter the Saturday he left but did not report for his scheduled session with his Washington auditor on that day. He has since been heard of here and there borrowing money and staying out of sight. The registrar in Melbourne subsequently left before she could be put on a meter. The only action taken concerning these people is suspension or cancellation of certificates pending E-Meter checks and clearing of overts against Scientology. None except Moon were dismissed, but they have been heard to say that they were. They resigned without notice to me. Any Scientologist encountering any of these personnel would do all of us a favor by getting them on a Meter and getting their overts against us off and reporting having done so to HCO WW. If any further blows occur as a result of present know-how, the same procedure will be followed. As Nibs Hubbard was probably being blackmailed it is creditable that he removed himself from post before he could be made to harm the Washington Organization. LRH:js.rd Copyright$c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 11  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  JUSTIFICATION   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs HCO and HASI Staffs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY AD10 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs HCO and HASI Staffs JUSTIFICATION When a person has committed an overt act and then withholds it, he or she usually employs the social mechanism of justification. We have all heard people attempt to justify their actions and all of us have known instinctively that justification was tantamount to a confession of guilt. But not until now have we understood the exact mechanism behind justification. Short of Scientology Auditing there was no means by which a person could relieve himself of consciousness of having done an overt act except to try to lessen the overt. Some churches used a mechanism of confession. This was a limited effort to relieve a person of the pressure of his overt acts. Later the mechanism of confession was employed as a kind of blackmail by which increased contribution could be obtained from the person confessing. Factually this is a limited mechanism to such an extent that it can be extremely dangerous. Religious confession does not carry with it any real stress of responsibility for the individual but on the contrary seeks to lay responsibility at the door of the Divinity -- a sort of blasphemy in itself. I have no axe to grind here with religion. Religion as religion is fairly natural. But psychotherapy must be in itself a completed fact or, as we all know, it can become a dangerous fact. That's why we flatten engrams and processes. Confession to be non-dangerous and effective must be accompanied by a full acceptance of responsibility. All overt acts are the product of irresponsibility on one or more of the dynamics. Withholds are a sort of overt act in themselves but have a different source. Oddly enough we have just proven conclusively that man is basically good -- a fact which flies in the teeth of old religious beliefs that man is basically evil. Man is good to such an extent that when he realizes he is being very dangerous and in error he seeks to minimize his power and if that doesn't work and he still finds himself committing overt acts he then seeks to dispose of himself either by leaving or by getting caught and executed. Without this computation Police would be powerless to detect crime -- the criminal always assists himself to be caught. Why Police punish the caught criminal is the mystery. The caught criminal wants to be rendered less harmful to the society and wants rehabilitation. Well, if this is true then why does he not unburden himself? The fact is this: unburdening is considered by him to be an overt act. People withhold overt acts because they conceive that telling them would be another overt act. It is as though Thetans are trying to absorb and hold out of sight all the evil of the world. This is wrong-headed, by withholding overt acts these are kept afloat in the universe and are themselves as withholds entirely the cause of continued evil. Man is basically good but he could not attain expression of this until now. Nobody but the individual could die for his own sins -- to arrange things otherwise was to keep man in chains. In view of these mechanisms, when the burden became too great man was driven to another mechanism -- the effort to lessen the size and pressure of the overt. He or she could only do this by attempting to reduce the size and repute of the terminal. Hence, not-isness. Hence when a man or a woman has done an overt act there usually follows an effort to reduce the goodness or importance of the target of the overt. Hence the husband who betrays his wife must then state that the wife was no good in some way. Thus the wife who betrayed her husband had to reduce the husband to reduce the overt. This works on all dynamics. In this light most criticism is justification of having done an overt. 12 This does not say that all things are right and that no criticism anywhere is ever merited. Man is not happy. He is faced with total destruction unless we toughen up our postulates. And the overt act mechanism is simply a sordid game condition man has slipped into without knowing where he was going. So there are rightnesses and wrongnesses in conduct and society and life at large, but random, carping 1.1 criticism when not borne out in fact is only an effort to reduce the size of the target of the overt so that one can live (he hopes) with the overt. Of course to criticize unjustly and lower repute is itself an overt act and so this mechanism is not in fact workable. Here we have the source of the dwindling spiral. One commits overt acts unwittingly. He seeks to justify them by finding fault or displacing blame. This leads him into further overts against the same terminals which leads to a degradation of himself and sometimes those terminals. Scientologists have been completely right in objecting to the idea of punishment. Punishment is just another worsening of the overt sequence and degrades the punisher. But people who are guilty of overts demand punishment. They use it to help restrain themselves from (they hope) further violation of the dynamics. It is the victim who demands punishment and it is a wrong-headed society that awards it. People get right down and beg to be executed. And when you don't oblige, the woman scorned is sweet-tempered by comparison. I ought to know -- I have more people try to elect me an executioner than you would care to imagine. And many a preclear who sits down in your pc chair for a session is there just to be executed and when you insist on making such a pc better, why you've had it, for they start on this desire for execution as a new overt chain and seek to justify it by telling people you're a bad auditor. When you hear scathing and brutal criticism of someone which sounds just a bit strained, know that you have your eye on overts against that criticized person and next chance you get pull the overts and remove just that much evil from the world. And remember, by and by, that if you make your pc write these overts and withholds down and sign them and send them off to me he'll be less reluctant to hold on to the shreds of them -- it makes for a further blow of overts and less blow of pc. And always run responsibility on a pc when he unloads a lot of overts or just one. We have our hands here on the mechanism that makes this a crazy universe so let's go for broke on it and play it all the way out. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 13  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  RESPONSIBILITY   BPI Franchise Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1960 BPI Franchise Hldrs RESPONSIBILITY Responsibility is often misdefined by the pc. The definition for auditing of responsibility is "Admit causing," "able to withhold." Usable commands would be "What about a (terminal) could you admit causing?" "What could you withhold from a (terminal)?" "What could you admit causing?" Responsibility as a word can still be used as itself in an auditing command. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 14  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=24/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OT PROCEDURE   All Staff Members  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JANUARY 1960 All Staff Members OT PROCEDURE I have tested and released a new OT procedure for your use on Staff Clearing Course, in the HGC and in your own co-auditing which I know will give you theta clears in a relatively short time. I am well embarked on a program now for the UK to release this new material. We can get one theta clear a month off the HGC. We can work successfully toward the goal of having nothing but theta clears on staff. The Washington Congress blew the lid off in the US. People finishing the HCS Course there are fanning out all over the country giving non-certificate courses to old auditors by sweeping demands from the field. The new PE program is also working wonders. It omits the Comm Course and puts people straight from the PE into the Co-audit, and there runs -- "What could you admit causing a person?" "What could you withhold from a person?" This is advocated now for HASI London. We are getting together a UK Congress that gives the Washington Congress over again and which is rigged to succeed as a Tape Congress. To begin this decade of 1960's we are well away from the mark and have the majority of the countries with us. We now have to make a hard push on the UK to get things wheeling like we mean it. I thank you for your forbearance and hard work, and can assure you that it is all in the direction of the biggest win man has ever had. This one we are going to make. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rf.nm Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 15  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OT-3 PROCEDURE HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES   Cent Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JANUARY 1960 Cent Orgs OT-3 PROCEDURE HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES This bulletin supersedes all previous bulletins. Any case that cannot adequately define simple words like "change", "problem", "responsibility": run CCHs 1, 2, 3, 4, as per their earliest bulletins. STEP ONE: Rudiments: Check for present time problem. Run by any good method. Check for ARC breaks with auditor and environment. Erase by any effective method. Set goals for session when PT problem and ARC breaks handled. Establish rudiments at the beginning of each session. Re-establish rudiments if pc goes out of session. Check over what pc got towards his goals at session end. STEP TWO: Scout for present life overts and withholds. If found, run "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" (see note on "responsible"). Flatten off all present life overt/withholds and zones of irresponsibility (high or low needle). This should bring the needle into quietness and the tone arm down to clear reading for the pc's sex. On a low tone arm case, particularly below two, find any terminal that dips the needle, however slightly, and run withhold on that terminal: "What could you withhold from a _______ ?" "What could you make (terminal) contribute?" run alternately with "What would you rather not contribute to (terminal)?" has also made a low tone arm rise. S-C-S and CCHs have also done so. The low tone arm is supposed to be the tougher one. Actually it's the valence of a mindless object and the last resort of the pc to withhold, so rehabilitating withhold cleverly should get it easily. STEP THREE: Clear the pc's field with responsibility as per recent HCO Bulletin on black, invisible or dub-in cases. When pc sees pictures of PT then go at case in general. STEP FOUR: Run "What about a victim could you be responsible for?" until the tone arm tends to read at clear reading for sex in this lifetime. Whenever the pc encounters an incident that seems very sticky, which is to say when the picture sticks many commands by the E-Meter, spot the time in terms of years ago and down to the month and day. When the incident is spotted, if it continues to hang up run it as an incident with this command: "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" and, as needful, on a two way comm basis, and by any process as needed get off its overts and withholds and "Who would it make feel guilty?" When any incident is reasonably flat continue with "What about a victim could you be responsible for?" This does not mean that you spot and run every incident encountered. Spot and run only those that stick. 16 STEP FIVE: Explore the immediate past lifetime or lifetimes of the pc. Get the pc's identity and form (sometimes they were animals), and if lifetime alters position of tone arm, run "What about (name) would you be willing to be?" "What about (name) would you rather not be?" Do this until incident is flat. If heavy engrams in such a lifetime stick, run "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" STEP SIX: Run down any famous or enduring identities of the pc on the whole track, and handle as above. Ease off this with responsibility as a victim. STEP SEVEN: Do a dynamic assessment on the pc and locate any terminal that drops, and run on this "What could you withhold from a _______ ?" until pc can withhold. If any severe incident turns up flatten with responsibility. STEP EIGHT: Any chronic somatic or disability of the pc, if still not located, should be tackled with "What about that (name it) could you be responsible for?" and untangle the resulting pictures by placing them in time and running responsibility on any that stick hard. STEP NINE: Flatten once more responsibility on a victim. STEP TEN: Rehabilitate the pc's ability to withhold by running cause-withhold version of responsibility (see note below) on all dynamics with various terminals. Cautions: Until some responsibility is run on some cases no present life overts show up. Responsibility is the key to high and low tone arms, not overts. Handle any severe overts that turn up on a case with responsibility process. Do not run a mass-less terminal such as "sex" or "help". Find instead some actual terminal, not a significance. Beware running adjectival commands such as "frigid woman" or "a little boy with a mole under his left grin". Run instead the plainest terminal that drops. Do not run things that are not real to the pc as he has made the the overt. Instead run lots of overt finding processes such as "What could you ads it causing a (terminal real to pc)?" alternated with "What could you withhold from a (same terminal)?" Much of the material here is on the Washington 1960 HCS tapes. But this rundown here is to be followed in the event of any conflict of procedure. IMPORTANT NOTE: WHERE RESPONSIBILITY IS USED ABOVE IT CAN ALSO READ "WHAT COULD YOU ADMIT CAUSING (TERMINAL)?" "WHAT COULD YOU WITHHOLD FROM (TERMINAL)?" THIS ALTERNATE COMMAND IS A BETTER PROCESS THAN "WHAT ABOUT (TERMINAL) COULD YOU BE RESPONSIBLE FOR?" Note: Usage of this rundown should be taught on staff theta clearing courses. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Superseded by HCO B 3 March 1960, OT-3A Procedure -- HGC Allowed Processes, page 48.] 17  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=28/1/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE KEY TO ALL CASES -- RESPONSIBILITY   HCO Secs Assn Secs Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JANUARY 1960 HCO Secs Assn Secs Fran Hldrs THE KEY TO ALL CASES -- RESPONSIBILITY During the past three months I have made several important discoveries in the field of the human mind which iron out the bits and pieces that were getting in our road in making broad clearing programmes possible. First of these was the discovery that the tone arm of the E-Meter rather than the needle was foremost in analyzing the case. When the tone arm reads at three for males and two for females on the modern meter a process can be considered flat. Aside from various special states such as valence shifts, this will hold true. When the tone arm reads at clear for the person's sex no matter what one attempts to restimulate on the case you have a clear. Additionally the hot areas of the time track are located because they throw the tone arm to higher or lower readings. Good auditing today cannot be done without an E-Meter of good reliable quality as distributed by HCO WW in the UK and by Wingate Enterprises in the United States. It could be said that the E- Meter has just now become an absolute necessity in auditing and general analysis -- using the E-Meter RIGHT we can achieve clears. Next, but not next in importance was the discovery of the anatomy of RESPONSIBILITY. Although Responsibility has been known as a case factor since 1951 (just as the overt-motivator sequence has been) it has not been until now that I have been able to get it to run well on cases. Responsibility is a significance. Pcs define it in various ways. And all rather tend to run from it. Pcs in general pretend they would much rather be victims than causative sources -- which is what is wrong with their cases. In order to get responsibility to run I had to find out a lot more about it and not until the very end of 1959 was I able to define it in any way that made it run and come into being on a case. Now I mentioned the E-Meter first in this because it is RESPONSIBILITY -- LEVEL OF which causes the tone arm of the E-Meter to fluctuate. Place the pc in an area which has a very high tone arm reading or a very low one and you find the pc in an area in time when he was being very irresponsible. It is not always true that a pc picked up as reading at the clear reading of his sex is high on responsibility. There is an inversion of the matter where the pc is so very low on responsibility that he just gets a body reading for his sex and that is that. The test of this is the running of responsibility, as given in this bulletin. If the pc, run on responsibility, changes the position of the tone arm from the clear reading then that pc has a very long way to go perhaps before he can achieve any responsibility. If a pc is run on responsibility as given herein, if his track is explored, and if the tone arm reads and continues to read at clear then he is very responsible and very clear. But you would run the pc a bit not just read him on the meter in order to get an accurate view of the matter. In other words, don't look for overts to check out on a case. Look for tone arm fluctuations when responsibility is run. It takes at least a certain level of responsibility to show up overt acts on E-Meter. What exactly does the E-Meter read? It reads the degree of mental mass surrounding the thetan in a body. A thetan accumulates mental mass, pictures, ridges, circuits, etc, to the degree that he misassigns responsibility. If he does something and then says that it was done 18 by something or someone else then he has failed to assign cause rightly and, doing so, he is of course left with an apparently uncaused mental mass. This to us is the "bank". To Freud it was the "unconscious". To the psychiatrist it is lunacy. He therefore has as much bank as he has denied cause. As he is the only cause that could hang himself with a mass, the only misassigned cause therefore is self cause. Other people's causation is not aberrative and does not hang up except to the degree that the pc is provoked to misassigning cause. Other people's cause is therefore never audited. Here then we have the anatomy of the reactive mind. The common denominator of all these unwanted ridges, masses, pictures, engrams, etc, is RESPONSIBILITY. The discovery of the direct anatomy of RESPONSIBILITY is as follows: Able to admit causation. Able to withhold from This you will recognize as old reach and withdraw and as the fundamental of every successful process. But now we can refine this into the exact process that accomplishes a removal of the reactive mind and re-establishment of causation and responsibility. A thetan will not restore his own ability until he is certain he can withhold from things. When he finds he cannot then he reduces his own power. He will not let himself be more powerful than he believes he can use power. When he gets mad he of course can control nothing, neither can he really direct anything. When he causes something that he thinks is bad, he next seeks to withhold. If he cannot withhold then he begins to compulsively cause things that are bad and you have overt acts happening. What we call responsibility is restored on any subject or in any case by selecting a terminal (not a significance) and running on it: WHAT COULD YOU ADMIT CAUSING A (TERMINAL)? THINK OF SOMETHING YOU COULD WITHHOLD FROM A (TERMINAL). Overt acts proceed from irresponsibility. Therefore when responsibility declines, overt acts can occur. When responsibility declines to zero then a person doing overt acts no longer conceives them to be overt acts and YOU DO NOT EVEN GET A WIGGLE ON THE E-METER NEEDLE when looking for overts and withholds on such a case. Thus some criminals would not register on overts at all even though they had the loot in their pockets! And it is often necessary on any case to run cause/withhold on present life terminals as given above before the person can conceive of having committed any overts against those terminals. THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT: No case will run well and many cases will not run at all with present life overts and withholds undisclosed and unflattened. These overts and withholds may not even come into view UNTIL THE VERSION OF RESPONSIBILITY GIVEN HEREIN IS LIBERALLY RUN ON THE CASE. Choose any area where the pc conceives himself to be a victim. Select a terminal to represent that area that falls on an E-Meter. Run cause/withhold as given herein on that terminal and watch the overts pop into view. It is not necessary to handle these overts when they come up with any other process than cause/withhold since cause/ withhold given here is responsibility. There are other factors on cases that need handling but these are all handled with responsibility processes. If all the factors involved in a case are well handled as given herein you will have a theta clear who will be able to do a lot of things humans can't do. And if you handled a case totally with this material and its specialized skills then you would have an Operating Thetan. Fortunately for this universe no thetan will let himself go free unless he can operate without danger to others and the responsibility factor is way up on all dynamics. 19 This material is covered in tape lectures from the Washington January Congress 1960 (nine hours) and in the HCS Course lectures, Washington, January 1960 (nine hours). The Congress, which was very warmly received in Washington, is being replayed in many areas by public demand and the HCS Course is being given as the HCS/BScn Course in all Central Organizations. This is the major breakthrough we are starting the 1960s with. We are counting on HGCs turning out theta clears at regular intervals and we are working to get all stiffs of Central Organizations through to theta clear on Staff Clearing Courses. This material is also being used on PE Courses which now should run as follows: One week PE Course with TR demonstrations, this free. People pass from this course directly into Co-Audit (no Comm Course) at a fee, on the following process: "What could you admit causing a person?" "What could you withhold from a person?" Terminals other than "person" may be selected by the Co-Audit Instructor. A full intensive given by HGCs on the basis of OT-3 Procedure is sufficiently in advance of this to make individual auditing necessary in most cases. OT-3 has been released to all Central Orgs who have the Washington HCS tapes. The CCHs are used on cases incapable of defining terms. In view of this material and what is now known of responsibility and overts and what they do to case level, a new kind of justice comes into being, making it completely unnecessary to punish. You can know a person by his case level. Does it advance or doesn't it? Does he elect others ogres when he himself has been doing things or does he show Scientology in himself? This is a brand new look and it can be made a brand new earth. We started the 1960s the right way as I think you will discover. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 20  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE CO-AUDIT TEAM   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 FEBRUARY AD10 BPI THE CO-AUDIT TEAM The running of a co-audit team as done on a stiff theta clearing course, as done on staff and at home by Scientologists, can be either a very trying and unsuccessful activity or it can be a wonderful success, depending on whether it is done wrong or right. A fine example of this is the old time inability of a large percentage of husband-wife teams to succeed. But even a husband-wife co-audit team can succeed these days and come out clear if they follow the rules laid down in this bulletin. Co-audit teams fail not because either partner is unwilling but because they dive into the deep without preparing the weather in advance. The first requisite of any co-audit team is to thoroughly prepare the auditing climate and keep it repaired. This is true of any new team, no matter what either member of it did on any old team. Therefore co-audit procedure must do the following before any cases are tackled: Audit alternate sessions (not alternate intensives). Run as the first process to be flattened: "What have you done to me?" "What have you withheld from me?" and they run this every time the ARC breaks stack up. Assess the case with an E-Meter as to whether Dianetics and Scientology on one hand or the sex of the auditor on the other hand get the biggest fall on the meter or change on the tone arm. This action determines whether Dianetics and Scientology or the sex of the auditor get run first. They are both to be run. All we want to determine is which to run ahead of the other. Find one or more terminals that represent Dianetics and Scientology. Run each (the one with the biggest meter reaction ahead of the rest) on "What have you done to (terminal)?" "What have you withheld from (terminal)?" Run them all. Run only until each one is relatively flat and only as long as the pc has ready answers. Check them all over again. Running the sex of the auditor must also be done. If the auditor is a woman then run "What have you done to a woman?" "What have you withheld from a woman?" If the sex of the auditor is male then run "What have you done to a man?" "What have you withheld from a man?" All the above must be clean as a whistle before one tackles a case. So making sure of the above, no matter how many hours it's devouring, will give wins all the way. Every session one handles all the rudiments. "Is it alright to be audited by me?" If not let's get into O/W again and clean up Dianetics and Scientology again. 21 "Is it alright to be audited in this new environment?" If not, get off the overts and withholds on the environment -- finding some terminal that represents it as a general terminal. "Do you have a present time problem?" If so get it out of the road by two-way comm if possible, picking up the overts and withholds and guilt on the terminals involved. But don't handle PTPs endlessly and skip other auditing. "What goal would you like to set for this session?" Buy the goal the pc sets so long as it's real to him. Don't force pc into the auditor's goals or goals unreal to pc. When one gets down to the pc's case the auditor does a dynamic assessment and finds where the tone arm is moved by one or another of the dynamics. If the tone arm (not the needle) is moved by a dynamic, then using the needle motion, find the hottest terminal that represents that dynamic and run overt/withhold on that terminal. When this is flat, do another whole dynamic assessment. Find a terminal that represents that dynamic and run it. And so on. Always use general rather than particular terminals. Avoid adjectival commands. Never run a significance. A terminal is flat when overt/withhold no longer moves the tone arm around and the needle is not stuck. The tone arm does not have to be reading at clear for the pc's sex if the terminal is flat -- it must only be that the terminal no longer influences the tone arm and doesn't drop the needle when mentioned. When the pc reads more or less constantly at clear reading for his sex after doing all the above, then finish the case off with "What have you done to yourself?" "What have you withheld from yourself?" And now get this: In co-auditing there are greater strains than professional auditing. Therefore havingness problems arise. So make it a rule that for every two hours of auditing on rudiments or O/W or anything else (which I hope not), run one half hour of objective havingness with the following single command "Look around here and find something you could have." I am at the present moment working on more co-auditing manual material, but it won't be ready for quite a while and it contains more or less what you find shorthanded above. If one of the co-auditors has no HPA or HCA it's worthwhile to get training before co-auditing. I am giving you this in the interest of making clears. I have piloted this out as probably the only safe procedure for everyone available in present technology. These are both the fastest processes and least liability. The above regimen is not just pretty good. It's a winner. But if you go running engrams or assuming the pc likes womankind or etc, etc, etc, or if you plunge into the case without clearing up the idea of auditing and sessions you are in for trouble, co-audit or professional. Now let's see some more clears around here. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 22  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=3/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SECURITY CHECK   Sthil  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1960 Sthil SECURITY CHECK In keeping with policy carried out by all Central Organizations, an E- Meter check will be made on all new and existing staff at Saint Hill. An E-Meter is better known as a "lie-detector" and is used to ascertain truth of background and conduct. The following points will be covered by the examiner: Any criminal background Any Communist or subversive connection Spreading of slander concerning Saint Hill or its people Discouraging new employees by malicious lies Receipt of commissions on purchases for Saint Hill Overts against Doctor or Mrs. Hubbard. No staff at Saint Hill are exempt. No suspicion is necessarily attached to any person at Saint Hill. This is a security check. It is an effort to clear the air. The test will be administered by Robin Harper, Technical Secretary, and any undesirable results will be rechecked by Mrs. Hubbard. L. RON HUBBARD 23  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=4/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THEORY OF RESPONSIBILITY PROCESSING   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1960 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs THEORY OF RESPONSIBILITY PROCESSING In order to make up one's mind to be responsible for things it is necessary to get over the idea that one is being forced into responsibility. The power of choice is still senior to responsibility. What one does against his will operates as an overt act against oneself. But where one's will to do has deteriorated to unwillingness to do anything, lack of will is itself an aberration. Variations in the reactions of pcs to responsibility processes stem from the pc's belief that his power of choice is being or has been overthrown. Where an auditor has a pc balking against a responsibility process, the pc has conceived that the auditor is forcing responsibility on the pc and very little good comes of the session. There is nothing wrong, basically, with doingness. But where one is doing something he is unwilling to do, aberration results. One does, in such a case, while unwilling to do. The result is doingness without responsibility. In the decline of any state into slavery as in Greece, or into economic strangulation of the individual as in our modern western society, doingness is more and more enforced and willingness to do is less and less in evidence. At length people are doing without being responsible. From this results bad workmanship, crime, indigence and its necessities for welfarism. At length there are so many people who are unwilling to do that the few left have to take full burden of the society upon their backs. Where high unwillingness to do exists, democracy is then impossible, for it but votes for the biggest handout. Where high unwillingness to do exists then we have a constant restimulation of all the things one is really unwilling to do such as overt acts. Forcing people who do not want to work to yet work restimulates the mechanism of overt acts with, thereby, higher and higher crime ratio, more and more strikes and less and less understanding of what it is all about. The individual who has done something bad that he was not willing to do then identifies anything he does with any unwillingness to do -- when of course he has done this many times. Therefore all doingness becomes bad. Dancing becomes bad. Playing games becomes bad. Even eating and procreation become bad. And all because unwillingness to do something bad has evolved and identified into unwillingness to do. The person who has done something bad restrains himself by withholding doingness in that direction. When at length he conceives he has done many many bad things, he becomes a total withhold. As you process him you encounter the recurring phenomenon of his realization that he has not been as bad as he thought he was. And that's the wonderful part of it. People are never as bad as they think they are -- and certainly other people are never as bad as one thinks they have been. The basic wonder is that people police themselves. Out of a concept of good they conceive themselves to be bad, and after that seek every way they can to protect others from self. A person does this by reducing his own ability. He does it by reducing his own activity. He does this by reducing his own knowingness. Where you see a thetan who sleeps too much and does too little, where you see a person who conceives bad doingness on every hand, you see a person who is safeguarding others from the badness of himself or herself. Now there is another extreme. A person who must do because of economic or other whips, and yet because of his own concept of his own badness dares not do, is liable to become criminal. Such a person's only answer to doingness is to do without 24 taking any responsibility and this, when you examine the dynamics, falls easily into a pattern of dramatized overt acts. Here you have a body that is not being controlled, where most knowledge is obscured and where responsibility for others or even self is lacking. It is an easy step from criminality to insanity, if indeed there is any step at all. Such people cannot be policed since being policed admits of some obedience. Lacking control there is no ability to obey, and so they wind up simply hating police and that is that. Only when economic grips are so tight or political pressure is so great as it is in Russia do we get high criminality and neurotic or psychotic indexes. Whenever doing is accompanied by no will to do, irresponsibility for one's own acts can result. Basically, then, when one is processing a pc, one is seeking to rehabilitate a willingness to do. In order to accomplish this one must rehabilitate the ability to withhold on the pc's own determinism (not by punishment) further bad actions. Only then will the pc be willing to recover from anything wrong with the pc -- since anything wrong with the pc is self- imposed in order to prevent wrongdoing at some past time. All types of responsibility processes have this as their goal: to rehabilitate the willingness to do and the ability to withhold on one's own determinism. Restraint in doing something one knows he should do is a secondary deterrent but comes with other offshoots of responsibility into the cognition area. Thus we have a formula of attack on any given area where the pc cannot do, is having trouble or cannot take responsibility: (a) Locate the area. (b) Find a terminal to represent it. (c) Find what the pc has done to that terminal that he thinks he should have withheld. (d) Reduce all such incidents. In short all we have to do to rehabilitate any case is find an area where the terminal is still real to the preclear and then get rid of what he has done and withheld, and we come up with an improved responsibility. Of all the responsibility processes, the oldest one I developed is still the best one by test and that is: "What have you done to a (terminal)?" "What have you withheld from a (terminal)?" The processing results depend in large part on the accuracy of assessment, on the willingness of the auditor to process the pc and upon running the process as flat as it will go before finding another terminal. Assessment accuracy depends upon skilled use of the E-Meter. Dynamic Straight Wire is best, and a weather eye upon the tone arm to see what terminal varies it, once one has the dynamic and from that has selected a terminal. The willingness of the auditor to process the pc depends upon the confidence of the auditor to obtain results -- and this is established by deletion of things the auditor has done to pcs and withheld from pcs in general and this pc in particular. Thus co-audit teams would be right always if they took each other as the terminals to be run first, get these pretty flat (and keep them flat during processing with "What have you done to me?" "What have you withheld from me?"), then as the next thing to do run the sex of the auditor off the pc, then clean up Dianetics or Scientology (or use this as step two). And only then go into "case". That would be a pretty fine co- audit team after they have survived the first explosions and gotten them gone. Then in searching out areas to run as a case, care should be taken not to over-run a terminal or under-run one. A pc running out of answers can get very restless. Responsibility can be rehabilitated on any case and when it has been you have a clear and that's all there is to it. LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 25  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=4/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OVERT MANIFESTATIONS ON A LOW TONED CASE   CenO  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1960 CenO OVERT MANIFESTATIONS ON A LOW TONED CASE Every high scale manifestation or activity has a low scale mockery: There can be an apparent clear reading on a case that has never been successfully audited. This case is too low toned to register at all as a thetan. The resulting read is therefore that of the body minus a bank. No overts will show up on the needle of this case. Only when responsibility has been run does this case shift off the low reading and get different tone arm and needle responses. Such a case is fairly easy to recognize. The case has obvious areas of great irresponsibility and yet reads like a clear. But once you scout out the case this state of affairs becomes upset and the case reads otherwise, and then eventually comes back after an awful lot of sessions and intensives into the clear range and stays there. But now the case is able where it was before very apathetic and really useless. Any clear check out must include the following exercise and indeed this is the process which gets these low level cases really cracking. This is both a clear examination and a good entrance to cases. It is also the best way to check out overts when in doubt. You run on the E-Meter a dynamic assessment and pick up any dynamic that gives a change of needle pattern, or take any dynamic which makes needle drop no matter how slightly. Having located the dynamic we now ask the pc for any terminal he or she thinks would represent that dynamic. We take any terminal that has any drop on it as given or suggested by the pc. On this terminal we now run overt/withhold as follows: "What have you done to a (terminal)?" "What have you withheld from a (terminal)?" This was the terminal realest to the pc, therefore when responsibility is increased on it you have generally increased responsibility. When we have flattened this off mildly we go through the whole operation above again. Before we have done this many times overts will begin to show up on the case and will be recognized by the pc. Doing this well just once unsettles the false clear reading and that reading will not return until the case is actually cleared. LRH:js.mw.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 26  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=8/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HONEST PEOPLE HAVE RIGHTS, TOO   MA Sthil Assn Secs HCO Secs Fran Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 FEBRUARY 1960 MA Sthil Assn Secs HCO Secs Fran Holders HONEST PEOPLE HAVE RIGHTS, TOO After you have achieved a high level of ability you will be the first to insist upon your rights to live with honest people. When you know the technology of the mind you know that it is a mistake to use "individual rights" and "freedom" as arguments to protect those who would only destroy. Individual rights were not originated to protect criminals but to bring freedom to honest men. Into this area of protection then dived those who needed "freedom" and "individual liberty" to cover their own questionable activities. Freedom is for honest people. No man who is not himself honest can be free -- he is in his own trap. When his own deeds cannot be disclosed then he is a prisoner; he must withhold himself from his fellows and he is a slave to his own conscience. Freedom must be deserved before there is any freedom possible. To protect dishonest people is to condemn them to their own hells. By making "individual rights" a synonym for "protect the criminal" one helps to bring about a slave state for all; for where "individual liberty" is abused, an impatience with it arises which at length sweeps us all away. The targets of all disciplinary laws are the few who err. Such laws unfortunately also injure and restrict those who do not err. If all were honest there would be no disciplinary threats. There is only one way out for a dishonest person -- facing up to his responsibilities in the society and putting himself back into communication with his fellow man, his family, the world at large. By seeking to invoke his "individual rights" to protect himself from an examination of his deeds, he reduces just that much the future of individual liberty, for he himself is not free. Yet he infects others who are honest by using their rights to freedom to protect himself. Uneasy lies the head that wears a guilty conscience. And it will lie no more easily by seeking to protect misdeeds by pleas of "freedom means that you must never look at me". The right of a person to survive is directly related to his honesty. Freedom for man does not mean freedom to injure man. Freedom of speech does not mean freedom to harm by lies. Man cannot be free while there are those amongst him who are slaves to their own terrors. The mission of a techno-space society is to subordinate the individual and control him, by economic and political duress. The only casualty in a machine age is the individual and his freedom. To preserve that freedom one must not permit men to hide their evil intentions under the protection of that freedom. To be free a man must be honest with himself and with his fellows. 27 If a man uses his own honesty to protect the unmasking of dishonesty, then that man is an enemy of his own freedom. We can stand in the sun only so long as we don't let the deeds of others bring the darkness. Freedom is for honest men. Individual liberty exists only for those who have the ability to be free. Today in Scientology we know the gaoler -- the person himself. And we can restore the right to stand in the sun by eradicating the evil men do to themselves. So do not say that the investigation of a person or the past is a step forward to slavery. For in Scientology such a step is the first step toward freeing a man from the guilt of self. Were it the intention of the Scientologist to punish the guilty, then and only then would a look into the past of another be wrong. But we are not the police. Our look is the first step toward unlocking the doors -- for they are all barred from within. Who would punish when he could salvage? Only a madman would break a wanted object he could repair -- and we are not mad. The individual must not die in this machine age -- rights or no rights. The criminal and the madman must not triumph with their new-found tools of destruction. The least free person is the person who cannot reveal his own acts and who protests the revelation of the improper acts of others. On such people will be built a future political slavery where we all have numbers -- and our guilt -- unless we act. It is fascinating that blackmail and punishment are the keynotes of all dark operations. What would happen if these two commodities no longer existed? What would happen if all men were free enough to speak? Then and only then would you have freedom. On the day when we can fully trust each other, there will be peace on Earth. Don't stand in the road of that freedom. Be free, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 28  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=8/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE REPUTATION OF SAINT HILL   Sthil  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 FEBRUARY 1960 Sthil THE REPUTATION OF SAINT HILL During the war it was often stated that "a loose lip could sink a ship". Today this applies to Saint Hill. Irresponsible statements in East Grinstead concerning Saint Hill could injure our relations with the town. Here are some facts we would be happy to let anyone know: Saint Hill releases into East Grinstead some #2,000 every month in new money through merchants and in wages as well as other ways. All of this money comes from outside England and the economy of East Grinstead receives the full benefit of it. If the status of Saint Hill were altered this machine would be denied East Grinstead and its people. There are no unpaid bills. No person who did his job well and who caused no trouble has been dismissed at Saint Hill. The staff turnover in the garden and the house has been incidental to any new establishment seeking to settle down with the best possible staff. My basic staff policy is responsible for the turnover. I will not compromise with poor work and I will not drive bad workers into working. I ease them off or they leave. Some discoveries of considerable interest to horticulture have been made at Saint Hill. All this research is private and its findings are given away without charge. Several of our experiments have now been repeated and accepted by U.S. laboratories. Several advances in the understanding of the human mind have been made at Saint Hill. Saint Hill has been on National Television several times. Sometime this year outside lighting of the Manor House will be installed. Saint Hill Manor is the best example of Sussex sandstone structure in existence. It was completed in 1733. Saint Hill has only had a half dozen owners in all that time. It will be continued in its original status as a Manor House. Amongst the owners are: The Crawfords (the Sussex iron family who built it), Doctor Cruikshank (who did the more recent work on the grounds and pool), Mr. Lasky (once the richest man in England), Mrs. Biddle, the wife of the American Ambassador (who had the monkey room done and who modernized the baths), The Maharajah of Jaipur who bought it for his wife (whose bell call boards we have left up). Saint Hill has sent several members to parliament. We are currently putting tropical controlled climates into the glass houses. We will complete the swimming pool this spring. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 29  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=8/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SECURITY CHECKS   HCO Secs Assoc Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 FEBRUARY 1960 HCO Secs Assoc Secs SECURITY CHECKS A letter written on HCO stationery and signed by the HCO Secretary should be given (or sent) to each person checked out successfully on an E-Meter security check. The text of this letter should be as follows: "Dear......, "I am pleased to inform you that you have passed a full security check which demonstrates conclusively your value and reliability on a responsible post. (signature)" L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=9/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES   HCO Secs Assoc Secs HCO Board of Review  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1960 HCO Secs Assoc Secs HCO Board of Review CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES Nina West's certificates and awards in Scientology and Dianetics are hereby cancelled, due in part to evidence of use of PDH on Central Org Personnel. She may apply for restoration after being thoroughly checked out on overts and withholds on Scientology, L. Ron Hubbard, Mary Sue Hubbard, Scientology Orgs, and related personnel, and after passing a security check. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 30    Type = 11 iDate=9/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  RESEARCH ADVANCES   HCOs Central Orgs Post But not London Paying Fran Holders Only  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1960 HCOs Central Orgs Post But not London Paying Fran Holders Only RESEARCH ADVANCES I wish to thank all HCOs and Central Orgs outside the United Kingdom for their financial support of existing research lines. Much of the research advances I have made in the last few months were possible because: 1. The increasing self-determinism of HCOs and Central Organizations, as attested by their increasing size and income, has freed me from much administrative labor and worry, thus giving me more research time, and 2. Increasing financial support from HCOs and Central Organizations as well as some Franchise Holders, while not yet furnishing me all the needed facilities, has made it possible for me to extend research lines further and faster than they otherwise would have gone and has reduced and lightened the labor involved. I wish to thank in particular all HCO Secretaries, all heads of Central Orgs, all HCO and Central Organizations' staffs for the splendid work they are doing and for the mainstay of research support. And I wish to thank those Franchise Holders who have contributed regularly to research and who are expanding Scientology throughout the World. We are starting this decade right! L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 31    Type = 11 iDate=10/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  BRITISH E-METER OPERATION   CenOCon Place 1 in each British E-Meter  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 FEBRUARY 1960 CenOCon Place 1 in each British E-Meter BRITISH E-METER OPERATION (see diagram on following page) To operate the British version of the Electrometer designed under my guidance by Fowler and Allen, a British instrument firm, the following steps must be done at the beginning of each session. The instrument has a 5,000 ohm calibration knob (a) and switch (b) not present on the U.S. Meter. Before (or after) plugging in the electrodes at (e), with the tone arm at "off", throw the 5,000 ohm switch (b) downwards from "off". Then turn the instrument on with the tone arm (c) and place the tone arm at 2. Now move the otherwise unmarked calibration knob (a) left or right until the needle is exactly on "set" on the dial. Then move the tone arm to the white dot (g) between 2 and 3. The needle should move over to "test". If it does the batteries are properly up (they last a year or more unless you carelessly leave the meter "on" for days when not in use). Now click the 5,000 ohm switch (b) up to "off". Hand the pc the electrodes. Have the pc squeeze the electrodes. The needle should fall 1/3 of the dial or more. Shift the 1-16 sensitivity arm (d) up or down until the pc, squeezing the cans, does, on one squeeze, get a 3rd of a dial drop. You are now ready to audit. Keep the needle around the "set" mark. Keep the sensitivity low so that you only get significant readings (not breath or heart beat). Most pcs run around 1 on sensitivity on this meter which is very live. Sticky pcs have to have a higher sensitivity setting. When finished with the session and the meter, turn the tone arm to "off" or your battery will wear out much faster. Stow the cord to the electrodes inside the electrodes which are hollow. A little examination will show you how. Then stow the electrodes in the case and close it. Use the U.S. E-Meter book for all other meter particulars. If your meter ceases to function ship to Fowler and Allen, 39 Mackenzie Rd, Beckenham, Kent, at your postage expense. Enclose return postage. Unless due to carelessness or breakage, they will service and re-battery your meter. Opening the panel or changing the meter about inside voids the guarantee. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 32 [GRAPHICS INSERTED] DIAGRAM OF E-METER For use with HCO Bulletin of Feb. 10, 1960 33  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  RESTORATION OF CERTIFICATES   CenO BPI HCO Boards of Review  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 FEBRUARY 1960 Issue II CenO BPI HCO Boards of Review RESTORATION OF CERTIFICATES The certificates and awards of Nile Adams have been restored with apologies. Investigation has disclosed that Nile, in attempting to assist the setting up and financing of Scientology Centres, became the target of a push to prevent such centres from being formed. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.jh Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 34  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=11/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CREATE AND CONFRONT   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs D of Ps D of Ts Staff Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 FEBRUARY 1960 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs D of Ps D of Ts Staff Auditors CREATE AND CONFRONT The cycle of action (create, survive, destroy) and the communication formula (cause, distance, effect) with Axiom 10 (the highest purpose etc, creation of an effect) become identified in the mind with one another. The preclear who is having a difficult time is on an inversion of the cycle of action (counter-create, counter-survive, counter-destroy). Any preclear is somewhere on this cycle. The preclear who only gets death pictures or bad pictures is somewhere late on the cycle of action or late on an inversion cycle. This preclear believes that every cause brings about a destruction. Thus he falls out of communication, since any and all received communication will destroy him, he thinks. All this is covered in the First Melbourne ACC Tapes and will probably not be covered to such a degree again. The Melbourne ACC Tapes are consecutive with the Philadelphia lecture series (fall 1952), and are a little out of the way of our present theory, but have a special place in know-how. Out of this we now have an understanding of what a limited process is. Any process which makes the preclear create is a limited process and should be avoided. Such processes as "Tell a Lie" are creative processes. The preclear has creation tangled up with cause and cause tangled up with the overt-motivator sequence. The thing that straightens all this out is any version of responsibility run with the pc at cause. Earlier the best we had to straighten this out was confront. Responsibility is confront and is very senior to confront as a process. When a pc over-creates he accumulates the unconfronted debris. All you have to do to restimulate debris (stiffen up the bank) is to run the pc on some version of create process. Havingness is a confront process and straightens out the create factor. Havingness is the lowest version of responsibility; Confront is the next lowest -- Overt-Withhold is the next; and at our present top for practical purposes is just plain responsibility. Actually all these are responsibility processes. Create is bad only when one does not take responsibility for the creation. The key process of all processes at this writing is being responsible for having been irresponsible. There is a great deal of anatomy to responsibility. A great many answers lie waiting on its track. When one maligns another, he has not taken responsibility for the acts of that other person and so is separate from that other person. One of the highest points of knowingness which is not at this time known is whether we are all one or if we are actually separate beings. Enough responsibility run achieves a subjective answer to this. While several offshoots of this present technology are under test at this time it 35 can be said with certainty now that the best version of responsibility for most cases is: "What have you done to a (terminal)?" "What have you withheld from a (terminal)?" It will be seen at once that what could you do to and what could you withhold from a terminal is a create process, and is therefore slightly limited and leaves debris. Thus it can be said with finality overt/withhold rather than cause/withhold is the best process. In the presence of ARC breaks, havingness is a must on any responsibility process and is always a good preventive for flops. Don't forget havingness. We know now that it is the lowest rung of responsibility. This becomes evident when we examine the withhold aspects of havingness. Plain ordinary "What could you be responsible for" is of course a very fine process and oddly enough often goes lower (for a short run) than overt/withhold. Responsibility isn't just a high level process. It works where it works. It is interesting that while running pure raw responsibility in its non- create form (what have you been responsible for) we see anew the old know-to- mystery scale revealed. Factual Havingness can be run in its trio form with good results: "Look around here and find something you could have" "Look around here and find something you would permit to continue" "Look around here and find something you would let vanish" The old restrictions and know-how of running this still apply. "Look around here and find something you could have" is of course a wonderful process. And whenever you run an hour and a half of any other version of responsibility you had better run half an hour of "Look around here and find something you could have" and be on the safe side. SUMMARY: The data in this bulletin is far from merely theoretical. To some auditors it will come as an emergency super frantic hysterical rush item for they should shift over any version of responsibility they are running to the above versions. Don't run any other version of overt/withhold than that given above. You can run responsibility as itself on any incident or terminal if the pc can take it. Run a half hour of havingness for every hour and a half of any responsibility subjective process. NOTE: Instead of the CCHs for that low low level case, why not get it going with havingness as above and then find any terminal that ticks on a meter and run O/W on that terminal. Then run more havingness. Then find another terminal that ticks and run O/W on that. Then run more havingness. And so on and on with the same pattern until you get the case shifted on the cycle of action and functional. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 36  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=18/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HOW TO RUN O/W AND RESPONSIBILITY   Staff Auditors Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 FEBRUARY 1960 Staff Auditors Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs HOW TO RUN O/W AND RESPONSIBILITY I have just yesterday finally sorted out the exact relation of overt/withhold and responsibility as they apply to life and to auditing and have pretty well wrapped up the optimum auditing commands: therefore I want to get this data off to you as fast as possible and get it in use as soon as possible because here again is an increase in auditing effectiveness over and above our existing successes. In the next bulletin up I want to give you a revised form of a model auditing session and after that procedure OT 3A. However you can use this following material right now and without those, and I recommend that you recognize what you have here as a modification which changes all earlier statements even if they seem to you slightly in conflict. To begin: A person who does an overt act to another life form has already abandoned responsibility for that other life form. An overt act and a withhold are evidently expressions of abandoning responsibility already extant and are therefore a manifestation of irresponsibility. Therefore, for the sake of auditing skill as well as theory, overts and withholds are the same as irresponsibility. When running overts and withholds, according to the evidence now to hand, you are actually running irresponsibility off the case. You are taking away the lower inversion of responsibility. The way to run an overt/withhold process is to choose a terminal with an E-Meter. Early in the case choose terminals that are specific and close to PT. When you have chosen the terminal by reason of its drop on the needle and its reality in the pc's life, you run on it the following: "What have you done to a _______ ?" "What have you withheld from a _______ ?" When addressed to a specific terminal it is worded: "What have you done to _______ ?" "What have you withheld from _______ ?" Now this may require up to thirty hours to flatten on some cases. But whatever you choose to do on a case then do that thing well. The tone arm may or may not go down on this process. But it will become very different. Try to end up the process with the tone arm lower than it was at the start. If the pc runs out of answers well that's it. Don't force him hard. Just go on to the second stage on the same terminal in a very generalized form. By this time you have no more than discharged an irresponsibility and you have the responsibility all to handle. Indeed, according to the many cases I have now looked over, the tone arm may not even begin to come down properly or come up properly until the second stage is run and flattened. The second stage process is responsibility. You take the same terminal you ran the O/W on and (if it was a specific form you now use a general form, i.e. O/W on your mother becomes responsibility on a mother) run as follows: 37 "What responsibility have you taken for a _______ ?" This is the process which will bring the tone arm down or up, but only when the O/W is fully flattened first. This above combination of processes is the fastest and surest main line of auditing procedure now known. The above commands are far and above the best proven commands. As you can see the slightly older process "What could you admit doing to a _______ ?" and "What could you withhold from a _______ ?" are indeed manifestations of responsibility and factually are an index of responsibility. But when it comes right down to cases the above versions cover all cases and do it right. What a lot there is to know about auditing today. Getting a combination of processes such as the above for the general handling of cases relieves us of the constant tension of what should I run and gives us time to concentrate on a perfection of running it extremely well. An auditor ought to be adept at CCHs and running the above. He ought to be very sharp with an E-Meter and he ought to be able to run a model session with no blunders. This done equals clearing people. There is no substitute for training at the level of HCS/BScn. Running a session right and handling an E-Meter and pc successfully are auditors' skills. It must be admitted that very few auditors are possessed at this time of complete and near perfect auditing ability. I take my own responsibility for this and that responsibility lies in not having established an inflexible regimen of auditing. I did not do so because there was ample room for the improvement of techniques and auditing routines. But these last five months of work have brought us closer and closer to the exact right ways to handle cases and the exact processes to run on them. This has arrived with a much fuller understanding of what complexity man is accomplishing toward aberration with the fifty-five axioms. Man got pretty complicated in digging himself in. It has been my job to get pretty simple about digging him out. The new key data which has emerged as clear-cut fact includes as an invariable that the person himself dug himself in, lost sight of why, and is holding himself in a state of stupidity, aberration and even insanity. We suspected this for years, but a way to prove it and then give a person personal reality on it was not mapped through. Now it is as tough as this. If you run "What have you done?" "What have I done?" you can hold a tone arm inactive. Every gain is balanced with a counter accusation, which is to say a new overt, and so the process gets nowhere after a few questions. No, the pc did it all himself and must gradually come to realize that with total subjective reality through processing, not because the auditor told him. The pc made the facsimile to restrain himself from ever doing it again. Basically good, he goes wrong by failing to keep his own high standards and so loses control of himself. Another datum: A high tone arm shows loss of the ability to start or reach -- a low tone arm (below the clear reading) shows the loss of ability to stop or withhold. In locating a terminal on an E-Meter (and why try to audit without one of these key tools), remember that the needle drops only on those terminals that the pc still feels some responsibility for. There is some responsibility to be found on these. The drop does not mean that this is what is wrong with the case so much as this is that thing wrong with the case that can be remedied at this time. Overts don't even show up on a terribly irresponsible case until some responsibility is restored. But a rather irresponsible case run on the above procedures on any terminal that does drop will get changes away from the clear reading on the tone arm. To clear a case it is not so much necessary to run everything off the case as it is to run whatever you run so well that the confidence of the case is restored. Restoration of 38 confidence in being able to handle the bank and therefore life is a better goal than trying to flatten the whole case indifferently. What you contact, do it well no matter how long it takes. A good proceeding is to find anything close to PT and in the environment of a pc (PTPs give a real good clue) and then handle it with great thoroughness with the above procedure. Any constant restimulator of PTPs aches to be audited with the above and will do more for the case as a whole if the auditing is well done and thorough than running any amount of back track. Confidence is the keynote of clearing. That is what the pc lost on his way down. Don't worry if the needle stays high or low and don't believe the pc is still hiding something from you. You can take the above rundown and do it all. The overts of the pc will eventually out. He doesn't tell you about overts at first because he doesn't see them as overts. They were all justified and the target has been lessened, etc, etc. Then when he has O/W and responsibility run on any terminal that drops, his general responsibility comes up to a point where he knows an overt was an overt. I trust the above will correct any small disturbances that have been occurring or any stalls you have been running into. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.jh Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 39  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=23/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HPA COURSE CHANGE PROPOSAL TO LONDON   CenO D of Ts  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex CenO HCO BULLETIN OF 23 FEBRUARY 1960 D of Ts HPA COURSE CHANGE PROPOSAL TO LONDON The following changed HPA/HCA Course schedule has been proposed to D of T in London by Ron: 1 week Comm Course 1 week Upper Indoc 1 week CCHs E-Meter practice Some ACC TRs 1 week model sessions with E-Meter, using Cause ARC Straight Wire Dynamic Assessment The six types of processes (Winter 56/57 from D.C.) Great stress on running a perfect model session (HCO Bulletin of 25th February 1960) 10 hours given and received on Op Pro by Dup. Student trained to audit: Cause ARC Straight Wire: (Three Commands) 1. "Recall a time you communicated to someone" 2. "Recall a time you felt affinity for someone" 3. "Recall something that was really real to you" "What would you be willing to forget?" Factual Havingness (Trio) and walkabout version (same process but walking about in streets or in stores). "Describe the problem etc" for Problems in Rudiments (don't use the word "invent"). Engram Confront and Responsibility -- how to run on them. O/W and Responsibility on specific and general terminals. Rising Scale. A fast rundown on Route One. Any and all versions of Confront. Vocabulary of Dianetics and Scientology. The Time Track. Circuits. Machines. Create and Confront principles (1st Melbourne ACC). Valences. The Dynamics. O/W and why people blow. Muzzled auditing. PE Foundation type work. Marriage counselling (See D.C. tape on marriage, Jan '60). Assists. Short sessioning. Be-Do-Have. M-E-S-T. Teach all these. Find morning tapes from HPA and ACC courses. Play other HPA tapes '59 and selections from HCS and other ACCs (5th and 6th London and 1st Melbourne) and play them straight through every late afternoon, one hour per school day. You don't have tapes to cover all the above, but HCO Bulletins do exist on most. Make students keep notebooks now as you are covering more than is assembled in one place, and they'll need their notes outside. LRH:js.nm L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was reissued on 1 March 1960 by HCO London.] 40  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE MODEL SESSION   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs Staff Auditors For use in Academies All courses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 FEBRUARY 1960 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs Staff Auditors For use in Academies All courses THE MODEL SESSION It has been some time since anything like a proper model session has been released. I have been researching on this for some little time now looking over the proper wording, and although the do's and don'ts could fill a considerable book (and will), the exact form and sequence of a session and the exact wording of one can now be laid down for formal repetitive command type auditing such as we are doing with O/W and Responsibility and similar processes. I did not previously lay one down because I considered there was wide room for change. I find now that there are certain inevitable phenomena in an auditing session with all preclears, and these mechanisms are handled by using the following set sequences and wordings. In other languages some paraphrase of the words should be used but the sequences and sense remain the same. There are good reasons back of these exact proceedings but it would take a book to set them all out exactly with examples. In this HCO Bulletin let it suffice that we lay down the form and wordings. TO START A SESSION Adjust and calibrate as needful the E-Meter (don't audit without a meter). Adjust pc's chair (never let him place it. If he does, give it another slight shift as a control point). Wording: "Is it all right with you if we begin this session now?" If not, two-way comm it out and repeat. "All right; Start of session" (tone forty this). Drop it thoroughly over pc's head. If you have any doubts say "Has the session started for you?" If he says "No" do it again and better. Emphasize that the session is started. This means in effect that it's now the auditor's ball and that the auditor will exert control from here on out in the session. The instant this happens the Auditor's Code is in full force on the auditor. There are no restrictions on the pc. The auditor's control establishes the pc's behavior as far as possible and the processes pick up the ARC breaks, etc. RUDIMENTS Always use rudiments and use them in this order. Use them even with a child. Make a stab at them even with an unconscious person. The rudiments are in this order because the last three parts of rudiments may require some auditing, and if so you have started a session with no goals established, hence goals come first. GOALS: "What goals would you like to set for this session?" "Al] right, any goals you would like to set for life or livingness?" Don't challenge or question goals. Take what the pc says. Remember what he said because you will check it at session end. ENVIRONMENT: "Is it all right to audit in this room?" If not, two-way comm it until it is all right or run Factual Havingness on the room. "Look around here and find something you could have." AUDITOR CLEARANCE: "Is it all right if I audit you?" If not and you get a meter fall, two-way comm it until it doesn't fall or run O/W on the auditor. "What have you done to me?" "What have you withheld from me?" Until meter doesn't fall. If this is going to be the session process anyway as in a co-audit team, ease it off here. 41 PRESENT TIME PROBLEM: "Do you have any present time problem?" If meter falls, run "Describe the problem to me." "How does it seem now?" Run this until meter does not fall on the problem and tone arm is below where you started. STARTING A PROCESS: "Now I would like to run this process on you (name it). What would you say to that?" Work out the wording by any means briefly or longly. Don't challenge the pc's definition of words. The auditor has reserved the right to change his mind. If it seems that the pc won't be able to handle the announced process the auditor has said only that he would like to run it and may now say "According to what we have been talking about then it would seem better if I ran (name another process)." If this is all right with the pc then begin the process. "Here is the first command." (Give it.) Acknowledge it. Carry on with the session. Always audit a process until the tone arm is lower on it than when the process was started. A process even when it isn't flat may stop dropping on the meter needle but it will still be able to move the tone arm from time to time. Abolish the idea that a rising needle tells you anything but that the pc is being irresponsible. Dropping needles tell you charge and shifting tone arms tell you increased or decreased responsibility. Things that start the needle rising are of no great use to you except to spot an irresponsibility and you don't use it on the needle you use it on the tone arm. If you start another process in the session start it exactly like the above. ENDING A PROCESS If you are going to end a process in the session, bridge out of it smoothly. If the pc seems a bit alert and won't be startled, tell the pc that "If it's all right with you in a few more commands I am going to end this process." Then do so, warning just before the last command "This is the last command" and then give it. On all processes which cycle the pc in and out of present time use another wording as follows: "The next time you come close to present time I am going to end this process." Then add before the acknowledgement "When was that?" to each pc answer and then acknowledge. When you get an answer in the last day or two or in the same hour, end it. This is tricky going. Be careful with it. Be smooth. But end it in close to pt. You can always get a pc into pt (when you've been running an engram or some process that leaves him back on the track) by starting a new process (which has to be started as above): "Recall something" "When was that?" Acknowledge. This is far, far better than "Come to present time" -- you of course bridge out of this at the same time you start it. "We are going to run this only until you are close to present time and then end it!" REPEATED COMMANDS If a pc dopes off and then says something (not a cognition), or if a pc says something instead of an answer (not a cognition), the auditor understands it, acknowledges it and then says "I will repeat the auditing command" and does so. This must not be used as an invalidation. If the pc thinks he is answering the command or did answer it then apologize and give him the next one. COGNITIONS If the pc comes up with a cognition (something he suddenly understands or feels) ("Well what do you know about that?"), and yet has not answered the command, the auditor does not say, "I will repeat the auditing command." The auditor understands the cognition carefully, then acknowledges it and repeats the command without saying that he is going to. To say, "I will now repeat the auditing command" after the pc has come up with a cognition is sometimes invalidative, since it yanks the pc's attention to the auditor, the pc in the interest of the cognition having forgotten the command utterly. 42 KEEP THE PC IN SESSION The definition of in session is: PC INTERESTED IN OWN CASE AND WILLING TO TALK TO THE AUDITOR. Yanking the pc's attention to the auditor, making surprising motion toward the pc and sudden noises, or doing something off beat yanks the pc's attention to the auditor and is the source of a lot of ARC breaks. This is quite painful to a pc sometimes and snaps whatever he is holding out from him down on him by spoiling his confront of it. Audit the pc where the pc's mind is. If you get drops on the meter you have where the pc's mind is fixed. Run him on it, keep him on it until it's flat. Don't distract him. TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SESSION If something goes wrong in the session it's the auditor's fault always. So if people knock or a phone rings, promptly apologize to the pc "I'm sorry." If the disturbance knocked the pc clean out of session handle it as a present time problem as in the rudiments. A RESTLESS OR ARC BREAKY PC Establish the rudiments often and keep the pc from blowing. Never justify errors. Be effective and keep the code. You'll win eventually even with the worst pc if you follow the Auditor's Code and this model session. ENDING A SESSION Always end a session just as you began one -- with full rudiments. Therefore, leave time to get it all done, and if you have time to spare then spend more time on end of session Rudiments, particularly havingness. END RUDIMENTS GOALS: "Do you feel you have made any part of your goals for this session?" Take this up and take what the pc says. This is a fairly rapid action, not to be prolonged as you will get him into problems from goals and mess it up if you hang around on it. AUDITOR AND ARC BREAKS: "How do you feel about my auditing in this session?" If there is the faintest twitch of the needle, add: "I am going to run some overt/withhold on you so here's the first command." "What have you done to me in this session?" Acknowledge. "What have you withheld from me in this session?" Acknowledge. As soon as you have the needle behaving on the meter ask the pc how it is now, and if it's much better bridge it out: "I will run a few more commands on this." And do so, warn for the last command and give it and then drop it. AUDITING ROOM: "Look around here and see if you can have anything." If the E-Meter flicks about on this, at once start the process Factual Havingness, "I am going to run a bit of havingness on this. Here is the first command." "Look around here and find something you could have." Get the flick out of the meter needle and bridge it off. PRESENT TIME PROBLEM: "Do you have a present time problem now?" If so run "Describe the problem to me." "How does it seem to you now?" until it no longer flicks on meter. If the PTP didn't flick on the needle, skip it. FINAL COMMANDS OF SESSION Conclude the session when the end rudiments are done by saying "Is it all right with you if we end this session now?" "All right, here it is. End of Session" (tone 40). The auditor can now say "All right, tell me I am no longer auditing you." When the pc does so, that's that. 43 When a session is over it is over and the Auditor's Code is over, but it's poor taste and you'll have a rough time next time if you criticize the pc or what he did or said in the session. WARNINGS Always get the auditing command answered. Never let the pc skip an auditing command. If it isn't answered to the pc's satisfaction, there you are until it is answered. Never let any auditing command go unanswered. With O/W, responsibility or a rough session in general, always run a lot of Havingness at the end of it. Never restart a process the moment it is ended. You may suddenly see it wasn't flat or he wasn't really in pt. Well, that's tough. Get it next time or get him into pt with "Recall something", but don't make a bad control example by restarting what you just now ended. In other words, never double bridge, note it down and get it next session. Run at the case reality of the pc so he gets wins. If he ARC broke heavily last session you probably had him in over his or her head, so use an easier process this next time. That terminal is real to the pc that drops on the E-Meter even when he says it's unreal or didn't even know about it. Run things that fall and you will have interested pcs -- clean them up on the tone arm once you've begun and you'll have cooperative pcs. Whatever you start do it well no matter how many sessions it takes or how minor it seems to be. Do one thing well on the case and you advance the case. Do one thing poorly and you drop the pc down tone. Two hundred hours on one engram (that's an exaggeration) is better than one hour each on two hundred engrams. Do it well. It's confidence regained that makes clears, not quantity of stuff run. Run the pc always at cause. If the pc is worn out with having created something in the last few lives or in this present lifetime, run anything that drops about the creativeness on "What about a (that terminal) can you confront?" To get the pc over any condition or aberration that he is agonizing to get rid of, find a terminal that adds up to it and run single confront on that terminal. Example: If the pc is sick, the process would be "What about a sick person could you confront?" If the person is homo, it's "What about a homosexual could you confront?" Just like old-time 8-8008 creative processes and SOP 8, but with terminals and confront. A person going round the bend on an obsession or a compulsion or a fixation shouldn't be audited on sweetness and light. They are too desperate; run them where the mind is fixated and get their attention freed. Don't run alternate confront anymore. It stalls the tone arm. Don't use "If it's wrong with you then you did it", or snide "Well what did you do?" when the pc is upset. Let him have a motivator or few as you ease him into the groove. But running the motivator and overt one after the other gives little or no gain. The motivator mentioned is a new overt and stalls the case. The essence of good auditing is smooth confident CONTROL. The essence of control is smooth Start Change and Stop. Control is the background music to all overts and responsibility, knowledge and everything else, so let's have a smooth Start Change and Stop in sessions and you'll see it begin to win win win where it limped before. Academies really knock auditors into shape so they can. There is no substitute for good pro training. But pro or no it's a smooth session that wins. People that won't control can't audit. So here is the model session and I hope for you brand new gains. Use it thoroughly and by the rote and you'll have no arguments. LRH:.js.mm.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 44  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/2/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SCIENTOLOGY CAN HAVE A GROUP WIN   MA BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 FEBRUARY 1960 MA BPI SCIENTOLOGY CAN HAVE A GROUP WIN If every one of us relieved his conscience of all his transgressions against others, what would happen to society? The social ills of Man are chiefly a composite of his personal difficulties. The combined dishonesties of individuals add into the formidable total of aberrated Third and Fourth Dynamics. Criminality and war (and is there a difference?) came about because of a staggering social aberration. This is only a composite of individual aberrations. People who believe otherwise are just being irresponsible for their share. Each man and woman on Earth has contributed to this massive tangle of transgression. The overts and withholds of each are added to the total mass of social ills. Further, one man or one woman failing to take his or her share in the general responsibility which makes society sane works as a further subtractive from group or world effectiveness. There are many, many instances on record now of a whole social situation clearing up with others when one person was processed on the problem. A wife, estranged for years, processed on her husband and his family, quite commonly hears from them. The enmity, vanquished in her, vanished from them. There is, therefore, more to this than an arithmetical one for one throughout the world. It would not be necessary to process, apparently, every person on Earth to bring sanity to Earth. First there is the easily seen advantage of returning communication and honesty to just one person by removing his overts and withholds from the total sum. On this proposition alone we could win. And we should try to win on this, whatever else we do. Each person should restore himself to communication with Mankind and the world by removing from himself his own transgressions and failures. To this we add the fact that each person so processed becomes a strong point of effectiveness which then influences his associates and eventually, even if only by this influence, discharges their confusions. And then to this we add the fact that when one's own transgressions are dismissed the persons involved in them, even when not processed, tend to become unburdened. And if we strongly influence others to become honest by getting their overts and withholds processed, we have approached with thorough and hard- headed practicality a resolution of the social ills of Man. This is an impulse which can become a wave, and from a wave can grow into an avalanche that would sweep away the snarled tangles from human life on Earth. All great cathedrals began their building by the placement of a single stone. The building unit of a great society is the individual. 45 We can speak of clearing in a broader sense and we can discuss its potentials for Earth. But while we work at that there is today another meaning to the word -- a smaller meaning to the individual perhaps but a greater meaning to all men. Since it can happen now, in a few hours of good processing: the clearing of one's transgressions in this lifetime and the taking of responsibility therefore. We are a group inured to high-flown tasks. This is an easy task to confront. HGCs can do this for people. Field Auditors can do this for people. We can demonstrably and easily clear in under a hundred hours all the key overts and withholds from a case in all directions and restoring responsibility thereon. We have the skills. I know we have the will. Every Scientologist can get this done. And every Auditor can do it using an E-Meter, and the processes of HCO Bulletin of February 18th, 1960 and the session model of HCO Bulletin of February 25th, 1960. The task is well within the scope of the skills of even the newly trained. I think you will agree with me that this one we can do. And I assure you that doing it on a case gives that case its fastest available relief. Later we can carry the case forward to higher levels with all the gain that would bring -- but just now can we not assume a goal that falls within the reality of all of us? For it is no accusation for any person living in our times to say that he can be relieved of transgressions against his fellows. And even that small amount picked up from the great web of lies leaves the tangle surely less. This programme is a simplicity. Its technology is to hand, proven and rechecked. And it points ahead to a big win. Shall we take this step to a clearer Earth as our first great group accomplishment? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 46  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=3/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OT-3A PROCEDURE HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES   Fran Hldrs Central Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MARCH 1960 Fran Hldrs Central Orgs (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 5 June 61 Volume IV -- 325) OT-3A PROCEDURE HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES This bulletin supersedes all earlier bulletins. Any case that cannot adequately define simple words like help, change, problem, control, responsibility: Run CCHs 1, 2, 3, 4 as per their earliest bulletins. STEP ONE: Rudiments -- (See Model Session HCO Bulletin of February 25th, 1960.) Goals Surroundings Auditor and ARC Breaks Present Time Problem Establish Rudiments every session. Establish them more often with touchy pcs. STEP TWO: Run Cause ARC Straight Wire to give pc a win on getting audited. Once each over and over. End process only with pc in present time on cycle. "Recall communicating to someone" "Recall a time you felt affinity for someone" "Recall something that is really real to you" STEP THREE: S-C-S High Needle Case: Run with emphasis on START Low Needle Case: Run with emphasis on STOP STEP FOUR: Scout for present life overts and withholds. If found run "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" (See note on Responsible.) Flatten off all present life overt/withholds and zones of irresponsibility (high or low needle). This should bring the needle into quietness and the tone arm down to clear reading for the pc's sex. On a low tone arm case, particularly below two, find a terminal that is in a stuck picture and run withhold on that terminal: "What could you withhold from a _______ ?" If an overt is a very bad one that the pc can take little responsibility for, run O/W on the specific terminal involved, then generalize the terminal form in the command and run responsibility. Commands here are "What have you done to _______ ?" "What have you withheld from _______ ?" Then "What responsibility have you taken for a _______ ?" When a pc has done a very bad overt to a person or thinks he has, his level of responsibility is already below zero on that type of person. Therefore responsibility run on the specific terminal (such as "Agnes") won't work as pc's responsibility on "a 48 woman" was very low before he did an overt to "Agnes". Therefore it would be O/W on "Agnes" and responsibility on "a woman". The whole essence of clearing in this lifetime is done by the steps up to and including this one. The procedure would be to locate the present life overts (or personnel in PT Problems), run O/W on them and then responsibility on the general form. STEP FIVE: Clear the pc's field with responsibility as per recent HCO Bulletin on black, invisible or dub-in cases. When pc sees pictures of PT then go at case in general. O/W on persons in a stuck picture will move it. Running withhold only on such persons will raise a low needle case. STEP SIX: Run "What about a victim could you be responsible for?" until tone arm tends to read at clear reading for sex in this lifetime. Whenever the pc encounters an incident that seems very sticky, which is to say when the picture sticks many commands by the E-Meter, spot the time in terms of years ago and down to the month and day. When the incident is spotted, if it continues to hang up run it as an incident with this command: "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" and as needful on a two way comm basis, and by any process as needed get off its overts and withholds and "Who would it make feel guilty?" When any incident is reasonably flat continue with "What about a victim could you be responsible for?" This does not mean that you spot and run every incident encountered. Spot and run only those that stick. STEP SEVEN: Explore the immediate past lifetime or lifetimes of the pc. Get the pc's identity and form (sometimes they were animals), and if lifetime alters position of tone arm run "What about (name) would you be willing to be?" "What about (name) would you rather not be?" Do this until incident is flat. If heavy engram in such lifetime sticks, run "What about that incident could you be responsible for?" STEP EIGHT: Run down any famous or enduring identities of the pc on the whole track, and handle as above. Ease off this with responsibility on a victim. STEP NINE: Do a dynamic assessment on the pc and locate any terminal that drops, and run on this "What responsibility could you take for a _______ ?" If a severe incident turns up flatten with responsibility on the incident. This step can be done many times. Most of the pc's case will be found connected with some general terminal. STEP TEN: Do a survey of case, finding anything that the pc has trouble confronting and run responsibility on it. 49 Clues: Sick Person -- Insane Person -- Robot -- Prize Fighter -- Worker. STEP ELEVEN: Find anything pc has created arduously for a long time and run responsibility on it. STEP TWELVE: Run Responsibility on Matter, Energy, Space, Time, Motion and Thought. Confront can be run first on these as a kinder step. Caution: Until some confront and responsibility are run on some cases no present life overts show up. Control, Confront and Responsibility are the key to high and low tone arms. Always handle any severe overts that turn up on case with responsibility process. Do not run a massless terminal such as "sex" or "help". Find instead some actual terminal, not a significance. Beware running adjectival commands such as "Frigid woman" or "a little boy with a mole under his left grin". Run instead the plainest terminal that drops. Do not run things that are not real to the pc as he has made them unreal to lessen the overt. Instead run lots of overt finding processes such as "What could you admit causing a (terminal real to pc)?" alternated with "What could you withhold from a (same terminal)?" NOTE: Confront can be run as a prelude to any and all responsibility, with the following command "What about (.....) could you confront?" Do not use the dichotomy version (rather not). Confront is sometimes easier, sometimes harder than responsibility. Much of the material here is on the Washington 1960 HCS tapes. Usage of the rundown should be taught on staff theta clearing courses. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.pl.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 50  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=9/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXPANSION OF OT-3A PROCEDURE, STEP TWO HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES   Fran Hldrs Central Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MARCH 1960 Fran Hldrs Central Orgs EXPANSION OF OT-3A PROCEDURE, STEP TWO HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES Step Two of OT-3A Procedure is as follows: Run Cause ARC Straight Wire to give pc a win on getting audited. Once each over and over. End process only with pc in present time on cycle. "Recall communicating to someone" "Recall a time you felt affinity for someone" "Recall something that is really real to you" Now people do have time tracks, the time span of the individual from beingness to present time on which lies the sequence of events of his total existence. And when the preclear is in session and is being run on a recall type process, he, with his attention, goes up and down this time track. He may recall things only from this life or he may recall things from his whole past track; but however that may be, his attention cycles from early on the track to present time or from present time to early on the track to present time. This is known as the cycle aspect of recall type processes. In ending such a process, it is of utmost importance that the auditor end it with the preclear in present time on the cycle. The auditor wants to watch ending the process when the preclear has not made a smooth cycle into present time, but has made a big jump from way back in the past to present time. In such a case, the preclear has really bounced out of the past incident into present time, and it is only an apparency that the preclear is in present time. So when ending such a process, the auditor must exert caution to be certain the preclear is in present time. Being left with one's attention back on the track is not a comfortable sensation and sometimes can be quite painful, despite any justification offered by an auditor who himself has no reality on the time track, and I hope there are no such auditors. With Cause ARC Straight Wire, the auditor must forget his fastidiousness about ending the process precisely so on the last command, "Recall something that is really real to you." He ends the process, no matter on what command of Cause ARC Straight Wire, when the preclear's attention has come into or close to present time, close to present time being the last day or two. In ending such a process the communication bridge used is as follows: "The next time you come close to present time I am going to end this process." He continues to give the commands using the question, "When was that?", after each answer the preclear gives and before the acknowledgement. When the preclear gives an answer close to present time, he says, "That was the last command of that process; end of process." Bang. With processes that cycle, there can be no communication bridges like, "If it's alright with you in a few more commands I am going to end this process." It could take fifty more commands until the preclear is close to present time; and by that time, the preclear has entirely forgotten that there ever was any intention on the auditor's part to end the process as it seems to him that the auditor must have changed his mind and decided to run the process longer than a few commands. An auditor should not get upset with a preclear when the auditor, in an effort to get the preclear to give an answer right in present time, starts the preclear back down 51 the time track again. Remember it is the auditor who calls the shot, and if he misses, then he had better learn to gage it a bit better. A good auditor allows himself time in which to properly end a process. Now two further cyclic processes which can be seen under Step Two of OT-3A are: 1. "What would it be all right for you to make forgotten?" 2. "What would you permit to have happen again?" These are called Cause Elementary Straight Wire and are two separate processes which are not to be run alternately. The first process puts the preclear at cause over forgetting, and the second process rehabilitates the preclear's ability to duplicate. These are both terrific processes in turning on recall in the preclear. All processes under Step Two are unlimited, with the "make forgotten" one only slightly less unlimited as it has a bit of a tendency to run down havingness. Havingness, however, should be checked upon in each session and run as needed. The auditor should not consider Step Two of OT-3A lightly. These processes are, in reality, very potent and will certainly do more for CCH-step cases than anything we have had before. An example of this is how preclears broke through from psychosis to neurosis to sanity with the simplified version of ARC Straight Wire as given in the original Self Analysis. So use these processes and win faster. Note: On second thoughts for purposes of differentiation, the first process, "What would it be all right for you to make forgotten?", should be termed Cause Elementary Straight Wire; and the second process, "What would you permit to have happen again?", shall be called Duplication Straight Wire. These two processes were first used in early Advanced Clinical Courses in Phoenix and were called at that time "Elementary Straightwire". The commands of "Elementary Straightwire" as given in Dianetics 1955 were: "Give me something you wouldn't mind remembering" and "Give me something you wouldn't mind forgetting". As the ability to recall depends upon the mechanisms of forgetting and remembering (the ability to duplicate) you can easily understand the importance of these in Step Two of OT-3A. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 52  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=17/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STANDARDIZED SESSIONS   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1960 Fran Hldrs STANDARDIZED SESSIONS There are many reasons why sessions should be standardized and held in pattern. First of these is confidence. The auditor, going over practiced ground, feels more confident and, startled by some sudden action or new development, does not lose session control by seeming incapable to the pc. The preclear, accustomed to repetitive session pattern, feels a security when all his sessions are predictable as to pattern of address. And if he changes auditors he is still able to feel confident that he is getting real auditing. A second reason is duplication: Just as old repeater technique done by the auditor to the pc will run out a phrase or changed word, so do session patterns, well followed, tend to run out earlier sessions. Duplication does not make all things seem alike. Duplication of a session adds communication to the session and speeds up the willingness of the pc to communicate to the auditor. The basic freeing action of auditing depends upon the separation of thought from form, matter, energy, space and time and other life. We see in "science" as currently practiced a nearly total identification by the "scientist" of mass with thought. "Man from mud" is a natural conclusion by anyone who has all his thought bound up in mass. The reason a clear's needle is so free (and you've seen, certainly, how an E-Meter needle gets sticky, then freer and freer) is that his thought is separated from a matter, energy, space, time consequence. The "dead-in-'is-'ead" case is totally associating all thought with mass. Thus he reads peculiarly on the meter. As he is audited he frees his thinkingness so that he can think without mass connotations. What auditing is doing is making the preclear think key thoughts until they can be thought without creating or disturbing matter, energy, space and time. As most pcs associate themselves with thought, only when they can think a thought without ploughing anew into mass can they exteriorize. Difficult exteriorization or exteriorization with bad consequences is all caused by a person's considerations of thought being matter, self being matter, etc, etc. The basic overt act is making somebody else want mest. This recoils so that self wants mest. Thus we have the "necessity for havingness". Running havingness restores the pc at cause over matter, permits him to be separate from matter to some degree. Thinking, then, is separated from mest by repetitive thinking on the exact points that pin a particular person to mest. If a person is aberrated, say, on the subject of women, the shortest cut to de-aberration (barring havingness difficulties -- see below) would be the repeated command "Think of a woman." At last he would no longer have pictures or masses just because he thought that thought and you would then find he could think about women as opposed to reacting about women. This naturally leads to an obvious basic process, "Think about matter" "Think about energy" "Think about space" "Think about time" "Think about a thetan." In theory each one could be run flat in turn and then all run again. 53 In actual practice this is pretty steep for most cases and would not be real to many. A more complex approach containing more significance is more real to the pc. The pc's mind is trapped into forms of mest and life, rather than merely mest and life. Thus, what falls on the E-Meter needle shows what form of mest and life his attention is fixed upon. Havingness is a complicated subject when viewed in a pc's mind. Familiarity, which is to say, predictability, is strongly connected with his ability to have or own. When he receives shocks or surprises, his ability to predict is invalidated and he can't have. The reason a thetan "dies" is his loss of the familiar by the introduction of the unpredictable. Rapidity of change of state, unpredicted, would be a definition of surprise, also of death and forgetfulness. The more change he is subjected to, that he did not predict, the less he can have. Thus when he is given a "rough session", the pc's havingness goes down. Not predicting the shifts and changes of the auditor, the pc ceases to be able to have the session or its appurtenances -- the auditor, the room, etc. The smoother the auditing the better the pc's havingness stays up. The model session is designed to avoid unpredictable changes. Thus it is designed to retain havingness by retaining pattern, which is to say, retaining predictability by the pc. Auditing, done smoothly, duplicatively session by session as to session pattern, runs itself out, even if the pc has a constantly changing bank. A pc began to use pictures when he changed lives and sometimes, therefore, language, but only after he had already adopted language for thought. So an ultimate step in processing could concern itself with separating the pc from the significance of words. Some such process as "Think of a word," followed by "Think of a meaning," would in theory, if it could be run (but has not been tested and would violate havingness), discharge the pc of his dependence on language for thought and would find him less fixated on having pictures (which of course bridge the language barrier). Appearing in a form composed of matter, running on energy, existing in space and keeping pace with others in time is a favor pcs do one another (or an overt act depending on how cynical you may feel when you consider it). The games condition of havingness is have for self, can't have for others. Appearing in a form violates this games condition. Also, giving another words violates it. Thus actors and writers tend to go down hill by violating their own games condition if they are in one. A games condition evolves from separateness. Running some form of separateness can then result in exteriorization not from willingness to lose the mass of the body but by curing the games condition. Separateness is of course handled on lower cases by running out obsessive connectedness. But separateness itself can be run. Any auditing is a solution: Solutions are ordinarily an alter-is of problems. Thus getting people to confront problems or even solutions can resolve not only case but auditing where auditing itself has now and then, in absence of smooth analysis and session handling, become a problem to the preclear. A fine process for this is "Tell me a problem that auditing would be a solution to," and for that matter, this also applies to any psychosomatic illness. A person with a bad leg would experience relief if audited on "Tell me a problem a bad leg would be a solution to," as a repetitive process. Similarly, it might work if one asked "Tell me a solution to a bad leg you could confront," or "What problem about a leg could you confront?" which last is very good as a process. 54 The separation of thinkingness from a problem, from particular forms, and from Life and Mest are the primary targets of auditing. And just as the repetitive auditing command runs out not only the connection with a mass but itself, so does a repetitive session design eventually free the pc from not only his aberrations but auditing itself. A person gets as able as he regains confidence -- and he gets as free as his auditing is a constant not itself a wild variable. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  RESEARCH PROJECT    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 MARCH 1960 RESEARCH PROJECT May I request the assistance of all auditors in the following research programme: Have You Lived Before This Life?, the new HASI book, has elicited such deep interest that it will be followed in a few months by a sequel: Where Are You Buried? You can help by doing the following. (a) Check out your pcs for recent deaths, and any you find have died in the last century in the country where you are, (b) write down all particulars for record. (c) Then go to the place of burial and locate grave or get a copy of the death roll from official sources or both. And (d) send all data, the story of the life and death, to HCO WW, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex. Be sure you have pc's permission for data to be used. Be sure the data is authentic in every possible way. The resulting collection may be published in book form. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.jh Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 55  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=24/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GOALS IN THE RUDIMENTS   Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs All Staff Auditors D of P D of T  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MARCH 1960 Fran Hldrs HCO Secs Assn Secs All Staff Auditors D of P D of T GOALS IN THE RUDIMENTS A session is a cycle of action. Unless it is started, continued and ended properly the preclear is put in continuous session. If it is not given a proper cycle of action it does not result in any control of the preclear. Rudiments are not something it is nice to do. Rudiments are something that must be done. A great deal of the value of auditing lies in the mechanics of the session itself. If you wish to demonstrate this for yourself all you have to do is try short sessioning. This consists of starting, continuing for a few minutes, a session, and ending the session. It has good gain qualities for a pc who has poor concentration. It does not matter what is run. What matters is that direct control of thought results in setting an example that thought can be controlled. A session without proper rudiments is a session without control. A session without control gets no gains of any note. After working with this for years I believe a nearly foolproof method of handling the rudiments has been developed. The parts of modern rudiments are as follows: Goals Surroundings Auditor and ARC breaks Present Time Problem End rudiments: Present Time Problem Auditor and ARC breaks Surroundings Goals [NOTE THE END RUDIMENTS ARE CHANGED IN ORDER FROM HCO BULLETIN OF FEBRUARY 25, 1960] GOALS Goals are set at the beginning of the session in order to make the preclear postulate session occurrence. If the pc says nothing about goals or even says nothing will happen, probably nothing will happen of any note in the session. Goals are taken up first in a session before environment, auditor or problems because these may entail auditing if they are not right, and the moment you start to audit the last three then you are running a session without setting goals and may run the entire session of the auditor or the present time problem and muff it because no goal was ever set. The auditor who does not set up goals immediately following the start of a session may wind up without getting a chance to set goals. 56 There is a lot to know about goals. There have been processes entirely devoted to goals. A great many more processes could be developed about goals. However the value of these tools or processes does not compare to just getting a goal or three set for the session itself. If you run into difficulties about goals there are two processes which can be used, and perhaps other old processes might also be worked on the subject. The basic reason we give stress to goals is to keep the auditor from making one of the greatest fundamental errors he can make: The auditor is processing in one direction and the pc wants to go in another. This creates a basic disagreement between auditor and pc which prevents auditing from getting anywhere and results squarely in ARC breaks and upsets. Where these are frequent this mistake must be supposed to exist and must be cleared up. There are only three things a pc can do in a session so far as results are concerned: he can get better, he can stay the same, he can get worse. Therefore there are only three basic types of goals: improvement goal, no- change goal, deterioration goal. All this derives from survive and succumb as the two opposite poles. The auditor may be seeking improvement while all the pc wants to do is succumb. The auditor may be trying to keep the pc from getting worse and the pc wants only to get better. The auditor (but let's hope not) may be working unconsciously or otherwise on a particular pc to make him or her worse and the pc is trying to get better. Of course in the last case O/W is indicated for the auditor on this type of pc. Fortunately the last type is rare. The commonest disagreement on goals comes about on the first mentioned. The auditor wants improvement and the pc wants deterioration. Some auditor trying wildly to make a pc better gets a failure only because he has never closely observed the pc's goals and hasn't got this straight with the pc. If goals go wrong the simplest process to clear the pc on direction is a problem process. This might sound odd, but it is quite true. The fastest goals process is a general problems process. This occurs because the pc in looking over problems falls into realizing what his actual desires are. The quickie version of this process handles solutions in this fashion: The auditor looks over the preclear and sees that the pc has some obvious disability. He asks the pc if the pc has any disability and steers it into getting the pc to bring this one to light. This would be something like a bad foot or cough. One selects a mass terminal for this disability, such as chest for the cough (whatever the pc says it is), and runs the following command, "What problem would a bad foot be a solution to?" Using this on one or more disabilities and running it a while (until pc is in pt on it) shows the pc at once that at least as far as a foot is concerned he has been trying to succumb. This is a very ordinary occurrence since factually any chronic psychosomatic is an effort to succumb. Remember that the doors are all locked from within by the pc himself. If pc is still reluctant and upset about goals or isn't getting better faster because of the solutions process above, run some consequences in this fashion: "What would you be likely to do if you didn't have a bad foot?" This makes the pc look at it some more, and some responsibility run on what he has said he might do will clear the thing away. The general process that uncovers most of this is "Tell me a problem"; when pc has, "What part of that problem could you be responsible for?" When pc has, the auditor says again, "Tell me a problem," etc, etc, etc, on a repetitive basis. Now remember that we weren't trying to make his foot well. That may or may not happen with any rapidity. What we are trying to get the pc to look at is that his goal alignment is not an improvement but a deterioration. 57 The old process of worse than, minus the invent part, also accomplishes the same end: "Think of something worse than a bad foot." This on a repetitive basis will turn up all sorts of horrible consequences to not having a bad foot. Of course having a victim with his face kicked in before one and the police sirens sounding is worse than having a bad foot by the pc's rationale. Because people hold in and cripple themselves mentally and physically to keep from doing things they know are wrong, goals, more frequently than you would like to find, are in the direction of getting worse. Until you untangle this one as an auditor you may not be able to make any lasting progress with a pc. Factually a pc in bad condition is more likely to have succumb goals than survive goals. When handling rudiments, get the pc to set a goal, any goal or even two or three goals he really thinks he can make in the session. But if after two or three sessions it is apparent that he is not achieving his goals as set by him in the session, despite care to handle them by the auditor with processing, it should be suspected that the pc is technically an "opposite vector" case and has private goals quite the reverse to getting better. When one has uncovered this fact as the auditor, without evaluation, he had better get it uncovered to the pc. There are no auditing failures. There are only errors in auditing. Chief amongst these errors is failure to take up and straighten out the pc's goals. That is the first amongst the rudiments and last in the end rudiments so it must be pretty important. Don't discount its value, and handle it with the attention it deserves. Once upon a time or two I have asked some auditor auditing me what his goals for the session were. It produced some interesting randomity. But a pc is under no orders but the auditor's and it isn't something that is needed in the session. Also I have just up and told the pc what I would like to get done in the session and sometimes it worked and sometimes it didn't, and I found that what the pc wanted to get done and what the pc said he or she wanted to get done were more important. Unless the pc postulates his recovery, it won't last even if you make him recover in spite of himself or herself. The way to make the pc postulate it is by handling goals as above. The pc is often very startled by what he finds out about his actual intentions. I have stopped being startled by what pcs do. I find that when they don't recover very fast they don't want to and I start working over their goals no matter what else seems to be the matter. The CCHs work better if rudiments are used, but sometimes that's impossible due to state of the pc. Take up goals with such a pc at the first available chance however and make your work easier. Life is a series of attained goals. Auditing requires at least the setting of goals and their attainment. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 58  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=30/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  INTERROGATION   All Auditors in South Africa CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1960 All Auditors in South Africa CenOCon INTERROGATION (How to read an E-Meter on a silent subject) When the subject placed on a meter will not talk but can be made to hold the cans (or can be held while the cans are strapped to the soles or placed under the armpit, I am sorry if that sounds brutal, it isn't), it is still possible to obtain full information from the subject. Asking questions, one expects no reply, asks for no pictures. The auditor just watches the needle for dips when questions are asked. It is best to start with several nul questions: "Will it rain?" "Do you like bread?" etc. And then shift off to heavier leads. At any time the subject gets too agitated to read, return to asking nul questions or use the agitation as a dip. Meter response for "No" or negative or don't know = no fall. Meter response for "Maybe" "You're getting close" = slight fall. Meter response for "Yes" or "Correct" = steep fall. Sample interrogation: Subject is given cans. Nul questions are asked. Then: "Were you persuaded to make trouble?" (fall) "Was the person who persuaded you a native?" (fall) "What was the person's name?" (no verbal answer, heavy fall) "Do you know where the person who persuaded you lives?" (heavy fall) (Name various nearby towns.) "Does the person live in......?" Take town with heaviest fall. Divide town named into streets, sections, sort out the exact part of the town named. Give leads on location until you know the house. If person were educated you would use: "Considering the alphabet to divide at 0, does the person's last name start with a letter in the first half of the alphabet (pause, look at meter) or the last half of the alphabet" (pause, look at meter, compare the two readings -- you may have to ask this two or three times). "All right, it was the first half. Now was it A, B, C, was it D, E, F, etc." "Now the second letter of the person's last name......", (repeat the same performance). It's a good idea to mark down your findings on a blackboard where the subject can see them if be's very reluctant and can read. A phonetic system can be worked out for subjects who are not educated. Maps of town areas are useful. With one eye on the meter you just point to areas of the map and let the meter guide you in. When you have worked out an area or name, repeat it several times and shift it around until you get maximum drop. A whole mine of information can be picked up from a silent person. On reporters, looking for possible accidents is a good convincer. Tell the reporter 59 not to speak and use over and under times "Have you ever had an accident?" "Was it more than five years ago?" "Was it less than five years ago?" Watch the needle, pin it down to maximum fall. That's the year. Now get the month (first or last half of year, then, for first half, ask about Jan, Feb, Mar). Month found get the day. Then the hour of the day. Then the type of vehicle or accident. Then who was hurt, etc. Reporters always start talking somewhere along about this time. Don't pay any attention. Just go on and nail it down. In a security check, you want the person who persuaded the person you have on the cans to engage in a riot. When you locate and have brought this new person, you do the same thing. But now you have a whole committee of names to get and your subject is better educated. Taking ten people from a strike or riot, you can find the instigator of their group. Finding the instigator and getting him on the cans you can run it back to a higher command level. The end product is the discovery of a terrorist, usually paid, usually a criminal, often trained abroad. Given a dozen people from any riot or strike, you can find the instigator of that group or more than one. Finding that one, you can get his boss. Twenty or thirty paid agents provocateurs can keep a whole country in revolt. Clean them up and the riots collapse. Thousands are trained every year in Moscow in the ungentle art of making slave states. Don't be surprised if you wind up with a white. Revolts kill an awful lot of natives. Only when security has been established can a reform be applied. Use E-Meter "clean hands" to convince people that a population is loyal and that reforms are in order. In the riots in London, anybody arrested has his fine paid for him by some mysterious group. Demonstrators are recruited. So this isn't limited to South Africa. Crack the agents provocateurs' identities and you've cracked the new slavery of Earth -- the worker's production demanded by the state for nothing. We have a lot of reforms ourselves but we don't need criminal agents or dead people killed in riots to put them in effect. Don't use guns, use E- Meters to make a country secure. By the way, the answer to passive resistance is for the government to passive strike against any district from which it occurs. No water, lights, pay, government or service. Simply use the same tactic back. Don't use guns, cordon the area off and shut off power and water. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [HCO B 2 January 1967, Dating -- Forbidden Words, Volume VI, page 191, changes the words used for dating. See The Book of E-Meter Drills, Drill EM-25, for correct E-Meter dating procedure.] 60  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=31/3/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM   Fran Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1960 Fran Holders THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM Everybody has present time problems at times. They come up unexpectedly. They happen, between intensives. They pop up between sessions. They, indeed, occur within sessions. And the auditor who neglects to handle them when they arise will get little auditing done. It's the present time problem that sticks the graph, makes it register no change. (It's ARC breaks that drop one.) What is a "PTP", as the auditors write it in their reports? It is basically the inability to confront the dual terminal nature of this universe. It is an inability to span attention and denotes that the pc who is having lots of PTPs has his attention very fixed on something. The definition of a problem is intention v. intention or "two or more opposing and conflicting views on the same subject". If the pc has problems with wife or husband, we can be sure that they have divergent views on some basic thing in life. Thus the auditor who has a pc who always has PTPs with one, the same, person, had better run O/W (overt- withhold) on that terminal in a specific form (George) and then responsibility on the general form (a husband). Thus a PTP is as good as an assessment. Find what terminals the pc has PTPs about and handle that terminal as above. Indeed this is more than a trick -- it's a great time-saver. One can waste hours on a pc who repeatedly comes up with a PTP on the same person. But that person in the PTP is often the current clue to the case. "Grace the wife" leads to "a wife" leads to "a woman". Present time problems are not always concerned with the world outside auditing. Auditors can be a PTP to the pc, especially when the pc has big withholds! PROCESSES ON PTPs Present time problem processes are many. The earliest was two-way comm. A later one was "Invent a problem of comparable magnitude to........" But this one of course is a create type process and is therefore very limited. Still another process was "Tell me your problem." "How does it seem to you now?" This almost runs the whole case. A recent one that has workability is "What problem could you confront?" This finds out for the pc that he can't confront a problem at first without doing something about it. That isn't confronting the problem. This is an amusing, effective and educative process. Problems tend to snap in on the pc. The mechanism here is that he cannot confront them so, of course, they snap in upon him. When he invents a few the first problem he had visibly moves away from him. This last is now a demonstration, not a process, because of the create factor. 61 The fastest current process is "Tell me your problem." "What part of that problem have you been responsible for?" This is an alternate question process. You will find the problem changes and changes. It runs the whole case. A general process on problems, which is a very healthy process, is "What problem have you been (or might you have been) responsible for?" The easiest process on problems to run, if slower, is "Tell me your problem." "What part of that problem could you confront?" CONFUSION AND THE STABLE DATUM Problems are nasty case stickers because in a problem one has an old solution causing new problems. This is the principle of confusion and the stable datum. The confusion (two or more opposed views or actions) stays in position because it is hung on a single fixed point. If you want to see a pc go into confusion ask him what solution he could confront. (This is not a good process, it's a demonstration.) A preclear is sometimes chary of motion in the bank. He seizes upon fixed particles to avoid moving particles. A very top scale process that does some fabulous things to a pc also illustrates this: "What motion have you been responsible for?" This truly sets a bank whizzing, particularly black cases or stuck picture cases. Running this, it is possible to discharge pc liability to problems. THE DUAL UNIVERSE The basic unit of this universe is two not one. The less a pc can confront two things, the more he fixes on one. This is the highly individual person, also the self-auditing case. This is probably the basic trap of a thetan. He is a single unit that has not cared to confront dual units and is therefore subject to the persistence of all dual things. As he does not seem to care as much for two as he does for one that which is not admired tends to persist and we have a persisting dual universe. Also, when he is with somebody else, he tends to confront the other person but not to confront himself. "What about you could you confront?" is a murderous process. It is all right to run. It picks up the times when his attention was off self and yet self was creating. This is the genus of a reactive bank. It is probably what pain is. However, a better and more spectacular process that demonstrates this and gets to the heart of problems is "What two things can you confront?" This increases ability and reduces one's liability to problems. I suppose one could go gradiently up in number and have at last a pc that could tolerate any motion or number. It is quantity not quality which makes a bank. Thus running significances is of little worth. A thetan gets ideas of too many and too few. He cannot have, at length, anything that becomes too scarce -- one of the old important rules of havingness given in Scientology 8-8008. OUT OF SESSION A pc is in session when (a) he is willing to talk to the auditor and (b) he is interested in his own case. The primary violation of part (a) is overts and withholds -- the pc is afraid to talk or talks to cover up. The second violation (b) occurs when the pc's attention is "over there" in present time, fixed on some concern that is "right now" somewhere in the physical universe. Technically a present time problem is a special problem that exists in the physical 62 universe now on which the pc has his attention fixed. This violates the "in session" rule part (b). The pc's attention is "over there" not on his case. If the auditor overlooks or doesn't run the PTP then the pc is never in session, grows agitated, ARC breaks, etc. And no gains are made because the pc is not in session. Hence the unchanged graph when the pc has a PTP that is overlooked or not properly handled. PTPs are easy to handle. If you, the auditor, become impatient at having to "waste time" handling a PTP or if the pc considers it a waste of time to handle it, a mistake is being made. So long as a PTP falls on a meter even slightly, it had better be handled until it no longer falls when checked. If the same type of PTP keeps coming up, use it as a case assessment and run it out-out-out as given above, using O/W and responsibility. And if the pc always has problems, better note he also has motionless pictures, is only-one and self-audits heavily and get him used to motion and two particles as given in processes above and he'll be a better case very soon indeed. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 63  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  A NEW SUMMARY OF AUDITING   Franchise Hldrs All Staff Auditors Note HCO Secs send to every certified auditor in your area.  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1960 Franchise Hldrs All Staff Auditors Note HCO Secs send to every certified auditor in your area. A NEW SUMMARY OF AUDITING (This bulletin is the first major break-through in processing in 1960. It is a new statement of processing you will appreciate.) In ten years, the chief thing which needed improvement in the dissemination of Dianetics and Scientology was more and faster processing results. A good result in processing depends on two things: (a) The workability of the technical process; and (b) The ability of the Auditor to apply processing to a preclear. The bulk of my own work for ten years, then, has been on these two things. However, you should not make a mistake in thinking that the first released processes did not work as processes. Book One Engram Running, as any old time Dianeticist can tell you, works. Engram running from "away back" works so well that I probably would not have advanced auditing technically to any degree, if people at large had been able to apply Book One engram running as given in 1950. Personally I have rarely failed to resolve a case and bring it to a happy conclusion solely with engram running. I would have gone on researching to resolve the mystery of life but not to improve auditing if a majority of auditors had been able to get excellent results. Alas (or happily) there were too many cases that didn't change when audited by some auditors. And so I tied further researches on life with the development of processes most auditors could handle and with which they could obtain spectacular results rather easily. I do not say that to condemn auditors, only to show the why of further processes, the basic impulse behind the release of new processes. They make it easier to do it faster and they reach the few cases we now and then failed to reach before. For a long, long, long time I've felt we have been there. I have wanted it to be positive enough so that all auditors could experience being there at a process level. Training is better and easier. Theory today goes light years beyond what I would have considered as necessary years ago. Processes reach even unconscious people. But in all this wealth of technology, we still have the problem of auditor application. Here is an example: In spring 1959, I gave the exact way to handle a co-audit group (London HPA and 6th London ACC tapes). To obtain maximum results, I had learned, the instructor was the auditor to each pc in the room. Each case was assessed by him. Each person run by him on a via of the co-audit auditor. Here and there I hear of a co-audit losing people. I hear of an instructor saying, "I only have to look in on them (the co-audit people) once in a while during an evening." And I hear of a spectacularly spectacular co-audit group, fully successful, several clears in fact, where the only thing that was done was the exact duplication of the London HPA and ACC instructions! Now do you see what I mean by processing results depending upon the auditor? Co-auditing in groups was wrapped up, complete, in the spring of 1959. The task 64 now is to get it adhered to so there will be more clears. A whole year later we are just starting to win on this. The programme of research may present a myriad of new data. It has not changed certain fundamentals about auditing. It has not changed the exact way to make a clear. Let's not lose sight of these facts. The first and foremost rule of auditing is FIND SOMETHING THE PRECLEAR CAN DO AND PROCESS HIM TO IMPROVE THAT ABILITY. A lot of auditors audit quite oppositely and fail here and there and say they don't know why. The auditor finds "what is wrong" with the pc and tries to remedy it. That has nothing to do with the goal of auditing. That's a Q and A with the pc's bank. The pc thinks something is wrong with him and restrains himself. All you have to do to make a pc clear is to help him build his confidence back in the things about him that are right! To clear a pc all you have to do is give him or her a series of wins he or she realizes are wins. The 1947 scale of wins was this: Get a pc to have pictures by any device. Get the pc to erase light locks. Get the pc to be more and more able to handle gradiently heavier bits of bank. When pc was fully confident, pc was clear. (That wasn't all, by the way, that's been overlooked in clearing. Read the Book One clear definition again.) Of course as time has gone on we have been more and more articulate. I have found ways to say things, found ways to describe things that I thought everybody knew. I have erred consistently in overestimating understanding. I seek to remedy that by stating things more clearly. I feel I am winning on this. But there are certain things I myself find very hard to understand. Among these is how I can run any engram flat in a few hours unless its overt has to be run first; and that some auditors take 50 to 75 hours to flatten an engram. How is that? Well, I'm sure I don't know unless it is as follows: All you have to do to run an engram is first get the pc accustomed to his bank and track by various mild processes, get him under good control, contact the least incident necessary to resolve the case and flatten it. Well, that's it. To flatten an incident Dianetically, you only erase it. To flatten it Scientologically you run it until pc has it back again fully and is total cause over it (you run it after it has erased). To accomplish all this apply the rule in capitals above. No auditing tricks are necessary unless you have thrown the pc in over his head without a gradient approach to the bank. Recently I had some auditors complain that they were being forced, using OT-3A to start at step one on new pcs when "auditor discretion should be used as to what step should be first taken". And what was auditor discretion? Throw the pc in over his head, I guess; new pcs deserve at least some recall process to start out. The rule I audit by is the one in caps above. By gradients I recover for the pc confidence in handling himself. At length analytical handling replaces reactive handling. Here are the first winning sessions on two pcs and the point of first win on each: PC "A" 1952: No pictures. All unreal. Suicidal. Now most people would have tackled the suicidal trait or some such. This pc had had at least 200 hours on engrams. No results. I found pc had an allergy to milk. By using "think processes" I managed to get Expanded Gita run without creating mock-ups. "Think how you could waste milk," etc. The pc was able to drink milk after that. Big win! Pc made steady gains of like nature afterwards. The pc could drink water. That was an ability. I made the pc able to drink milk too! 65 PC "B" 1959: Pc never before audited and had a mysterious field. No relief or release on scouting the present life. No change. Got the pc to describe field. Found it was a window. Ran "What part of that picture could you be responsible for?" for a half an hour with pc's only response, "I could be responsible for looking out of this window." Then suddenly all shifted, pc got a big kinesthetic of jumping into his car and tearing off in it. We stopped right there. Pc had a big win, felt there was a change. Felt he could be helped by auditing. The indicated procedure after was to run responsibility on anything pc saw in the bank until he was in present time with his pictures and then, little by little accustom him to locks, secondaries and engrams, a win every time, until he was clear. Clearing is a qualitative return of confidence in self not quantitative handling of bank. By returning confidence, one achieves clearing in a short while. By the quantity approach one drags the hours out endlessly since there's an endless supply of engrams. The regained ability to handle one fully is better than ploughing through a thousand briefly. Well some day somebody will hear me. And we'll have lots of clears. There's also this matter of having a session going before we tackle a bank, for the pc is always tackling his bank out of session and doesn't recover, so there must bc a session if he tackles his bank and does recover. A session depends mostly on these conditions: 1. Pc willing to be helped by auditor (or as in an unconscious pc, unable to prevent being helped); 2. Pc under auditor's control to the extent of doing the process; 3. Pc willing to talk freely to the auditor; 4. Pc interested in own case; and 5. Auditor well-trained enough to handle a session form properly. Then and only then can we begin the gradient approach of recovering pc's confidence in analytically handling himself and abandoning his reactive withholds and restraints and self-imposed barriers. To accomplish 1 above, run two way help. Even an alcoholic bum, antagonistic and vicious, will come around eventually on two way help more or less two-way commed until it is running like a process. "How could you help me?" "How could I help you?" Those are the magic words on the reluctant or unwilling pc. Eventually the pc becomes willing to be under the auditor's control. To accomplish 2 above, it is sometimes necessary to run "You make that body sit in that chair" or "You make that body stand still" or both for a long time, pc doing command each time, before control exists sufficient to run S-C- S. These can be big wins for a pc. To do 3 above, the auditor can run "Think of something you could tell me," "Think of something you might withhold from me," until the E-Meter arm dives. Pc will eventually talk if the pc was under control enough to do the process. To accomplish 4 we have only to be lengthy in discussing the aspirations and upsets of the pc's life. To accomplish 5 we should have started a long time ago. To give pc Big Wins we tackle small targets. Open up the recalls with Cause ARC Straight Wire and "What would you be willing to forget?" Erase and put back a lock. 66 Erase and put back a moment of pain (stubbed toe, cut finger). Erase and put back a secondary. Erase and put back a minor engram. Erase and put back a rougher overt engram. Do every little job well. Handle every session well. Finish what you start. If pc goes greasy on the track and skids, return to control processes via 1 to 4 above. Then win up some more wins. Straighten up women and men and other terminals with O/Ws. Do what you like, but keep it no heavier than pc can win with. Give him wins, not a caved-in bank. Sometimes you have to patch up a whole case that was long ago flubbed. Go at it just as above and then run out the first engram that pc was ever thrown into and then run out that auditor. This is the basic philosophy of auditing. The main reason any auditor has lost on a case is his misunderstanding of his approach. He knows "What's wrong" with the pc and attacks it. And the pc loses before he wins. The only thing wrong with a pc is his lack of confidence in handling himself without hurting others. So he creates disabilities which automatically restrain him from making the same mistakes again. Try to relieve those disabilities without returning confidence to the pc and you are liable to lose every time. It would help you if you made up a chart for each pc and checked it off each session. 1. Pc still willing to be helped............................... 2. Pc under control and executing every command................ 3. Pc willing to talk to me.................................... 4. Pc interested in own case................................... 5. I am following model session exactly ....................... 6. Pc havingness is up ........................................ 7. Pc is having wins .......................................... If you check these off every time before a session, you won't miss. And you'll know what to tackle if the intensive is not going too well. The answers are there in those seven points, not in a startling new departure in processes! Look, I want you to have even more wins than you are having. I'm not really growling about it. I'll even concede I've never said it so succinctly before or lined it up so smoothly. But study it well, won't you? It contains the whole "secret" of auditing. We want more clears. Whip me up some more won't you? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 67  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  IMPORTANT CHECK SHEET FOR HGC   D of Ps Cent Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1960 D of Ps Issue II Cent Orgs IMPORTANT CHECK SHEET FOR HGC The following check sheet is to be made up in a mimeo form and issued to your staff auditors to be used at the beginning of each session. The data relative to it is in HCO Bulletin of April 7, 1960. Teach your staff auditors that bulletin. Insist heavily on the use of the check sheet before session commences while sitting down with pc. And thereby watch your results and number of clearings soar. This is IMPORTANT. Check Sheet: Pc Name _____________________ Date ____________ Auditor _______________________ 1. Pc still willing to be helped by me and HGC............................... 2. Pc under control and executing every command.............................. 3. Pc willing to talk to me freely........................................... 4. Pc interested in own case ................................................ 5. I have been following model session exactly except to establish the above..................................................................... 6. Pc's havingness is up..................................................... 7. Pc is getting wins he knows about ....................................... The following has been handled on pc's case: Pc has been run on objective havingness................................... Cause ARC Straight Wire .................................................. Forget ................................................................... Pc willing to recall something without regret ............................ Pc's field has been cleared with responsibility .......................... A minor painless lock run as an engram with confront and responsibility ........................................................... A minor recent physical injury has been run with confront and responsibility and finally reappeared..................................... A secondary has been contacted and run, erased and made to reappear ...... A mild engram has been run with confront and responsibility until it was erased and run further until it reappeared................................ A past death has been run fully .......................................... O/W has been run on necessary general terminals as indicated by meter..... The case is progressing. Auditor's signature The above check sheet does not supplant the Auditor's report. It is turned in with the report. Its purpose, in 1 to 7, is to keep Auditors alert to what makes cases advance. LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 68  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=11/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW TRAINING SCHEDULE   Assn Sec HCO Secs D of Training Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1960 Assn Sec HCO Secs D of Training Hat NEW TRAINING SCHEDULE Earlier bulletins this year have presented a new training line up, more or less as follows. Based on eight weeks, the weeks are divided as follows: I. Comm Course II. Upper Indoc Course III. Model Session IV. CCHs V. to VIII. Theory and practice as per London HPA/BScn tapes. It will be seen that the order of weeks I to IV can be changed around save for Comm Course. You have just received HCO Bulletin April 7, 1960, which gives a new rationale of training. It affects the stress but not the programme. It means in short that the HPA will have to know how to run Straight Wire, locks, secondaries and engrams and how to use an E-Meter. Further they have to know the six types of processes. Now this is asking a lot at HCA/HPA level, in view of the fact that the South African ACC on the Model Session at the end of one week quiz flunked out at the rate of 2/3rds of the class. The Model Session (HCO Bulletin of February 25, 1960) can be broken down into sections like the Comm Course and a Straight Wire process run, or it can be run from the sheet enough times to make students familiar with it. You will have a new book on auditing based on HCO Bulletins since December 23, AD9, but it will not be in circulation for a while. Teach people light taps not heavy slugs. Go on this basis -- Doctors treat injuries because they cannot confront bodies. We confront people. We can always see what is wrong with a person. It takes real genius to find something right and improve it. A pc is ill because he is restraining himself from doing wrong. We have to convince him he can do right. Reactive self-restraint is the purpose of all engrams. This must be replaced with analytical control. Until one can confront his bank and win he does not regain confidence in controlling himself. So he has engrams. "We don't treat wrongness. We treat people." Until a student has that down pat, you won't get any real training done anyway. He'll go out and lose. And we'll then lose him. Hence the push on training and the half price course offers (when accompanied by a letter signed by a certified auditor). I hope you are going to have to cope with a lot of students. If you arrange your course well now, you will have wins later. And when you teach a student to get little wins to make big wins we'll really have this show on the road. LRH:js.jh Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 69  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=14/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW PE DATA SUPERVISING PE CO-AUDIT   Assn Secs HCO Secs PE Director Hat Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 APRIL 1960 Assn Secs HCO Secs PE Director Hat Franchise Holders NEW PE DATA SUPERVISING PE CO-AUDIT The best way to run a PE course was given in the London 1959 HPA/BScn tapes and the 6th London ACC tapes. This consisted of supervising the PE as though you were the only auditor present, all the co-auditing auditors to be used only as your mouthpiece. The "Instructor" audits each case through the co-auditor. All pcs present can be put on one meter at the instructor's desk by means of leads and a multiple switch. This is of considerable use and is authorized for all Central Orgs, ASSESSMENT An assessment is a necessity on each case. At the course's start, assess rapidly with a meter and then when the majority are running on terminals go back and do a longer assessment on the hard one. Keep a record of your assessment. But don't spend all your time favoring hard cases. It makes other cases tend to toughen to get your attention. If a case isn't getting meter fluctuation on the meter at the instructor's desk, check into it. A running case gets a changing needle and a changing tone arm. Keeping a record of tone arm position and needle state for each case helps you keep track. It's done by making a three column roster, the same one you used for assessment. PROCESSES You have three processes you may now use. 1. O/W on a selected terminal "What have you done to _______ ?" "What have you withheld from _______ ?" A good assessment for this is: "What person do you have problems about?" Run that person. 2. Comm process on a body part. "From where could you communicate to a ......?" on an E-Meter, assess for a body part that falls not what the pc says. The part that falls will be real to the pc. An obviously ill part may not be real. When the chosen part is flat or reasonably so, assess for a new body part. Body parts are safer to run on co-audit than indefinite terminals. But "friend" or "car" can still be used. Use the paper trick on all co-audit comm processes. 3. Responsibility process "What part of your life have you been responsible for?" This requires no assessment but it is rather rougher than the first two above. PROCUREMENT Your best procurement comes from word of mouth and happy cases. 70 If you supervise well and make sure the co-audit pc gets gains you will have good word of mouth. Free co-audit weeks given for one reason or another (such as highest scores of PE course quiz) is good procurement. Well advertised free PE and a good comm course are the best procurements. A good info package mailed to everyone on your list and all callers is a necessity. Being on time, handling bodies in an orderly way are good procurement. HAS CERTIFICATES HAS certificate requirements have changed. A passing grade on an examination of materials covered is all it takes at this time. Later we may require that they pass a comm course too. But not now. So examine your past students on essentials they've been taught and as they pass send their names and addresses to your central organization and the student will receive a nice HAS certificate. Your student having a certificate will help procurement. SUMMARY PE co-audit is running well where auditors are doing it by the book, running badly where the handling of processes, students and paper work is sloppy. Good total 8-C good course. Courses where regular charges are made and collected get better graphs. Here and there a PE co-audit set up is running poorly because the auditor-instructor does not have info packages and does not even try to handle bodies walking in. Most everywhere PE co-audit is doing well. I am very proud of the way most auditors are trying and winning. Thank You. By the way, the Scientology population of earth has exactly doubled in the last ten months! L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 71  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PRE-SESSION PROCESSES   Franchise Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1960 Franchise Hldrs PRE-SESSION PROCESSES Have you ever wondered how to persuade a stranger to get audited? Have you ever had to "sell" a hostile family member Scientology before you could audit someone? Have you ever had trouble auditing anyone? Well, you'll be pleased to know that these problems have been vanquished by some material I've developed. You see -- I do think of you! Pre-session processes are a new idea. They were hinted at in HCO Bulletin April 7, 1960. But there's more to it. A pre-session process is a process that is used to get into session: (a) A stranger who isn't receiving well; (b) A person antagonistic to Scientology; (c) A person who ARC breaks easily in session; (d) A person who makes few gains in session; (e) A person who relapses after being helped; (f) A person who makes no gains in auditing; (g) A person who, having been audited, refuses further auditing; (h) Any person being audited as a check-off before session, aloud to pc or silently by auditor. Pre-session processes parallel in importance the auditing of unconscious people. But I feel they have wider use and will assist dissemination enormously as well as improve graph gains. These processes are four in number. They are designed as classes of processes to handle these four points: 1. Help factor 2. Control factor 3. Pc Communication factor 4. Interest factor. Unless these four points are present in a session, it is improbable, in a great number of cases, that any real, lasting gain will be made. This is old data. It is new data to consider these as pre-session points. Before one has a pc in session he cannot really run a Model Session or any session at all. The usual struggle is to start a session and then try to start a session by having the pc go into session. This is a confusion of long standing and leads auditors to run processes like the CCHs when they could be running higher processes. The CCHs are often necessary, but not necessary on a pc who could be put into session easily and could then run higher level processes for faster gains. 72 The only thing this changes about a Model Session (HCO Bulletin February 25, 1960) is the START. If a pc is in the auditing room and auditing is to be attempted, then one starts, not Tone 40, but formal. "We are going to begin auditing now." The auditor then goes over his check list and ticks off the pre- session points 1, 2, 3, 4, and satisfied, goes into the rudiments and carries forward a Model Session. Naturally, if he wants to put the pc into session with pre-session processes, when the pc is finally in session we would startle him out with a Tone 40 "START". A pc who is running extraordinarily well and making fast gains should be checked over silently at beginning and then given "START" Tone 40 as in the Model Session and the auditor proceeds at once to rudiments. But this would be used only after the pc was really getting along. A new pc or new to the auditor should be pre-sessioned as above for many sessions. A pre-session type of session might find the auditor not satisfied with more than the first two of the four points by session end. If so, end the session easily with a location of pc's attention on the room and simply end it by saying so. While many processes may be developed out of the four classes of help, control, communication and interest, it is certain that these classes will remain stable, since these four are vital to auditing itself and imply -- no wrongness in the pc. All other known factors of life and the mind can be handled by a session and improved. But these four -- help, control, communication and interest -- are vital to auditing itself and without them auditing doesn't happen. One or more of these four items was awry in every pc who, one, did not take auditing, two, on whom gains were poor or slow, and three, who failed to complete auditing. So you see that is a number of pcs and the pre-session processes are the important remedy. Why make the same error again. One of my jobs is to improve auditing results. This may be, as you may find, the biggest single step in that direction since Book One, since it includes them all. The auditor can cause help, control, communication and interest rather than hope they will come to pass. As such these four factors are practically clubs. I would almost rather not give you some processes to fit these four conditions. I certainly desire you to be free in inspecting, understanding and employing them. What great art could arise from this innocent scientific quartet. I would rather you used them as a maestro rather than play sheet music. How adroit, how clever, how subtle we could become with them! Example of what I mean: Grouchy car salesman. Knows that anything Scientologist friend Bill takes up is "rot". Hates people. Scientologist approaches. Gets a scoff at Bill's enthusiasms. Scientologist handles help. "Don't you think people can be helped?" Lazy argument, all very casual. Car salesman finally wins by losing utterly. He concedes something or someone could help him. Another day. Scientologist approaches. Asks car salesman to move here and there, do this and that, all by pretending interest in cars. Really it's 8-C. All casual. Salesman wins again by losing. Another day. Scientologist gets on subject of communication with car salesman. Finally salesman concedes he doesn't mind telling Scientologist about his shady deals. Does. Salesman wins and so does Scientologist. Another day. Scientologist gets car salesman to see pictures or blackness by any smooth conversation. Salesman becomes interested in getting his flat feet fixed up. 73 Negative result: One scoffer less Positive result: One new pc. Any way you handle them the Deadly Quartet must be present before auditing, or even interest in Scientology, can exist. Talk about John Wellington Wells. The Scientologist can weave even greater magical spells with help, control, communication and interest. Talk to a new club. What about? Help, of course. Get them to agree they could be helped or could help. And when they ask you to come back talk about good and bad control. And when they want you again, it's communication you stress. And interest of course, when you give that talk, will find you ready people. In Scientology everybody wins. It's the only game in which everyone does. With these four factors you can't lose and neither can they. As a Scientologist you know several processes under each heading. It's establishing each point in turn that's important. Ah, what a shock you'll get on some pc when you find he wasn't ever interested in his own case. He was getting audited for his wife! You'll only find that out if you get the three forerunners flat first. PROCESSES On processes, under help you have two-way comm about help, two-way help, help in brackets, dichotomies of can-help can't-help, rising scale on help; lots of forms. On control you have two-way comm, TR 5 (You make that body sit in that chair), CCH 2, old-time 8-C, object S-C-S, S-C-S, etc, etc. On communication you have two-way comm, "Recall a time you communicated," etc, but much more basically, two-way comm to get off overts, O/W on the auditor, "Think of something you have done to somebody" "Think of something you have withheld from somebody" with occasional, "Anything you would like to tell me?" when meter acts up. Nothing helps communication like getting off fundamental overts that would keep pc out of session or ARC with auditor. That's the point of this step, whether done casually in a drawing room or in an auditing room. "Surely, Mrs. Screamstack, you can't sit there and tell me that, unlike the rest of the human race, you have never done a single wrong thing in your whole life!" Well, that's one way to knock apart a case at a formal dinner party. Interest is the place where your knowledge of the mind comes into heavy play. But note that this is Number Four. How often have we used it for Number One and flopped! That was because the correct One was missing, to say nothing of Two and Three! I can see you now trying to interest a family member with Four without teaching on the first three. Why, I've done it myself! Just like you. I audited an official of a government after a dinner party for two hopeless hours one night. He knew he'd been run over. But he surely was no sparkling result. I shamefully and vividly recall now that, not touched by me, his idea of help was to kill off the whole human race! The first steps of OT-3A will gain interest from almost anyone. Even the Black Fives will get confounded when they find what state their recalls are in. AND THEN? And then follow a gradient scale of gain. Find something the pc can do and improve it. 74 When the four points, the Deadly Quartet, are covered, we have the rudiments and they must cover facts, not glibidity. After the four points you improve the case by gradient scales. And you keep the four points established. SUMMARY If it takes you a hundred hours to establish the four points of sessioning, you'll still win faster because you will win. If it takes only two hours the first time you do them on a pc, feel lucky. Be thorough. Establish the four points. Use a Model Session. Follow a course in processing of finding something the pc knows he can do and improve that ability. And you'll have clears. And if your use of the Deadly Quartet becomes as adroit and smooth as I think it will, we will have this planet licked and be scouting the stars before we're too much older. At last, we've created the basic weapon in Scientology dissemination and processing that makes us a lot more effective on Earth than a lot of drooling politicians scrubbing their hands around an atomic warhead. By golly, they better watch out now. But don't tell them. Just run (1) Help, (2) Control, (3) Communication and (4) Interest. Now go tackle somebody who wouldn't buy Scientology -- use the Deadly Quartet. And win! L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 75  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=24/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CONCERNING THE CAMPAIGN FOR PRESIDENCY   U.S. Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1960 U.S. Fran Hldrs CONCERNING THE CAMPAIGN FOR PRESIDENCY A person named Richard M. Nixon will enter his name this Fall at a convention as a citizen aspiring to the Presidency of the United States. Many Scientologists think he is all right because I once quoted him. This is very far from the facts and I hasten to give you the real story why Richard M. Nixon must be prevented at all costs from becoming president. Two years ago in Washington this man's name appeared in a newspaper article as uttering an opinion about psychology. I called attention to this opinion as a matter of banal interest in an article. Shortly two members of the United States Secret Service, stating they had been sent directly by Nixon, entered the establishment of the Founding Church of Washington, D.C., armed with pistols, but without warrant or formal complaint, and with foul and abusive language threatened the girls on duty there. Hulking over desks, shouting violently, they stated that they daily had to make such calls on "lots of people" to prevent Nixon's name from being used in ways Nixon disliked. These two men stated they were part of Nixon's office and were acting on his express orders. They said that Nixon believed in nothing the Founding Church or Scientology stood for. Their conduct before the ladies present was so intolerable that Mary Sue, having heard the shouting and curses from her office, had to come and force these men to leave, which they finally did, but only after she threatened to call the police. As Scientologists were present, much information was obtained, of course, from these agents as to their routine activities. These were not creditable. Nixon constantly used the service against the voteless and helpless people of Washington to suppress the use of his name. I am informing you of an exact event. It convinced me that in my opinion Nixon is not fitted to be a president. I do not believe any public figure has a right to suppress the use of his name in articles. I do not believe a public figure should enforce his will on writers or organizations by use of the Secret Service. I believe a democracy ceases to exist when deprived of freedom of speech. I do not believe any man closely connected with psychiatry should hold a high public office since psychiatry has lent its violence to political purposes. Would you please write your papers and tell your friends that Nixon did this and that his actions against private people in Washington cause us to defy his cravings to be president. It's my hope you'll vote and make your friends vote. But please don't vote for Nixon. Even his own Secret Service agents assure us he stands for nothing we do. I do not tell you this because Mary Sue came close to serious injury at Nixon's hands. I tell you this because I think psychiatry and all Fascist- Commie forces have had their day. 76 We want clean hands in public office in the United States. Let's begin by doggedly denying Nixon the presidency no matter what his Secret Service tries to do to us now in Washington. It is better, far better, for us to run the risk of saying this now, while there's still a chance, than to fail to tell you of it for fear of reprisals and then be wiped out without defense by the Secret Service or other agency if Nixon became president. He hates us and has used what police force was available to him to say so. So please get busy on it. I am only telling a few friends. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SEND YOUR CLIPPING FILES   HCO Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1960 HCO Secs SEND YOUR CLIPPING FILES Please look into your Central Org files and desk drawers and bundle up every magazine and newspaper clipping you have and ship them surface mail to me at HCO WW. I am going to write a booklet on social conditions and psychiatry as The Philosophy That Failed. People have been sending and giving you clippings for a long while. They may have been filed under various headings. If it is a mag or newspaper clipping, please send it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 77  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=28/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION   All Fran Auditors HCO Secretaries Assoc Secretaries  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960 All Fran Auditors HCO Secretaries Assoc Secretaries BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states "...given books in distribution, the remainder of these facts are true...". No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much writing of letters you do, the dissemination success of a group will not accomplish any security unless books are distributed. Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with the proper reading materials is a far more important step than most HCO Secs and PE directors have realized, but these are not the worst offenders. The field auditor, attempting to run a group and keep afloat, fails most often, when he does fail, in the Book Department. Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that they will continue their interest. Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is necessary to get them into an extension course. If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet avoid your responsibility in getting him or her to read books on the subject, you are wasting a tremendous amount of effort. Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianetics was going forward so rapidly that my letter volume, even before the first book, was startling. Each one of these people expected me, either to write them a long letter and tell them what it was all about, or to be given a chance to come and see me so that I could tell them personally what it was all about. In other words, my time was going to be consumed, not in further research, but in writing letters and talking to people. My answer to this was to write DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which rapidly informed the newly interested person what this new science was all about. I will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your time answering questions which are answered in books. I think you are talking yourself hoarse to friends, and other people, and groups, explaining over and over and over things that are already taken up in books. I think your time is being devoured by attempts to reach through the natural conversational barriers of people. You are not giving, I am sure, the newly interested person an opportunity to go and sit down quietly by himself, without any social strain, and study a book on the subject. Only in this way will he come to a decision about the subject which is his own independent decision having inspected the materials. This has to be done quietly and it is best done through the pages of a book. 78 Without any reservations, I can tell you that DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image pictures and energy masses, those things which are most real to people, is the best forward vanguard in our possession. It was written at a time when I was very interested in bridging the gap between an uninformed public and an informed public, and contains in it most of the arguments necessary to quiet the suspicions of the newly interested person and contains as well most of the answers to that person's questions. DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a perfectly workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a bridge between the uninformed and the informed public on the subject of Scientology. If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly interested person read it as something new, startling and strange in the world, you will be wasting most of your dissemination efforts. Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around the world than the average best seller in any given year. Where it has been pushed, Scientology is booming. Where it has not been pushed, Scientology is limp. Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics, here you find several of the earliest Axioms, here you even find the rudimentary ARC tone scale. You find as well a thoroughly accurate description of clears and the reactive mind. Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about the reactive mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's subconscious. Here is the resolution of most of the problems of psychotherapy. You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange that you forget that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any part of them. They are not interested in past lives. They are interested in what makes them do strange and peculiar things. They have heard vaguely about the tenets of psychology. They do not know that these have all been answered in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and Scientology, no matter how obtuse or abstruse the questions are, your best answer to these questions was my earliest answer and that was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and that will answer your question". In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This makes a complete cycle. With presession processes we can take a new person and by running the course of help, control, communication and interest, put him in a frame of mind to want to know more about the subject. In this Bulletin I am frying to tell you what to do about the person once you have brought him up to this point. It is all right for you to go on and audit him but I assure you he will never get anywhere until he has read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. All the questions and counter arguments and upsets which are boiling through his mind now are answered in that book, bringing him up to a point where he wants auditing, where he successfully goes through PE. Give him auditing, let him co-audit, do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that he reads DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of Scientology even after they have gone through a PE Course and have read Problems of Work or some other manual pushed off on them simply because it is cheap. Problems of Work is all right and should be distributed but it is not informative on the subject of the human mind. 79 Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done. We have made a breakthrough. The moment of the breakthrough is recorded at public level with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not read this book, they just will not have broken through. Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of help, control, communication and interest in arousing that interest, to get them now to inform themselves of the moment of breakthrough, will be well expended by you, otherwise these people will be talking through a fog and will experience a sensation of having been brought up to some high plateau without having climbed a cliff. It is factual that you can bring a person all the way to clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate person. I know, because I have done just that. All the clears I made twelve to thirteen years ago evaporated into the society. I did them a great deal of good. Some of them are now occupying high positions, but none of them have ever associated me and my work in Dianetics and Scientology with what happened to them. They are, for the most part, convinced that what I did was some fabulously magical thing which was done for them only, and for them especially, something like a spiritual revival, but nothing to be understood. These people never did gain that understanding because I never explained to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we began to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been led to worry more about their own cases than those I processed, but at the same time their worrying was at least intelligent. I can still clear people with the technologies of twelve and thirteen years ago and, indeed, have been carefully reintroducing you to these technologies. Now the time has come for us to realize that there are very close to two and a half billion people on this planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know what makes them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another. They follow strange leaders and wind up in strange places. They have no hope that anything will ever dig them out. Only a minute percentage of these people have ever been introduced to DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Do not believe for a moment that just because I wrote a book on the subject cases became harder. As a matter of fact they became more co- operative. We are making a great many clears today. Hardly a week passes on my correspondence lines without clears being reported. But look at the mental illiteracy even of some auditors. Do you know that people report me clears and call them releases. These people have never studied the definition and capabilities of clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. They bring preclears up to this standard, find there is a considerable distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they say anybody is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified the clear as a release just because you were not totally familiar with the conditions of clear. I still think the best statement of a clear occurred in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I have had no reason to revise that statement. Pushed at, however, by many Scientologists, I have tried to find way stops between clear, as defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, and OT. There are quite a few. I almost laughed in somebody's face the other day when he said to me that a notable person on one central organization's staff was being audited by him and that he had gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything you asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he kept working at it. Concerning the same person, visitors at that central organization for some time have been saying, "She has a sort of feeling about her as though she might be clear". The truth of the matter is she has been clear for several months but her auditor is straining so hard, seeing as he does how far human capability can be made to reach, that it has never occurred to him that he has passed clear some time back. Any PC that has a relatively free needle has probably been. cleared by the standards laid down in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable step. Let's push this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and demand that they buy it. Let's develop the trick, when they ask us complicated questions, of stating that they should read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 80 After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that describes it at public level and it is a good thing if you want to get people into a house to get them to come in the front door. The front door we have is DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I, personally, do not believe the book could ever be written again, since it was written at a time when I was well aware of the public arguments concerning the mind. For the indifferently literate person it forms the necessary bridge from knowing nothing to knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your people to read it. Now let's get going. If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE Courses, always add to them: "To know more about this subject read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The greatest scientific development in this century has happened." To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display and mention. Where you find people have not bought it in your Central Files, you'll find interest has been lagging. Play down all other PE books, display DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH as the book they must now buy. Tell them so during the breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH answers your questions." Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are already printed and being bound now in New Zealand for N.Z., Australian and South African shipment. Order all Southern Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH through HCO WW. We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all your many book displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. I am asking Australia for instance to have a huge wooden book, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their marquee and spotlighted. We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 81  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=29/4/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE SCIENTIFIC TREATMENT OF THE INSANE   Auditors of South Africa  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 APRIL AD10 Auditors of South Africa THE SCIENTIFIC TREATMENT OF THE INSANE The insanity rate per capita in South Africa is appalling. Through the papers and reports of Peggy Conway and other sources, it is easily seen that a primary requisite in any programme of the rehabilitation of the Bantu in South Africa would be mental health. Any race which lives in poverty is already overwhelmed by bad food and disease without adding insanity amongst its familial units. For instance, a white family in the United States which has amongst its number one insane person is crippled economically through concern and confusion. In a family already burdened by the environment, one insane or even neurotic person could become the back-breaking straw. However, my records show (and will have to do until I can make a closer survey myself) that the number of insane and neurotic persons runs much higher than amongst comparable populations. The subject has not been studied well probably because "native customs" or "tribal characteristics" are too often advanced as an explanation of irrational conduct. True, there are native customs and tribal characteristics but it would take a Scientologist to separate out the ethnic factors and understand the remainder as neurosis and psychosis. Malnutrition and anxiety in any person, as we well know, can produce all the symptoms of insanity. Having studied twelve separate primitive peoples in far flung parts of Earth in this life, it has become obvious that when a state of primitiveness is veneered by white customs the incidence of insanity rises amongst the primitives. For example, the American Indian, when he lost his tribal lands and hunting diet, turned to alcoholism and other degraded forms of insanity. The whites then adjudicated these as characteristics of the Indian rather than insanity. Any race which is seeking survival under adjusted conditions experiences a high incidence of mental illness. The keynote of insanity is destructive efforts on various dynamics. It is doubtful if anyone has realized the part insanity has played in various disturbances, nor how it has prevented the bettering of various conditions in the world. Mental Health, a real programme of mental health, is vital to the public peace and public safety. Here we have a hardworking man, trying to adjust, trying to hold his head up. At home he has a wife too neurotic to help, a teenage son that has gone the route of criminal insanity, a father who has taken to drink, all of them hanging upon his work and pay. It's rough trying to remain steady, hardworking and sane under such conditions. The temptation to quit is strong. Before a populace can be a credit it must have some hope it can live through it -- and insanity is the biggest threat to that hope. Yet insanity in any population is not limited to the poor. Indeed, the incidence of insanity in the United States is is high in the very rich as it is amongst the very poor. Real mental health, which the Scientologist can accomplish as the practitioner of the only validated psychotherapy in the world today, would reduce the statistics. 82 South Africa lately suffered from insane have-nots and even worse at the hands of an insane "have". Insanity is a problem that is both legal and scientific. A criminal is in fact insane. A terrorist is insane. People can be policed only so far. The insane, as we know so well on a scientific level, are so far from being policed that they cannot follow the simplest order. Insanity is neither hard to understand or treat. But only Scientology could say this. Insanity divides into eight general types. These are easily plotted, they are irrationally destructive or succumb impulses on each dynamic. Assign the tone scale to each type and you have all the insanities there are. The cure of insanity is accomplished in its deeper stages by very light and careful handling. A person has to be brought up to the level of being processed. The first step is rest. The second step is mild exercise. The third step is group processing. Above this level processing is possible. The cost of treatment is not high if undertaken sensibly. But 19th Century practitioners who knew little about it got on a compulsive "do" and, failing with milder methods, resorted to brutality. Fortunately, such practices are now fading out under our influence. Rest camps and hospitals would do more for insanity than all the violence in the world. But only a Scientologist would be wise enough to refuse to Q and A with the violence of insanity by using violence to "cure" it. Scientology could handle the problem of insanity in South Africa. Only when insanity has been handled could there be broad guarantees of a calm future. What is a riot but a third dynamic insanity? The tremendous work done by Peggy Conway, bless her, in her surveys and contacts now comes to great use. Without in any way transgressing, we have already formed a programme on this. We must legally establish ourselves, support the government in its desire to handle this problem, and coordinate our efforts. The government and the population need our help. And if we help we will bring order in our sphere of activity. We will be wearing our own hats. I am in deadly earnest about our role in public peace. It is not political but technical and as such we have no peers. All we need to work on at the moment is getting people convinced of the truth that we can help the situation and that only we can help in this sphere. So here we go. Are you with me? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.nm Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 83  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=4/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ASSOCIATION SECRETARY LETTER Tapes   All Assoc Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1960 All Assoc Secs ASSOCIATION SECRETARY LETTER Tapes The D of T Washington has just collected the titles of the 65 hours of tape necessary for a total play of an HCA/HPA course. These include the London HPA/HCA tapes. The additional ones are probably not in your possession, at least in good condition. Therefore we are doing the additional tapes to those you already have so you will be able to play through a whole course, all the selected tapes. Please signify your willingness to have these additional tapes 33/4 ips, 2 hrs per reel to complete your HCA/HPA course routine. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 84  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=5/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HELP   All Fran Auditors Assoc Secs HCO Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MAY 1960 All Fran Auditors Assoc Secs HCO Secs HELP We have known for some time the importance of the button Help. It is first and foremost amongst the key buttons of Scientology. Thoroughly clearing Help alone, and on back track terminals, has made clears. In an essay published on the otherwise unpublished Students' Manual, I stressed the fact that unless the preclear and the auditor had Help straightened out they were not likely to make very much progress. Help is the key button which admits auditing. The remaining buttons of Control, Communication and Interest, give us a session. But wc cannot even start presessioning with any other button than Help. Since the winter of 1957/58 when this was used in an American ACC I have been working with this trying to get a better understanding of it for you. It now appears that Help is the make-break point between sanity and insanity. That a person cannot accept help along some minor line does not mean that he is insane, but it certainly means he has some neurotic traits. The inference level of this condition of aberration on the subject of Help would be a fear of dependency. This means that Help has already gone wrong with the person. We see in children occasionally an enormous striving to be self-reliant. We ordinarily applaud this but if we inspect the child carefully we will find that resistance to being helped goes along with an obsession to help. Parents themselves, disbelieving that the child can help them, usually inhibit the child's help and thus worsen the condition. I have seen one child go downhill to "normal" by reason of a thwarting of help by the parents. But no matter how fondly the psychologist used to believe in the nineteenth century that childhood was a good pattern to use for estimating future social conduct, we in Scientology know that the child has already become aberrated on the subject before it is manifested in this light. My examinations have now led me to the conclusion that a person has a make-break point of sanity on any given subject. This point is help. On the tone scale it would compare at 2.0 for any dynamic. The whole index of a personality could be adjudicated by an examination of the person's reactions to various types of help. Above this point a person can help, and can be helped, providing, of course, the help is sincere, and really is help. Below this point help becomes betrayal. Help is always betrayal to a thoroughly aberrated person. This explains a great deal to us when we understand it. The first example that comes readily to notice is the reaction of a very low scale pc undergoing auditing. He invariably thinks, and may even sometimes tell the auditor, that the auditor has not helped him but betrayed him. All auditing protests except those against flagrant breaches of code denote a breakdown of the help button in the auditing session. While it does no good to run Help on a preclear and continue while running it to repeat flagrant code breaks, it does do a great deal of good to clarify the whole subject of help if a session seems to be full of ARC breaks, no matter what the auditor tries to do to patch them up. It is unfortunately true that help can be as wrong with the auditor as it can be with the preclear where we have uncleared people doing auditing. However, it has been my experience that even while some of their efforts were completely knuckleheaded, 85 practically no auditors exist who are not sincerely trying to help the preclear. The trouble comes about when the preclear clips the effort of the auditor into the category of betrayal. This makes the auditor react against the preclear, and the situation deteriorates. We have, in the immediate past of this civilization, the deterioration of several of the practices which began as a sincere effort to help and which are not now classifiable as anything better than betrayal. Psychiatry and medicine are both good examples of this. The person who goes to a psychiatrist usually finds himself betrayed. He does not receive help, he receives brutality in the form of electric shocks, brain surgery and other degrading experiences. Even in the highest form of psychiatry it was common advice for the psychiatrist to tell the wife that the best cure for her troubles was to betray her husband, and vice versa. The psychiatrist was caught in this help-betrayal deterioration. Psychiatry had so long attempted to help the insane without success that at last they began to Q and A with their patients. Of course, to an insane patient help is always betrayal. Medicine is now going a similar course unwittingly, and has lost most of its public repute through not having stayed on a research line that would bring medicine upscale, but continued with a line of application which considered man a body and would not consider him anything else. Considering a person to be a "hunk of meat" is a sort of a betrayal in itself. Naturally one betrays a thetan when he regards the thetan as a piece of meat. World War Two pretty well saw the end of the last dregs of sincere help in psychiatry, most governments involved in the war employed psychiatry, it now turns out, for political purposes. They were set a very good example by one, Hitler. Thus the last embers of sincere help in psychiatry were more or less extinguished. Nothing like this would happen in Scientology because we are dealing with basic truths rather than basic ambitions. Where ambition becomes greater than truth any sphere of activity goes to pieces. Indeed, in the final analysis that is the fundamental deterioration of the track. Another excellent example is found in the Mau-Mau uprising in Kenya. The terrorists killed only twenty whites as compared to thousands of natives, but the whites they chose to kill were only those who had sought to help them. The Kikuyu was evidently completely certain that anyone seeking to help him was only betraying him. Their reaction, then, in killing their best friends becomes more understandable. The action remains insane, but in their frame of reference it was entirely comprehensible. Any time we go about the task of handling large bodies of insane people or illiterate and fearful native populaces, we would do well to keep in mind the importance of this help button, realizing that to these help is totally betrayal. The thing to betray is this help-betrayal identification, not the people. If you sort this out and find your own examples and see whether or not it holds true for you, I think you have a small gasp of relief coming to you. No Scientologist has been without a preclear who has not become absolutely certain somewhere in the course of auditing that the entire goal of the auditor was to betray. This left one hanging with an unsolved riddle. Our own sincerity was beyond question. How to be misinterpreted this wildly was so incomprehensible that we often assigned the reasons to ourselves. Perhaps some of these reasons did he with ourselves. Nevertheless, in the final analysis the only thing we did wrong was not to clear the Help button with the preclear. CLEARING HELP There are many ways to clear the Help button. As this is the first step on presessioning, it may be that the button has to be cleared several times in the course of auditing. The first thing to do is to put the preclear on a meter. If you don't have a good meter, and you don't know what a meter does, order one fast and get instruction. Discuss help with the preclear, and note the needle reactions. If the needle tended to stiffen and stick on any discussion of help, then you have your work set out for you. If 86 the needle remains free and continues to be free on the subject of help, no matter what you run or how you discuss it, of course the button remains free. It is important that any attack you make upon this button be continued as a presession activity for auditing period after auditing period, if necessary, until the meter needle is free on this subject. There is no need to go on, in fact there is no point in going on, if the preclear thinks that you are going to betray. Somewhere this will manifest itself as ARC breaks, the whole auditing programme will go to pieces, and you will wind up without a preclear, as well as an unfinished cycle of action. So pay attention to what I tell you here, where auditing is concerned: work with help and nothing but help until the needle is free on the subject. What processes should you run? The first process, of course, is ordinary two-way comm. One discusses the preclear helping others and others helping the preclear. One gets the preclear's views on the subject of help, and without evaluating for the preclear, lets the preclear express these views. The next process is Help on a two-way bracket. This is, "How could you help me?", alternated with "How could I help you?" Do not expect this to do very much to the tone arm, because it won't. A two-way flow of this character is not a reliable way to bring a tone arm down. But it does do something, and does tend to free up the needle on this particular subject. The old five-way bracket on help can then be employed: "How could you help another person?" "How could another person help another person?" "How could another person help you?" "How could you help me?" "How could I help you?" This is a rough bracket but it is useful and should not be dropped out of the repertoire. Is there any process which would clear up the help button thoroughly and totally? Naturally, since it moved forward again into such importance, I have been doing work on it and have developed up to a stage of conditional application (which means, I leave myself free to change my mind when broad experience has been gained) a new way of loosening up any solution. I have been applying this to the central buttons in Scientology and have found it working. The general formula is to take the button one wants to clear and ask the pc what problem a certain solution could be to him. Applying this to help, one would repetitively ask the pc, "What problem could help be to you?" I first used this on the button responsibility with very good results, since I found that responsibility is very aberrated in its reactive definitions and, because one is often being a valence, is run irresponsibly. This version of running responsibility to a flat point seems to be quite workable. If the preclear is inventing answers rather than picking them up off the track, you might do better to ask him the following version, "What problem has help been to you?" If invention was present one always has the remedy, in spite of the fact that no terminal is apparently present, of running, "What help could you confront?" "What help would you rather not confront?" I don't know how far this would go as I have not tested it over a long period, but at least in its first stages it works. Responsibility, oddly enough, can be run on a no-mass terminal or significance. I have not had much chance to test out confront, but on the theory that anything you could run responsibility on you could also run confront on, I would say at first glance this is probably a workable process. I will know more about it soon and I would appreciate your telling me anything you have on it. You have, therefore, several processes by which help can be flattened. Unfortunately, none of these processes reach an unconscious or insane person. Of course, when I say unconscious, I mean somebody with his eyes shut, and when I say 87 insane, I mean somebody who is institutionalized, and should be. In the matter of the unconscious person, you have the CCHs and you also have them with the insane person to some extent. However, the best thing for an insane person is not processing, but rest, and when the person has had considerable rest, still processing is not yet the answer, exercise is. And when the person has had some exercise over a long period of time, you will find that group processing with other insane persons is still better than individual auditing. Only at this time is it possible to do very much for the insane. The first reason, of course, that one takes this approach is the auditor. Why attack large numbers of insane cases with individual auditing when other methods are far more economical and efficacious, so long as those other methods are only rest, exercise, group processing, hobby work, and such. Efforts to reach the insane with help, of course, simply restimulate the insane idea that help is betrayal. This is why psychiatry resorted to such savage and bestial "treatments" as shock and surgery. They were up against people who apparently would not be helped. Thus psychiatry went into total effect. This is why psychiatry failed, and is in a failed state today and has lost all of its public repute. People have been betrayed so often on the whole track that it is no wonder they get help mixed up with betrayal, but help became betrayal only at those periods of the track where the dwindling spiral had been reached for any civilization. Even the upstanding Roman by the third century A.D. was happily using the political mechanism of inviting all the Germanic chiefs, that would accept, to feasts and then poisoning them, after vast assurances that Rome was about to help the chief's country. A deterioration of help can occur on any dynamic and in any area, but, as I said above, it occurs at the make-break point of sanity-insanity. One word on all this. The preclear may be sane analytically and still react violently at times in session. Remember that he is reacting in session because he has been thrown into the area of his reactive mind. In reactive zones and areas help is almost always betrayal. Thus when running a rough engram do not be amazed to find the pc (whom you have carefully cleared on the subject of help) getting rabid about betrayal. He is in the middle of an engram and, of course, the hard core of any engram is betrayal. Don't break off and start running help on him, just run him on through the engram. He will come out of it all right, if you do your job. Help should be handled as a presession process and should be handled well and thoroughly and if in any series of sessions the preclear's idea of help apparently deterioriates, you have gotten him into a series of incidents where help is betrayal and he should be cleared once more as a presession activity in some later session on the subject of help. There are many possible processes, there are many possible approaches. As a Scientologist, understanding this, you should not permit yourself too far into the frame of mind of believing a pc is evil or cannot be helped, simply because he apparently will not be helped. All pcs can be helped. Most pcs have aberrated ideas on the subject. It's up to you to take hold of these as a first order of business and clean them up, at least until the meter needle is free on the subject, no matter how many hours that takes. LRH:js.gh.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 88  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OUR TECHNICAL PROGRAMME   HCO Secs Ds of P All HGC Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MAY 1960 HCO Secs Ds of P All HGC Auditors OUR TECHNICAL PROGRAMME (This applies to all HCO and Central Org Staffs everywhere) As the data has come in and I have had a chance to view what has been happening, I would say that many riddles are answered and that we are now embarked upon broad HGC pc and Central Org staff clearing programmes. I will be talking more about this and you will see the pattern shaping so here is a forecast of it. From October to March I stressed security on Central Org staffs and heavy withholds on HGC pcs as the important point. Now we have broad experience with this. We will continue to use it and not forget what we know about O/Ws and we will continue to teach it. Don't let a bad security risk near a staff position ever whether you know the overt or not. It's enough if the needle falls badly on key questions. That's it. The person is not put on any post until audited. (Don't retain on post while auditing for you'll get Dev-T and other evils.) On an HGC pc a bad O/W picture must be cleaned up before you can get too far as the first thing to do. Not even Help bites on a non-confessed criminal. Such persons know their own overts. We're kidding ourselves if we think they don't. So shake the pc down when you see a wild tone arm. Getting the O/Ws confessed is all you do; the tone arm may not change much. But the pc will stop dodging it all and you can begin "Help", for responsibility is too steep at this stage and the pc too far down for real high auditing. In other words there's a pre-presession stage for all staff members and a wild tone arm HGC pc. It's not auditing, really. It's a confessional. Cure the analytical "I'm afraid he'll find out...." the pc is holding to. Don't run anything on it as though it were a real session. Just shake the info out by any means or process. That's enough. Now we begin on Help. Two way help is probably the hottest PE process there is. You can shift to that in PE. But remember to get the PE Co-audit team to a more general form of help within a couple of weeks. The five way bracket would be good enough for PE (complicated enough). For the staff member we go from getting off a few of the hotter O/Ws to help. And we run help flat-flat-flat. Any version, type or kind. We run help until the pc can be asked "How could you help your worst enemy?" without registering the tiniest change on a needle. All we run is help, any version for hours and hours. We take up terminals. We take up dynamic assessment. But we only run help on anything we find. We flatten help until you couldn't get its width with a micro electronic caliper. Nothing else. And you'll hear me on this for months to come. The same applies to the HGC pc. Once the worst O/Ws are confessed we run help in suitable versions. And we run it for weeks if need be until we get a needle flat, free, utterly calm on any help question. (Of course if the pc can't talk sensibly at all, we use the CCHs.) Remember, Help was the primary reason for the clears in 1957-58. Remember, at 2.0 there is the make-break point. Help is betrayal. How to help? Betray! What is help? A way to do you in! So we audit pcs up to 2.0 with other processes, they blow, they don't come back. "The auditor...... yak yak yak." So 89 why run any other process? If you do you'll evidently lose the pc in lots and lots of cases. Flatten help until the pc can be helped and can help without any qualms. You've learned a lot about help. Apply it. Now when we have help flat we'll go to other things. We'll follow up the scales of processes like this: For a staff member in an HCO or Central Org: O/Ws confessed only (don't employ a wild tone arm) Help flattened Control flattened Communication flattened Communication re-established thoroughly (by O/W and responsibility) Havingness completely rehabilitated. For an HGC pc: O/Ws confessed Help flattened Control flattened Communication re-established thoroughly (O/Ws and resp) Locks, secondaries, etc as per the "light touch" bulletin. If you have to use CCHs you probably are auditing somebody who shouldn't be in an HGC. On an HGC pc havingness can be run on any presession type session. End it up each day with an hour of "Look around here and find something you can have" and have a comfortable pc. But in using havingness while presessioning before control is flat to a free needle remember to make sure pc has done each command before you give the next. On the field auditors and anybody who has been trained we ought to carry on a programme like: Get O/Ws confessed Get help flat-flat-flat Make sure they get the highest cert they trained for Get them in for modern training Get them validated for 1960 Get them audited the rest of the way. If we attack the field in that order, flattening ourselves, each step we take with them, and taking this step by step with each new Academy trainee, we'll be clearing the field. Ah, so you penetrate what I'm trying to do! Yes you're right. I've stayed on post and not gone off hunting lions and have re-researched ten years of work and successes and have plotted out the broadest clearing programme I could practically apply. I am clearing every staff member in Central Orgs and HCOs on a timed programme of a few months for each step as given above. You've had the first step, confessed O/Ws. It worked well. By the way, income came way up and flubs went way down. From an October of strewn wreckage we have moved to a May that sees us in pretty wonderful shape organizationally. Income is moving up everywhere. Comm lines are better. Staffs are happier. What did it? The first step for staff members -- O/Ws confessed and their use in establishing security. 90 In my programme, just to make sure we thoroughly win, I've calculated how long it takes to move a new concept in. It's about 5 months. O/Ws info is now grass common. Almost everybody on staffs is aware of meter action and potential. We won't forget or lose it. All right. We conclude this stage for staffs as of now and move into help. You're going to get help for months! Run it, PE it. Co-Audit it. HGC it. Staff clear on it. Any one of you can grasp all this in minutes. But as a group we have to experience it, learn about it, know it, use it. So it's months now coming on Help. After that we'll move on up. This is a long-range clearing effort. I want to see nothing but clear staff members the world around. And we'll do it. In just twenty months from now it will be done. That's the timetable. We're five months on our way. Like it? Now when I'm stressing this on staff members and HGCs are hitting it hard (HGC will continue to run the scale for HGC as given here on each pc), you are going to hit the field auditors and the public with the subject in vogue. Thus you'll be stressing help now until five months are up to all the people you reach. Of course even after that you'll stress it, but for five months we're monomanic on it. Dig up the help essays in lectures and Abilities. Use them in mags and letters. Get familiar with handling help, talking to people about help, handling help in all its phases. You get clever on the subject. That's all part of it, you'll see another resurgence in Central Orgs and the field just by flattening this one for five months. O/W doubled our success. See what help does now. What formidable people we'd be if we had all five steps flat! We're already the most effective group on Earth. Let's upgrade our own group ability. So that's the programme. A staff member is lucky to be aboard just now. Has been lucky especially since Autumn 1959. That was when the bell went. And do not send to find for whom the bell tolls. It tolls for an aberrated Earth. I audit you. You audit the field and Scientologists, they audit Earth. Is it a bargain? So get hot on the staff co-audit programme. Get hot on the PE with help. Grind help to pieces on the HGC. Picasso had his blue period. This is the help period. So let's get clear! LRH:js.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 91  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=12/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HELP PROCESSING   Franchise Holders HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 MAY 1960 Franchise Holders HCO Secs Assn Secs HELP PROCESSING At last we've found the button almost any case and all the world can run. Help may not be everything that is wrong with the world but it is the only common denominator the world can understand. I have known about help for some years and in 1957, autumn, used it, with fateful Step 6, in clearing people. The first clears made easily by others were done with meter assessments and five-way help brackets on terminals. It was found that Step 6, being a creative process, was bad on some cases. The clearing formula was help and Step 6. We tended to abandon both when Step 6 became an overt. It blew us off. The next big technical development was O/W. Overt-withhold, of course, is as old as 1954 (Phoenix) when reach-withdraw was introduced. But the full knowledge of what overt-withhold meant to cases was not released until November, 1959. Here came much new technical data, all of it vital to clearing. A person with large withholds from the auditor will not go into session. This is true, valid and useful. We could not clear many people even now without it. Further, we find all losses in Scientology personnel in Central Orgs and the field stem from O/W. In researching O/W, as early as December, 1958 (Washington, D.C.), it was found and proven conclusively that it was what the person himself did to others that was aberrative, not what was done to him. The test of this can be made easily. Given: an ARC break between auditor and pc who have known each other some time. Note the position of the meter tone arm. Run "What have you done to me?" "What have I done to you?" Observe that after some small variation the limited value of this two-way flow (which assumes the auditor's bad action was half what was wrong with the pc) shows up in a stuck tone arm. This two-way process is too limited to alter the tone arm after a few minutes. A lie has been introduced. This lie sticks the tone arm. Now shift to "What have you done to me?" "What have you withheld from me?" And watch the tone arm free up and eventually go toward clear reading. In other words, the situation freed wholly only when we assumed that only what the pc had done had any aberrative value. This and other vital material learned between 1957 autumn and now was the technology necessary to do full clearing on everyone except the wholly psychotic and unconscious people (where we have the CCHs). Everything learned about O/W is still necessary to clearing. But everything that applied in O/W also applies to running help. It's marvellous that a five-way bracket on help cleared people. It did clear some. But where it failed it ran into the rule that it's only what the pc does that is aberrative, what is done to him is not. Thus, what help the pc has given and what help he has denied or failed to give are aberrative. What help the pc received, in the long run is not (no matter how the psychologists cut it). There are probably thousands of ways help could be run. You can think of 92 dozens. All of them would be effective in greater or lesser degree. Just add help into any process form we know. But the one general process on help that would rank high would be "What have you helped?" "What have you not helped?" alternated. This is not a dichotomy. This is the best way I know of to run the sense of what help one has given plus what help one has withheld. This is the O/W version and we will call it "Help O/W" to keep ourselves oriented and not introduce too many new terms. I find "failure to help" instantly upsets "What help have you given?" "What help have you withheld?" This version does not run. The correct sense wording is "What help have you given?" "What help have you not given?" This lets the pc as-is his failures to help as well as his denials of help. This is only the general form. Think how much more we know about O/W. Apply it to help. Two-way help would have use. But would be limited. Use it. Know its limited. Five-way bracket help would have use. But would be limited. Use it. Know it's limited. This pair has enough power to gain more constant attendance in a PE Co- audit than we have had. So use them in PE Co-audit. Two-way help has just moved a PE Co-audit case that has been in co-audit for one year without moving on any other process. Two-way comm on help has value. It's the presession version. No matter who is helping who, a discussion of it can get the pc closer to session. Now here is data you've been wondering about. Does help in presession become an end all in the HGC. No. Hit the presession points lightly, then in Model Session form use help as the process to be run. And run it until it's flat-flat-flat. When the Model Session has begun, run a meter assessment. Find any terminal that drops. On that terminal, in specific or general form, "How have you helped....?" "How have you not helped....?" Any experience you've had with O/W and meters and assessments, apply it to help. And that's how you're going to clear people. It's amazingly fast, even on a psychosomatic illness. Now get your own reality on this. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.gh.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 93  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HOW HELP BECAME BETRAYAL   Franchise Holders HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MAY 1960 Franchise Holders HCO Secs Assn Secs HOW HELP BECAME BETRAYAL Help is the button the world spun in on a few million years ago. It's where we find our pc. "Help is betrayal", so there is no way out. Scientology "must be bad" because "help is betrayal". Everybody knows that. So if Scientologists help people then we "must be betrayers"! We've heard it, seen it. But now we know what it is and can laugh quietly when people try to chew us up. When they really wanted to make a trap of it all, it was propaganda given out that "help is betrayal". None must have any help lest they be betrayed. So the thetans stay in their cages. It is interesting how this mechanism developed. The game of victim is very old. It intended to arouse mercy and safeguard possessions. It became a trap. Once one believed in victims thoroughly he started to help only victims. So this sequence began -- one hurt another (who played victim), one felt sorry for the other, one sought to help the other. (Ever see a professional help sponge?) When this was very old, the action of injury became identified with the action of helping. As the cycle was injure -- victim -- help, as soon as the time gets vague in it, the parts of the cycle become injury-is-help or help-is-injury. It has long been true that help could be injury as a common denominator. Out of this rose self-reliance as a virtue. You've known people who refused help because they were "proud" or "self reliant". Well, that's only the first stage of "help-is-injury". The second phase is not so old. I think it's only been reversed for the last two million years or so in this quarter of the universe. The "complete flip" is not an identification of help with injury but a disassociation, a complete dispersal on the subject. How-to-injure becomes help. This is betrayal. With the intention to injure, one offers help to create a dependence on something disguised, which on use becomes injurious. It is this psychotic action which finalized the trap as a trap. "Don't dare accept any help because it is only an effort to betray", is the fixed idea which has become prevalent. One can have neither games nor life with that idea. It's this idea which poisoned Christianity. Now that may be hard for you to see because, by the very virtue of being a Scientologist, you don't think all help is offered just to injure. But others have that idea and so you find them hard to understand. We are few because we few didn't believe all help was injury. But as soon as we sought to help others, who didn't accept Scientology, we ran into a wall. What was the wall? The above idee fixe. The majority in the world evidently believe that help is only an intention to injure. This is more than help-can-injure. This is "all-help-is-dangerous-because-anyone-offering-to-help-intends-only-to- injure". There are too many examples around for you to need many more. You can find your numerous own. But the Mau-Mau people killed only those whites that had sought to help the blacks. And just as I was wrapping up the research on this technology (which is now beyond being only a theory) I received a letter from a white attorney who had been asked to help. In a panic he was demanding to be let off quick! It was very funny. With my research papers on my desk before me, I was presented with a 94 perfect example of the technology! Poor man -- little did he know what his letter was arriving into. I wrote him back and his next letter was so confused! He may even recover. These ideas, as fixed convictions, are all about us and across the world. This is the idea which blocked our way in our sincere intention to make men free. This is how we have caught it in the press and, some of us, from our dearest friends and relatives. We have been confused. But so is Man. Man is still confused. We are not. By studying and knowing our data on this, the "wall" will go "poof". Any psychosis, neurosis or illness is fragile, no matter how fierce it seems. These can only thrive in lies. Now what will happen to the barriers we have had when they are hit by truth? I give us twenty months to having all cleared staffs on Central Orgs, three years to all cleared Scientologists, two decades to a large proportion of Earth cleared. That's my idea of it now. So learn to handle help. Get cleared on it in co-auditing or in the HGC. Learn a dozen ways to discuss it so as to break down the barricade of "disinterest" (which is really fear) and get the show on the road. Help is not injurious. Help is not the best way to hurt. Help is just help. Let's flatten it until we'll always know it and never forget it again, and learn adroitly to collapse the help psychosis in others by talk alone. We have bought our own Freedom to Help. Use it. L. RON HUBBARD (In the next bulletin I will give you the exact way to use help in Model Sessions.) LRH:dm.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 95  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=22/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DE-CERTIFICATION, HOW YOU SHOULD SUPPORT IT   MA (Run in U.S. as soon as possible as a 2nd, not lead, article)  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MAY 1960 MA (Run in U.S. as soon as possible as a 2nd, not lead, article) DE-CERTIFICATION, HOW YOU SHOULD SUPPORT IT The Cancellation of an Auditor's certificates is a measure taken by HCO when these conditions exist: (a) The auditor has consistently refused supervised processing; and (b) the auditor has committed anti-social acts liable for prosecution under criminal law; or (c) continues to associate with a de-certified auditor and balk efforts of HCO to bring the person into an HGC for auditing. Wild tales and rumors are often spread by a person who has been de- certified and his "friends" to prevent the public from recognizing the truth of the action. That truth is: HCO is trying to get somebody to have auditing that is effective before he irrevocably harms himself, and that HCO has evidence of criminal activity or association. Support HCO's efforts to get auditors in for supervised processing when they have gone wrong. You can assist HCO by doing the following: (a) Realize that the whole "punishment" by HCO consists of getting the auditor to have processing that is effective and at very low rates, (b) realize that HCO has evidence of criminal actions or association when the certificate is "pulled" and (c) support HCO's efforts to keep certificates in clean hands and the repute of Scientology beyond reproach. If they don't believe Scientology will help them, why are they auditing? Please assist HCO to make auditors keep their code. Don't buy auditing from de-certified auditors. Don't pay bills to de-certified auditors (they have no right left to sell processing for money). Force them in to the HGC where we can care for them. Very few get de-certified. But they do all the public damage to Scientology. In HCO we have to choose between two overt acts: 1. An overt act against the offending auditor by de-certifying or 2. An overt act against you, the public and Scientology by ignoring their anti-social actions. In HCO we always choose 1. Many are the cunning rebuttals and tales put out by an auditor whose certificate has been pulled. Just remember when you hear them that the person putting them out refused auditing for a long time before he lost his certificates and that HCO has evidence of criminal activities by that person it is not publishing. We don't "pull" two certificates a year in all the thousands around the world. Help us keep it low by making our demand that offenders get audited, where we can supervise it, stick. It's only kindness. When we don't get them to an HGC they sometimes die, sometimes ruin their lives, and they hurt all of us. Back HCO so HCO can back the honest and the good. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 96  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=26/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SECURITY CHECKS   Franchise Hldrs HCO Secs Assoc Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 MAY 1960 Franchise Hldrs HCO Secs Assoc Secs SECURITY CHECKS The Organization Secretary in Washington is here at Saint Hill for briefing on future US campaigns. When I showed her how to do a security check and gave her a demonstration, she made the following notes. They are of considerable interest to all Central Orgs and HCOs as well as auditors. Therefore, I give them to you in full. Security Check 1. Stable data -- you are not processing but looking for needle or tone arm action that will not blow off. (Clear up on investigation -- further questioning and E-Meter exploration.) 2. Rising needle means nothing except you aren't asking right questions. 3. You are looking for significant drops or tone arm changes that will not clear up. It is something that person is consciously withholding and as he continues to withhold it on further questioning the needle or the tone arm action will increase. 4. You start out by asking non-significant questions -- 50% of questions are to be these, i.e., if you have 10 significant (security) questions to ask you start out with 10 non-significant questions. If you have a needle pattern on non-significant questions you note it and it doesn't count on security questions. 5. On significant questions -- any question that gets drop or TA action -- you don't go any further but explore on this question. You may be getting action on past life or rather unimportant this life acts -- i.e., sniping a balloon from a store as a small child. Clear this out. The needle may cool off (less action) but still be reacting. If so, explore further -- see if you can clear it off. If on exploration the action increases, the person is consciously sitting on something he doesn't want you to know. If he's handing you up something else to explain the needle action (i.e., trying to clear it up by handing you something else) the action will increase because he's basically lying. If the action increases you can tell him he's sitting on something he won't tell and that he's a risk. He may break down and let go of it at this time. If so -- he still needs processing on it and is a risk until he's responsible for it. Just letting go of the withhold doesn't make him responsible for it. He is not retained on staff while being processed to clear it up. What you are looking for is that which won't cool off. You can cool something off and go on to the next security check question and then later come back to the reacting question. It may have built up again. If so, explore some more. 6. On a Security Check Sheet you only note those questions that wouldn't clear. If something won't clear or cool off the person is a security risk. If he does tell you and clear it, if it's a heavy crime, note it. 7. E-Meter -- use of in security check -- check out meter before connecting person to be checked. See former bulletin on checking out E-Meter. Generally you set the sensitivity straight up on American meter unless the needle is very very sticky. English meter is more sensitive -- so you set it lower. Then set the TA -- have the person squeeze the cans. You want about a 1/3 dial drop so you can adjust the 97 sensitivity if the action is too much or too small on the can squeeze. Put the person at ease. Don't act accusative. You don't want to restimulate all the interrogation in the bank. It'll just take that much longer to clear it off. 8. There may once in a while be a person who reads nicely at their clear reading with no action and you're very suspicious the guy isn't clear. This could be a complete "blab" no responsibility case -- a mockery of clear. You can check this out as follows. Make a somewhat accusative statement to the person that would be real to him -- i.e., "You never get your work done." The mockery of clear person will wildly justify and blame. Check this person out on help -- 2-way -- on an employer, etc. They will be real nowhere on help -- i.e., can't conceive of helping an employer -- can't run 2-way help, etc. This person, no matter how secure he may seem, is an employment risk because he can't help and will only cause difficulties on a post. He'll be a camouflaged hole. 9. Along with security check on staffs a help check should be given. If the person is sticky on help (can conceive of some help in some areas but has several areas of no help, especially on 3rd dynamic), he needs processing before he can be hired. If he's nowhere on help -- can't run 2-way or can't conceive of helping an employer or an organization, he is not hirable until he's flat on help which will probably take many hours. He's probably a CCH case. 10. Remember, as a security checker you are not merely an observer, or an auditor, you are a detective. I trust these notes will be of use. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 98  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=27/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Dear Scientologist:  BPI MA (not a lead article but a 2nd place)  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex BPI MA (not a lead HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1960 article Issue II but a 2nd place) Dear Scientologist: For a long ten years I have had to wear many hats. Amongst them is an Ethics hat by which I have had to protect, often with small support, the good name and standards of conduct of Dianetics and Scientology. To say the least the hat and necessary actions of counter-attack and defense have been distasteful to me. And in this regard, I humbly ask your help. We have the answers today as to the why of "squirrels". We know the reason for their overts against Dianetics and Scientology. Technically, with overt-withhold and the phenomena of help we not only understand them but can straighten out their insecurity and hates to their own benefit. Could you help me in this? It must be evident by now after ten long years that if there were any twist or untruth, betrayal or insincerity intended by me or organizational people, we long since would have passed away. The rumors that are put out by unbalanced people achieve only harder work for me and for good people everywhere. In ten consistent years you should have proof enough that I'll stay at my post and do my job and overcome barriers, technical or administrative, organizational and field, somehow. I dislike punishments and quarrels and entheta as much as any of you. Sometimes I haven't handled these things well, but I have tried to do my job as best I could here on a muddy earth. Today nothing can destroy us or our works. I have no fear for our future and I know what we can do. Available to your hands is the technology necessary to handle rumor-mongers, unethical persons and enturbulators. You can help me by handling them and getting them to good auditors, preferably an HGC, and preventing them from upsetting others and our task. Winning is so easy now, success is in our very grasp. What failure do you think I feel when I am asked to cancel a certificate? With all the wealth of truth before him, someone avails himself or herself of no part of it and with a glass of water held in hand, dies of thirst. Yet some of this burden lies with you. When an auditor forgets his personal auditing, and audits without being clear, why does the field permit him to crack up? Why haven't his friends and associates thought enough of him to force him to get processing from a reliable source? Why do they wait for him, overworked already, to emerge from the tangle of some emotional crisis utterly unstrung and hating everything, before they offer processing? Clearing the executives, the auditors, the people of Scientology is your job now. When you hear somebody "going bad", running away and raving against us all, don't harbor him and sympathize -- you'll kill him. Make him go to the nearest HGC or an auditor with altitude over him and get his overts off and his ability to help increased. There are thousands of auditors across the world. Few of them are clear. Once or twice a year amongst ill these one of them turns upon us. Rumors fly. People wonder. Eyebrows raise. Why? In a few years they'll be clear. We've just begun the project. Right now they are not. Instead of standing around blinking, wondering even 99 believing such wild tales, why aren't you being effective? The person doing bad and untrue things needs assistance. The least you can do is drive or force him to an HGC where supervised auditing (and not patty-cake) will straighten the person out and make life bright again. My lines are heavy. My days are long. To these should we also add my Ethics hat? A breakthrough has happened here in 1960's spring bigger even than O/W. We're clearing people fast in HGCs. It just began to happen. But it isn't happening to auditors in the field yet and it won't for quite some while. Meanwhile must I go on and act to minimize the damage being done by people not only not yet clear but heavily caved in? You could help me by pressing these people in toward auditing, by understanding the why of their rumors and hates and getting them processed. And you can help by insisting that "names" in Scientology get processed regularly by competent auditors in an HGC (not by some "friend" who'll patty- cake) until they're really cleared. I myself have had scores of hours of processing since last fall. If I could be clearer than I am, what's that make the case of other Scientologists? You could lighten my lines, and my heart if you'd share this burden even a little bit. Hold the field together until they are all clear. Now, certain you will help in this and let me get on to wider work, I wish to celebrate the occasion of HGCs, using new technology, beginning to make clears again, by announcing the complete and unqualified restoration of all certificates and awards ever cancelled since 1950. They're all in force again. Let's get on with our job. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 100  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=28/5/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  BY THEIR ACTIONS......   BPI MA  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1960 BPI MA BY THEIR ACTIONS...... By their actions you shall know them, whether bad or good, whether on another side or ours. And what in their actions gives us the keenest insight? Their ability to help. Some think that help cannot be done. Shun them. Some think that help is always an effort to betray. Process them for here you have the criminals of Earth. Some people cannot help. They can only injure and destroy. And if in the name of help they only injure and destroy then know them carefully for they are criminals. What is a criminal? One who thinks help cannot be on any dynamic or uses help on anyone to injure and destroy. Who are these men with covert ways who bring Earth its pain? They are the men who cannot help. Who are the women who must be helped but who can only maim? They say, these men and women, that they'll help and then they make a thorough shambles of it all. From where did Earth conceive her traps and aspects that are grim? Earth would be a lovely place if all men helped to help, not to destroy. Think heavily on this point. Judge men from what they think of help. Judge women too and find the good ones from the bad. The good can help. The bad will not or if they do, they "help" only to betray. The good of Earth comes from above the point of make and break where help is help and honestly. The pain of Earth comes from the tones where help does not exist or where it's used to pull us into agony. Know your friends. It's strange that those who argue with us against our goals and Scientology cannot conceive of honest help. Discuss help with them and you'll find their tone and whether they are worth a lot as friends. This is the test that you can use to separate the good from bad and then clear-eyed begin to make a world in which all life can live. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 101  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=9/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE BASIC ASSUMPTIONS OF SCIENTOLOGY VERSUS OVERTS   Fran Hldrs Central Orgs HCOs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1960 Fran Hldrs Central Orgs HCOs THE BASIC ASSUMPTIONS OF SCIENTOLOGY VERSUS OVERTS The entire secret of all overt-withhold mechanisms is valences. I have known for a long while that a profile on our tests is a picture of a valence. If the preclear were in no valence, but was himself completely, he would have a perfect test response and would be wholly clear. In this statement we have one of the background structure points of Scientology. This was an assumption point for some time, a point of departure, like "conservation of energy" in physics is the primary assumption point of 19th Century physics -- if we assume this point then we have the "truths", axioms and other data in elementary physics. The point, assumed and never proven (and not even well phrased) is the start point in physics from which all deductions are made. It is an "understood", a non-examined theory. Physics was demonstrable truth, but only in a limited and finite sense. The moment nuclear physics, my dear companion that haunted my college days, came into action, the assumption point began to crumble and is not now considered to be truth. Hence while elementary physics works in a finite limited sense, it is not a considered true science any longer -- it is only elementary science. Freud, for instance, had as his start point (or assumption point), the Libido Theory of 1894 in which he based all on sex. It is rare that a science ever embraces its own assumption point and resolves it. Freud was stuck with his Libido Theory, just as Newton's successors were stuck with "Conservation of Energy". So long as elementary physicists were concerned only with energy which "could not be destroyed or created" they tread-milled themselves into a dead-end mirrored in such things as inadequate costly engines, difficult construction and a complete lock out from space and other planets. The great Einstein, not a physicist but a mathematician, established a new science which deserved the name of the physical science "physics", a name already purloined by the natural philosophy of the 19th Century. Old time physics was the science of the age of fire and ended with the age of fire. It died to whimpering embers under the down blast of atomic fission. We are no longer scientifically nor politically in the age of fire. We are in the age of freed energy. We do not yet have an atomic physical science. We have only a number of guestimates like the bronze worker of early Greece who knew nothing of the facts of fire metallurgy. The fire age, begun by Prometheus, whoever he really was, is ending on Earth. The raw energy age has begun with all the teething troubles of any new era. Called the "Atomic Age" just now, it started with hints of others before Einstein but was actually born when Einstein wrote his Theory of Relativity. This, a crude guestimate, was yet a great departure point in the history of this planet. It has unlocked space to Man, promised him new engines, widened his scope. Unhappily it has also unlocked vast opportunities for political bungling -- but I would rather say that it exposed political diplomacy as a bungling subject which must now urgently improve. Nations can no longer afford political ineptness. Now the assumption point of physics, the science of the fire age, became disproved and the science is in question and the fire age is in fact over. The holes in physics have begun to glare. Some day a new science will be organized from the assumption point of Einstein's work (no matter if he's debunked, forgotten or becomes a legend like Prometheus, the professors of tomorrow can teach as a myth 102 [Einstein stole the secret of eternal fission from a Heaven named Princeton where the goals...]) And ages hence somebody will prove or expose the basic assumption and the fission age will resurge or die, depending on whether or not the assumption is found to be true or false. In Freud's case in a lesser sense, a short and ineffective but highly interesting age of psychotherapy began with the Libido Theory in 1894 and began to disintegrate through lack of progress and development about 1920 although the subject itself became an intellectual football in the late 20s, an artist's cross in the early 30s and a teenager's subject in the late 50s. His contemporaries added nothing effective to Freud's work and the subject, like psychology, which originated in 1879 and assumed men were animals, failed in all fields but wide popularity. Back of all work on mental states, however, lie various assumption points, most of them hidden or undelineated, from which the remainder of the subject evolves and grows. If the cornerstone is proven only relatively factual, a long enduring career is guaranteed to the subject. Freud used as his assumption point more than his Libido Theory that all impulses and behaviors are sex-motivated. He assumed that if one were sex-motivated, then if one unblocked this drive by removing an early traumatic sex experience that was impeding the drive, the patient would recover from neurosis. All manner of interesting complications proceed from this: art, being considered a sublimation or aberration of the sex drive, had to be considered wholly neurotic: success, being most desirable as sexual success, was a product of a blessed neurosis if achieved in any other field. As treatment it was common for a Freudian practitioner to cut through the Gordian knot by ordering a patient to go out and have sex with everyone, prove his or her prowess and thus become well and happy. While this secured the popularity of the subject, it did little to reduce asylum statistics as these were on the increase throughout the Freudian age and were highest at its end, and indeed were higher in Freudian dominated areas than in others where Freudian treatment was not used. (Not my propaganda, just a recorded fact.) The psychiatrist, following a Russian science, has a more basic and brutal assumption point which is that a shock cures aberration. The idea goes back a very long way, making psychiatry a long, if sporadic, age. Psychiatry ebbs and rises in use since it is a dramatization rather than a science. It springs from the same impulse that assumes punishment cures wrong-doing. The limited workability of this is apparent around us on every hand. We could do nothing socially about crime so we inhibited crime by striking at criminals. This gave us suppressed criminality and more criminals but it must be said that lacking any solution that worked well, then any solution that even seemed to work occasionally was considered better than nothing. Perhaps at some early date in whole history this worked better, but all expedient cures tend to become a new illness. Alcohol, in any alcoholic, once cured -something but now produces with amazing similarity the malady it once cured. These are stop-gap cures that do this, not cures in any absolute sense. As the earliest punishment was the production of a shock in the offender whole track history continues to repeat the treatment for misbehavior as a dramatized action, not an intellectual undertaking. If a person misbehaves, he should be punished. Thus if a person misbehaves insanely he must be punished. Psychiatry is not, then, a science, but a legalized, at present, dramatization. And this is the very dramatization that makes this a cruel universe when it is. Punishment is unworkable as all the statistics show. Punish the criminal and he becomes, too often, a confirmed and hardened criminal. All this, however, is based on a yet earlier lie. The last two years of my researches have been devoted to establishing or not, as the case may be, whether anything could actually be done to a person, or whether it was not the person himself who did it. I "knew" the latter was theoretically true but I had not found means to demonstrate it -- and indeed was quite prepared to discover that something could be done to a person without his being prior cause. This work will be found under all 1958-59 data released on overts and withholds. 103 The earlier assumption to punishment is that something can be done to another being. By evidences to date, odd as it may seem, it appears, by all processing tests, that one becomes aberrated only by means of his own, not another's actions. I do not say that nothing can be done to a person or a being by another person or being. Obviously communication exists. I am only saying that all aberrative effects of action are created by the person who has them. Indeed none could be processed successfully through a burn or engram unless he himself were holding the aberration there -- for the fire, location and other people are not consulted and are not even there in fact at the time of processing. A preclear being audited on a past incident can recover from its ill effects. Therefore it seems conclusive that he himself must be causing the ill effects in present time or he could not eradicate them since the "sources are not present". Thus they must not have been the sources of his "ill effects". The preclear must have been. Inspecting the assumption points of Dianetics and Scientology one finds now that what was originally assumed is fact. Thus we are to be here as a science for a very long time. As no science before ever proved its assumption point that I know about, we are suddenly unique in that our results tend to verify more than our basic truths. The further we go forward, in other words, the more basic are the assumption points. Unlike, then, physics or psychoanalysis or other sciences, we have examined and improved our assumption points. We assumed in Dianetics that if we removed engrams, life would resurge and become good. This assumed that a being was all right until injured and that eradicating the injury would find him all right again. This is not the same as Freud for Freud never assumed goodness or rightness in Man, but on the contrary seemed to warn that we had better not go too far, art and all that depending on the madness of us all. As God seems to be blamed for most of the art work in this universe this seems a most impudent evaluation of God's sanity on Freud's part, although I do not think he ever displayed an actual professional sign saying "S. Freud, Psychotherapist by Appointment to God". The Dianetic assumption that Man is basically good and is damaged by punishment holds valid in practical practice and in some tens of thousands of cases (and we're the only ones in history that validated our findings by strict long, long precise testing on cases); we find that the more we process successfully, the kinder and more ethical our people become. That disposes of the vile nature of Man by staggering poundage of evidence. The assumption that "all art is derived from aberration" is discounted by the numbers of singers and artists who sang better and painted better after they were made saner by us. The basic psychiatric assumption that enough punishment will restore sanity is disproven, not only by psychiatric statistics but by actual observation and removal of the effects of "punishment" by processing. That a being, without aberration, would be good, ethical, artistic and powerful, is still a basic assumption in Scientology. It has just been demonstrated as factual for our practice. This is news. Our assumption point has just become a basic truth. It is not just an assumption. Therefore we will now find ourselves on a new plane of progress, perhaps with new teething troubles, certainly with even further goals. The truth was demonstrated in this wise: I knew valences, those mocked up other-beingnesses a person thinks he is, were the source of test profile patterns. When we rid the pc of an undesirable valence his profile rose on the graph and he felt and acted better. When we did not alter the valence in tested cases the profile remained much the same. If the preclear were driven into undesirable valences by 104 experiment, his profile worsened apparently, although this is more difficult to verify, since the tone of the existing valence was undoubtedly dropped as well. Now from this I have found the mechanism by which a being gives himself pain that is actually self-inflicted but is apparently other-inflicted. And this is a vast stride for it resolves O/Ws and we can consider it a broadly completed cycle of research ending two years with a victory for our assumption point. By being a valence, not himself, a person confuses the source of pain. Inflicting it himself upon the valence he is in, and by experiencing the pain from the valence, a being can counterfeit the effect of being an effect of punishment. By being Valence A, he can conceive the environment is guilty of striking Valence A, but as this is in fact an overt by himself against Valence A (if only by failing to protect it) he feels the pain of Valence A. As he thinks of himself as Valence A, he can then feel his own pain. The conclusion is that to feel pain and for pain to persist one must be in a valence. The remedy for pain, illness, aberration, insanity and the lot, then, is to free the preclear of valences. Apparently, freed of all valences of an unconscious level, the preclear would yet be able to experience, but would not be involved with pain, etc, except by postulate. The way to free him of all valences or unconscious counterfeit beingness is not the purpose of this paper. Here I only wish to examine with you the aspects of assumption points of subjects and sciences (each of which has one, usually unknown to the originator) and to pass along the interesting intelligence that our former assumption point of "remove the aberration and you have a worthwhile person" has become demonstrable in practice and can be considered truth. This means a new level has opened to the future with new certainty. An overt recoils upon one because one is already in a valence similar to that of the being against whom the overt is leveled. The mechanism is exposed. And as it is exposed, we find it is not needed since a being without valences is basically good. Only a being with valences has his overts recoil upon him. Only a being with valences commits overts harmful to others as he is behaving as he supposes the "evil" valence would behave but as no unvalenced being does. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 105  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  WHAT WE EXPECT OF A SCIENTOLOGIST   MA  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1960 MA WHAT WE EXPECT OF A SCIENTOLOGIST We inherited, when we began, a great many hidden errors in the society, so deeply laid they seemed right. "Everybody knows that...." is a tombstone of progress for it contains uninspected lies that bring the wittiest of us to grief. "Everybody knows that Man is Evil" was only one of the many things we found wrong, exposed and dropped from our own knowledge. However, in the field of what is expected of a Scientologist, we have for ten years carried along an inherited error. It is this: "Everybody knows that a specialist in a science hangs out a shingle and, if a professional, becomes a private practitioner." Now listen. Psycho-analysis was developed in 1894 by Sigmund Freud. Everybody who studied it was expected to hang out a shingle and start practising. It took half a century for psycho-analysis to become generally known by the people. Yet how could it miss? Its tenet was that if you were sexually uninhibited you would be happy. The psycho-analyst took his cue from the medico of his day. If you could heal you were a healer with a shingle. Well, I'm afraid a lot of us have bought this too. If we were trained in Scientology as a professional we should hang out our shingle as a practitioner. With all due respect to the Scientologist in professional practice (where they have every right to be) this is not a true idea. It is a borrowed idea. It's as old as the witch doctor. A Scientologist is the being three feet behind society's head. And society runs on eight dynamics, not in a sick room. Some of us, of course, would become professional practitioners. But a professional Scientologist is one who expertly uses Scientology on any area or level of the society. A housewife who does not have professional level skill in Scientology could not expect to run a wholly successful family or keep order in her neighborhood and keep her family well. A factory foreman could not possibly handle his crews with full effectiveness without professional Scientology skill. The personal assistant to a corporation executive could not do a fully effective job without being a professional Scientologist. A corporation president without a certificate will someday fail. And the head of a country would go to pieces if he didn't know Scientology from a professional angle. How can these people handle life if they have no expert knowledge of how to handle life. Now we don't expect everyone in the world to become a trained auditor. But we expect the people who are making the world to have a knowledge of how to make it go. A trained Scientologist is not a doctor. He is someone with special knowledge in the handling of life. We have many, many personal success stories in Scientology. They begin with a book acquaintance and bloom when professional skill enters the background. These people, small people, big people, drove a wedge for themselves into companies, societies, with Scientology and then took over control of the area. They succeeded 106 where they never would have dreamed they could. And every time one of us drives in such a wedge, we all win because the world is brought nearer to a sane and decent world. The factories, the marts of trade, the homes, the neighborhoods, these are the places we want trained Scientologists. In that way alone, we're on the busy, still healthy communication lines of the world. Some of us need to run centres and schools just to give the rest of us service when required. Training at a pro level must continue and must be kept good. And service and communication must be given. Hence, we have Central Organizations on every continent and HCOs. But if we avoid the throbbing comm lines of the world and act like doctors, we will not win soon enough as a group. Any trained Scientologist can win to success in society. Heightened IQ, a knowledge of life, a forthright attitude -- with these things it is easy for him or her to improve a social or business position, to get higher pay, to exert wider personal influence. This we know we can do, we have done it so often so let's improve the ability. Process people weekends, run a co-audit some evenings of the week at home, but get on the active lines of the world and make your presence felt. It takes full training to do it. It's been done from our books alone but not always well. It takes tough Academy training to make a Scientologist, so don't go at it half armed. And stop feeling apologetic because you are not a "full time auditor". We are the auditors to the world, not to a handful of the sick. We are not doctors. We are the world's trouble shooters. When we make a company win, the whole world wins, when we make a neighborhood win, we all win. A full time Scientologist makes life better wherever he is. And that is enough pro activity for anyone. What do we expect of you? To become the best Scientologist that can be and to get on the comm lines of the world and bring a big win where it counts. We don't expect you to hang up a shingle as a doctor and have a private practice. We'll respect you if you do. But we'll respect you just as much and even more if you get trained as a pro and go out and up in the world of action and of life. Hit for the key spots by whatever means, the head of the women's club, the personnel director of a company, the leader of a good orchestra, the president's secretary, the advisor of the trade union -- any key spot. Make a good sound living at it, drive a good car, but get your job done, handle and better the people you meet and bring about a better earth. And stop feeling hangdog because you "aren't auditing full time". Nobody expects you to. We'll keep centres going to service your needs, some of us, we'll provide ammunition and books. And the rest of us had better invade every activity there is on a high level of success and make our influence felt on the comm lines of the world Scientology is the only game on Earth where everybody wins. So let's help the world win. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 107  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HGC PRECLEAR ASSESSMENT   All HGCs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1960 All HGCs HGC PRECLEAR ASSESSMENT With considerable data accumulating on Help when used in conjunction with Alternate Confront and Havingness, and with Help even working on vague past terminals in concept form ("Get the idea of helping a _______ " "Get the idea of not helping a _______ "), it is time to pick up any cases that have been in processing more recently, by starting them again on the first terminal they were ever run on. You will find that Help O/W will move a case that was begun unsuccessfully no matter how long ago, providing that you discover with a meter what terminal the case was started on originally and address that terminal and audit it until it is flat. This experimental approach should work, because it has worked that when cases were started again and the first process ever run was flattened, the case began to move. This will work even though the first approach was engram running or straight wire away back. It should be discovered what the pc's first goal in auditing ever was, or his first hope for auditing, and get the terminal closest to that goal. It will often be found that the pc was trying to help his eyes or his wife or himself as the first Help terminal in auditing. When this terminal was not totally flattened the pc, finding he had not helped whatever he was trying to help, got an auditing lose. By finding out what the pc was trying to help at the very first contact with Scientology and by giving him sessions on it with Help O/W a most important win can be obtained. This bulletin should be given very serious attention in HGCs where the cases always come that have real heavy auditing problems. HGCs get the toughest cases and usually all the old time cases. Where any case is being handled in an HGC it should be suspected that there has been an auditing flub somewhere along the line. Perhaps the pc won wonderfully with the first auditing session but failed heavily down the line somewhere. In such a circumstance always convert the loss to a win. HGCs do more patch-up than virgin work. Thus it is safe to assume first that any applying pc has had something he tried to help in his own auditing that he received, and that it isn't flat, and second that the pc has had a lose on some terminal. HGC auditing as a rule should regard itself as parasitic upon other auditing already done. HGC staff auditors should rarely be attempting the new and strange in an assessment of a case but should be trying to recover past data dredged up in earlier than HGC sessions and converting the losses to wins. This is a type of assessment peculiar to an HGC and we should study it. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 108  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=16/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HINTS ON RUNNING CASES WITH HELP   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1960 Fran Hldrs HINTS ON RUNNING CASES WITH HELP Presession Help -- Two Way Comm. Rudiments Help -- 2 way Help, Auditor and pc. PTP -- Use ordinary overt-withhold not help on personnel involved with PTP. Assessments -- There are several Assessments. Dynamic Assessment (HCO Bulletin of May 30, 1960, "Dynamic Assessment on Help", covered this) terminals found should be handled with Concept Help. Use lots of havingness when running such a terminal. There is another new assessment, Know to Mystery Scale Assessment. This is done by using the E-Meter on the buttons of the Know to Mystery Scale. That level which most changes the pattern of the needle is the target. Use Concept Help on it. The most profitable, fast way to get a case moving is to find out what the person was most trying to help when he or she came into Dianetics and Scientology. This may be "an arm" or "my friends" or "myself". But whatever it is run it on any help process until it is flat. Concept Help is a good starter for the terminal thus located. This gives the pc a big primary win. Flatten the Terminals We stalled on ACC Clearing Procedures because auditors did not flatten help before starting on Step 6. Let's not lose this horrible lesson. The technical reason for this is that when help is unflat, a pc is still in a valence. Running Step 6 in a valence is courting disaster as the pc is in a picture that increases in mass and gives him somatics. We are not returning to Step 6. We have better processes. But we are returning to help with far more knowledge of it. Flatten every terminal on which you run help. By flatten is meant no needle change when the terminal is mentioned. A way to test this is to depart by two way comm from the terminal and then ask about it again. If the needle reacts the terminal mentioned is not flat. Just talk about something else, like the weather, and then mention the terminal again. You'll see. It is better to use a general form of a terminal than a specific form. It is better to run "a young man" than "Joe". If the E-Meter reacts to "Joe" it is best to find out what Joe is to the pc and find the general form that reacts most ("a friend", "a young man", "a bum") and run that, not "Joe". You will get a lot further than when you run a specific close to present time terminal. Help As Valence Problem When people become a valence, they do so for at least two reasons. First and probably most powerful: The thetan takes a valence that he believes will help others or the universe. Second and more mechanical: The thetan tries to help something or somebody and fails and the last stage of his effort is to mock up a picture of the thing and try to help it. There are various aspects of all this, more and more complicated. The thetan becomes a man to help women. He fails and thinks men can't help women. So he restrains men, or he becomes a woman. A thetan can become very involved with his computations on the subject of help. One black case I know is seeking to help others by absorbing all the blackness in the universe! There is a formula for handling 1. above. Find out what a thetan is being and find 109 out what that beingness helps and not helps by using the command, "What would _______ help?" "What would _______ not help?" There is a general form which discovers beingnesses in a pc. Find out something, very general, that a pc is trying to help or has failed to help and run "What would help _______ ?" "What would not help _______ ?" on the discovered terminal. The pc will get cognitions on what he or she is being and what the pc is restraining himself or herself from being. Finishing Off a Difficult Terminal Any terminal that is being run on help that was unwisely chosen can be eased off by running old overt/withhold, alternate confront or responsibility. This is a crude way out but it will work. In any event, any session should contain general alternate confront "What can you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" and havingness. These take the edge off unwise choices, any rough auditing and make the case feel better. If the pc can do it, responsibility can get a pc off a bad choice fastest. If a pc can run responsibility easily. The pc has to be running rather well in general before it can be attempted. The pcs who are suffering because of an auditor choice of wrong terminal usually can't run responsibility easily. Of course, successful auditing is "What you can get away with". The best and smoothest way to get off a bogged terminal is alternate confront. But when the case has afterwards been run on other terminals with help, it's best to go back and clean up the ones that earlier bogged with help by running more help on them. General Processes The general processes which assist help sessions are alternate confront -- "What can you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" and Havingness, "Look around here and find something you could have." Any couple hours of help should be followed in the same session with fifteen minutes of alternate confront and fifteen minutes of havingness. These times are approximate and are given just to communicate some idea of ratio. A truly boggy case could do with a ratio of 1:1:1 such as 45 minutes of help, 45 minutes of alternate confront, 45 minutes of havingness. As the case gets out of long, long comm lags on help, increase help in the ratio to 1:1/2:1/2 or one hour of help, a half hour of alternate confront, a half hour of havingness. All this is auditor judgment established by observation. As it is the help in any form that does it, remember to use help to advance the case, and alternate confront and havingness to make the pc feel good. Alternate confront and havingness improve a case, of course, but are long, long hauls as processes if we think of clearing with them. Help on near present time terminals is far less effective in clearing than help on general terminals that have a lot of track to them. As general terminals can get a pc into a lot of confusion on the back track, alternate confront and havingness keep the pc from getting too bogged to run. Alternate confront also takes the edge off invented answers by the pc. (Create -- confront phenomena.) There are lots of help processes and many ways to run them. They all win to some degree. It is the amount of help run rather than the number of terminals cleared that clears the case. Help basically sheds valences. Therefore havingness is needed. But the valences are all "can't-haves" so when the valence is off at last the havingness of the pc comes up. Almost any brand of help run long enough by good auditing should clear a pc. Hence, the idea is to run help and run it flat. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [HCO B 30 May 1960, Dynamic Assessment on Help, referred to in the fourth paragraph on the previous page, was reissued on 23 July 1974 as BTB 30 May 1960.] 110  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=23/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SPECIAL ZONE PLAN The Scientologist's Role in Life   Important MA Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE AD10 Important MA Franchise Holders SPECIAL ZONE PLAN The Scientologist's Role in Life Ten years ago, on about this date, I was up against third dynamic confusion of such magnitude that within a few months, I was to decide to forget organization problems and concentrate on research. Because of this decision for years we were poorer in numbers but richer by far in knowledge. It evidently was not enough to be able to help the basic problems of an in There were eight dynamics. It was necessary to take in at least some of all eight dynamics before we could be effective. And toward the end of June in 1950, I first sensed that truth. And the maxim -- bring order to your own house before you attempt order next door. In June, 1950, the Foundations were already beginning to shatter under the enthusiastic door pounding of the public. I had built the proverbial better mousetrap and all the world was beating a path to our door -- and was breaking the door down! Yes, we could do wonders with people. Greater wonders than had been done in recent millenia. But we were ignorant beyond the first two dynamics. The moment we sought to handle the third we were done. That was ten years ago. Within months of that date all that was left of the first organizations was rubble and newspapers blowing by in the wind. I worked hard, and studied and researched, never friendless, often helped and worked ahead for ten years. The First Dynamic, self, fluctuated in results and his stabilized with unsurpassed processing technology. In proof, our people are individually in better shape than any other group. On the Second Dynamic, family and sex, we have gotten into a winning position. We know the answers to marriage, children and sex. The material isn't all published broadly enough yet even for Scientologists to know it but it's there and we're living better lives. The Third Dynamic, groups, is the spectacular breakthrough of today. It's happened so gradiently we've hardly realized we have won. But observe: we have a magnificent organization. In America, England, South Africa and Australia we have just about the most wonderful organizations Man has seen for their size, cost and defensibility. Here we have achieved spectacular stability. Largely self-determined, yet co-operating smoothly these third dynamic examples compare with June, 1950, Foundations like the Royal Ballet compares with the aftermath of Hiroshima. Just as we can represent in ourselves the grip we have on the first dynamic, so do we represent in our organizations that we have the third dynamic well in hand. 111 The technology of our third dynamic in organizations and the field is an exact one, as skilled as an auditor's know-how. And having applied it to organizations we are now applying it to the field, which is the main subject of this bulletin. You in "the field", you are about to win, too, with a complete new level of policy and action if you want it: you are about to be included "in". The Fourth Dynamic, Mankind, is now an understood zone of operation and is declared herewith to be operational for a Scientologist. The prize of understanding Man as a racial and political species has fallen to our hand. Don't smile. I know it's an incredible announcement. But it's factual. On the Fifth Dynamic, that of living things, I have been making headway since last year and know quite a bit now about them. Many of the secrets have dropped into our hands. On the Sixth Dynamic, the physical universe, we have for some time stood well above what they know in physics. On the Seventh Dynamic, the spirit, we covered this ground very thoroughly in 1953-54-55 and it's still all true but too advanced for general consumption. The best record of this was in the 1953 Philadelphia Lecture Series of 64 hours. On the Eighth Dynamic, the Supreme Being, we have at least found the key question and in a little while we should have it answered on a demonstrable basis. Far from presumptuous it is about time somebody neither atheist nor zealot asked some questions, and arrived at some answers that have no self- interested curves in them. So you can see where we are going and have at least a passing acquaintance with developments. Here we are with the largest fund of information of life and its patterns that has been assembled in a factual package on Earth. Now the question is, what are we going to do with it? Until we had the third and fourth dynamics demonstrably in hand technically we could not answer the question. We've each had his own idea of what we should be doing with it and each of these ideas is right to the degree that it's right for each of us. I have never discussed this point strongly because I did not want to shake anyone into an uncertainty. So let's say that all these ideas are right and then add a Third Dynamic Idea with which we can all agree. Improvement is the common denominator of all our ideas. And of course each one has a zone of interest where he or she feels improvement is most needed or where he or she would be most comfortable in doing the work of improvement. And that's the gist of this Third Dynamic Idea. It's a rather deceptive idea at first glance since we are each of us doing something of that. But let us be far more definite. And let us expose a fallacy that has long been riding with us, as an unknown passenger. People think of professional practitioners as doctors who, aloof from all other concerns, practice on the sick. This is a very novel idea. Dreamed up, probably, by the first lazy witch doctor and used forever thereafter by most specialists in human livingness. And here I want to as-is and banish that idea from amongst us all. If we are doctors (by which might be meant "repairers") then we are doctors on the third and fourth dynamics and handle the first and second dynamics only to achieve better function on the third and fourth. And true enough, most Scientologists agree, I think, with this concept. But it itself is as new and novel as the idea of being a professional practitioner to individual health once was. 112 I believe our third dynamic organization, taking in all Scientologists, should go this way: The Central Organization and Center Scientologists should service the remaining Scientologists, doing administration, instructing and auditing. Instruction to a professional level of all Scientologists should be entered upon as a must. Central Organization and Center Auditing should be special and referred cases and the Scientologists themselves when they want it as part of service. Being trained and cleared need not hold up the next zone of action, though it is taken for granted that these will occur for each. The "field auditor" should be included wholly "in" to the general activity as a large zone divided into smaller specialized zones. The "field auditor" should of course run a group some evenings (he will find he has to) and audit not only members of his family but contacts in his zone on weekends or evenings. But, as you will see, he or she is largely wasting time by trying to be an individual doctor type practitioner where he or she is only partly successful at it. Some of course will have to work full time in centres as we get into action but centres are mentioned above as a special activity along with Central Organizations. The largest majority of Scientologists should, I feel, consider themselves as "doctors" on the third and fourth dynamics. And if we work well at this, we will have answered all our various needs and brought it off on the third and fourth as well. Now I wouldn't be talking to you like this if I didn't feel I had this studied to a conclusion. Consider our position: we have arrived at a very special plateau of knowledge as has been reviewed above. Data on our know-how is being codified for use in these zones of action. Consider the position of the world. The story is often repeated on the whole track. As Mest is made to help too much, a plateau of civilization is reached in which the individual is downgraded to a number. The end of this -- the lights eventually go out through lack of personal initiative and ability. We are in a fantastic position, at the right time and place, to halt this cycle of decay and start a new one on Earth. And I believe we should overtly do so. How? We are masters of IQ and ability. We have know-how. Any of us could select out a zone of life in which we are interested and then, entering it, bring order and victory to it. Of course, there's a heavy challenge in doing this. Some of the victories would be hardly won. But we would win across the world if we kept our vision bright. The third and fourth dynamics subdivide. Any third breaks down into many activities and professions, a neighborhood, a business concern, a military group, a city government, etc, etc, etc. The fourth dynamic breaks down just now mainly to races and nations. Now just suppose a Scientologist were to consider himself a professional only for the purposes of treating and repairing or even starting again these third and fourth zones? See this: a housewife, already successfully employing Scientology in her own home, trained to professional level, takes over a woman's club as Secretary or some key position. She straightens up the club affairs by applying comm practice and making peace and then, incidental to the club's main function, pushes Scientology into a 113 zone of special interest in the club -- children, straightening up marriages, whatever comes to hand and even taking fees for it -- meanwhile of course going on being a successful and contributing wife. Or this: a Scientologist, a lesser executive or even a clerk in a company, trains as a professional auditor, and seeing where the company is heading, begins to pick up its loose ends by strengthening its comm lines or its personnel abilities. Without "selling" anybody Scientology, just studies out the bogs and remedies them. If only as "an able person" he would rapidly expand a zone of control, to say nothing of his personal standing in the company. This has been and is being done steadily across the world. Now that we have presessioning, it's easy to straighten up other people. Our unreleased technology on handling third dynamic business situations is staggeringly large. You'd be surprised how easy it is to audit seniors. They and their families have so many troubles. Or how easy it is to spot the emergency-maker and audit him. And see this: a race is staggering along making difficulties for itself. Locate its leaders. Get a paid post as a secretary or officer of the staff of the leaders of that race. And by any means, audit them into ability and handle their affairs to bring co-operation not trouble. Every race that is in turmoil in a nation has quasi-social groups around its leaders. And this: a nation or a state runs on the ability of its department heads, its governors, or any other leaders. It is easy to get posts in such areas unless one has delusions of grandeur or fear of it. Don't bother to get elected. Get a job on the secretarial staff or the bodyguard, use any talent one has to get a place close in, go to work on the environment and make it function better. Occasionally one might lose, but in the large majority, doing a good job and making the environment function will result in promotion, better contacts, a widening zone. The cue in all this is don't seek the co-operation of groups. Don't ask for permission. Just enter them and start functioning to make the group win through effectiveness and sanity. If we were revolutionaries this HCO Bulletin would be a very dangerous document. We are not revolutionaries any more than we are doctors of sickness in individual patients. But we are not revolutionaries, we are humanitarians. We are not political. And we can be the most important force for good that the world has ever known. Who objects to a company functioning better to produce a better civilization? Who objects to a race becoming sane and a stable asset to its communities? Who objects to a neighborhood smoothing out? Only the very criminal would object and they are relatively ineffectual when you can know and spot them. And there are no criminals except the mentally disabled. So this is a challenge on the third and fourth. Almost all Scientologists are in a position to begin to help on such a programme. And I am studying now first the popularity with you of this plan and, if great, how best to help us all achieve it. The first thing required is an understandable designation for Scientologists undertaking their portion of this Special Zone Plan. I should think the word "Counselor" is acceptable with an appropriate additional designation such as "Family Counselor" or "Company Counselor" or "Child Counselor,' or "Organization Counselor". What we would do is issue an HPA or HCA as a certificate as always and would issue a special zone certificate to any person operating in that zone after he or she had completed an additional correspondence-type briefing course covering that general zone. In other words anyone would have to have a professional certificate before he or she could be designated as a special zone counselor. The costs of obtaining such a certificate would be kept slight, no more than bare administration. The advantages of having such a designation are plain. A clerk with a certificate on the wall from the Academy of Scientology designating that he or she has been graduated as a "Company Counselor" would startle even a complacent executive into conversation about what was wrong with the place and as he was talking 114 to a pro auditor any scepticism would quickly fade. A pro would know! As it all starts with being a good auditor and as the additional technology is exact in any of these fields, the programme is feasible. We are at this stage of this programme: I have found that Scientologists operate with high success on the third and fourth but that it rarely occurs to them to try it and when they do they think I want them to audit full time and they are apologetic about their attempt. I have the technology pretty well to hand and can write zone manuals. I feel we now have clearing well in hand in Central Orgs and will soon have it broadly so for Scientologists in "the field" but I do not feel we need wait on that but take it and further training in stride. I feel that we are ripe for an overt attack on the third and fourth down spiral. I feel our auditors should take advantage of their increased personal ability and should be regarded accordingly by society and its zones. I see clearly that we have to win on the third and fourth if we are to attain our goals of a better world. The special zone plan is made possible by a slight shift of approach. Take the case of a police officer who got interested on a PE course and read some books. He tried to "sell" his chief on Scientology as a subject and was given a heavy loss. One, our PE level trainee was insufficiently schooled to be effective. Two, as a pro his approach could have been any one of several. He could have eased himself nearer a command source area in the department, or he could have taken over a pistol marksman on the force and made him a champion as we did with the Olympics team once. The slight shift is that we would have made this police officer get pro training before telling him "sell Scientology" to the force and then would have advised him to sell it by action, not words. Handling the familial problems of the commissioner as his driver or making the rookies gasp at how fast he could train them would be selling by action only. And no other kind of selling would be needed. He'd be running an evening coaching class for his fellows or superiors on Scientology in a few months and making some of them follow the same route. How long before he had altered the whole character, ability and effectiveness of the police force and through that how long before he would have civilized the whole approach to law enforcement in that area? For, once we have created an opening, we always avalanche to fantastically swift gains. That's the Special Zone Plan. Several hundred thousand are ready for the first steps. Those that aren't trained as pro HPAs and HCAs could start in soon. There are special ways to get training at an Academy now. And even while awaiting this training and working toward clearing such Scientologists could begin to determine their zone goals and work on them. Our impact on the society is already weighty. With Special Zone Plans we could move that impact up thousands of times greater and have in our present lifetimes our goals at least in part accomplished and a decent world to come back to again. What do you think of it? Write to me in care of Central Organization HCO in your area to give me your views on the Special Zone Plan. When you write please advise me as follows: whether you like or do not like the idea. If you like it tell me the zone you are in or would like to be in (what area do you want to help?). But whatever you say please write as your letter will be considered as a vote. We have arrived at a crossroads where our action now could well affect the future history of this planet. LRH:js.rd.jh Copyright$c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 115  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=30/6/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CREATE AGAIN   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1960 Franchise Holders CREATE AGAIN As you know, the basis of a reactive mind is creativeness done below the level of consciousness. The source of all engrams is the pc who creates a picture of the incident below his level of knowingness and recreates it into a "key-in". He uses the engram to warn and restrain himself, but this as a solution to trouble is a faulty one. It might have cured trouble once but like all cures became itself a new trouble. In 1957-58 we attempted to handle this before we had HELP flat-flat-flat. Step 6, used then, made the whole bank toughen up, if HELP was unflat. If a person is in any valence, he is victimized by his own creation. To produce or create anything is to invite a toughening of the reactive mind. If HELP is flat on numerous terminals and if the E-Meter no longer reacts to help questions of any kind, the person is Mest clear. Only now is it really safe for any auditor to handle the subject of create. Several things reduce the toughening up of a reactive mind due to aberrations concerning creation. Chief amongst these are alternate confront in any Form, particularly general. Responsibility processes also reduce the bank's heaviness. Havingness also takes the edge off a bank. And of course help on terminals reduces a heavy or thick bank. Therefore Help, alternate confront and havingness are the keys. Responsibility is less workable in early stages since the pc is usually in some valence and when he says "I could be responsible for...." he means "Valence could be responsible for...." which runs in fact irresponsibility, not responsibility, since valence, not pc, is responsible. There are some ways to run "create" in early stages before help is wholly flat on other terminals. Best of these subordinate methods is "What creation have you helped?" "What creation have you not helped?" One that is pretty high but sometimes works well if the person is not in a valence is "What creation could you be responsible for?" (Combination suggested by Dick Foster.) O/W on other people's creations is not very good but very spectacular. Using create with alternate confront ("What creation could you confront?" "What creation would you rather not confront?") is of course workable. Enough people are coming up toward or have arrived at Mest clear now that you had better have the next stage. I would advise help and not help on creations until the needle is floating with no reaction to questions of any kind on them. Alternate confront on creations and havingness should still be used as in help. But first be sure help is flat on all terminals including the thing the person came into Dianetics or Scientology to help and also flatten help on every terminal that has been contacted or run on O/W processes or any help process first. Then you can try the above. LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 116  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=6/7/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  MAKING CLEARS AND PICKING UP HGC QUALITY To the HCO Sec: IMPORTANT   HCO Secs Assn Secs D of Ps  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill-Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JULY 1960 HCO Secs Assn Secs D of Ps MAKING CLEARS AND PICKING UP HGC QUALITY To the HCO Sec: IMPORTANT To improve the auditing results of an HGC, put the following programme into effect: Results are good today but they can get faster in any HGC. Appoint a competent Instructor from the Academy (not a staff auditor). Give this Instructor the many HCO Bulletins on Pre-sessioning, Model Sessions, Help, Alternate Confront, Havingness. Have him gen himself up on those and this present HCO Bulletin. Convene the HGC, including the D of P, for one hour three days a week immediately after they complete auditing for the day. Have the Instructor drill them on the following subjects: First -- Teach them Regimen 1. Second -- Get them easy with Model Sessioning. Third -- Get them easy on Pre-sessioning. Fourth -- Make them study all the data on Help, Alternate Confront, Havingness. Fifth -- Check them out on Dynamic Assessment, meters and flat needles. Lay down and permit them to run as your first step, as of now, only the following: REGIMEN 1 (Only Regimen 1 can be used until an auditor has excellent results on several pcs) (a) Assessment -- ask the pc what is wrong with him. Take the pc's answer, make it into a general terminal. Run that and nothing else. When it's cooled off, assess again, same way, run that. Don't argue or dispute or change what the pc says except to convert it to a general terminal. Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "My wife." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a wife." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "I'm impatient." Auditor: "Can you think of somebody who was impatient?" PC: "My Father." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a Father." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "Well, I think I'm attenuated." Auditor: "Did you ever know an attenuated person?" PC: "Yes." Auditor: "Who was it?" PC: "George James." Auditor: (since this is a specific terminal and we want a general one) "What was George James?" PC: "A Loafer!" Auditor: "OK, we'll run help on 'a loafer', all right?" PC: "Fine." When "a loafer" is flat, flat, we do the same assessment again and as above get a new general terminal. (b) Use as a process two-way concept help. Example: "Think of a father helping you," "Think of you helping a father," etc. Flatten it down to a no reaction on meter. (Lay meter aside for most of sessions. Use only to check.) 117 (c) For a quarter of any session time run alternate confront. "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" (d) For a quarter of every session's time run havingness to end with -- "Look around here and find something you could have." (e) Start session with checking for PTPs and ARC breaks. Handle PTP with "What part of that problem could you be responsible for?" only. (f) Handle ARC break with "What have I done to you?" "What have you done to me?" only. Regimen 1 omits pre-sessioning. It does a rough kind of Model Session, as good as one can get but skip being critical of it. It will take the instructor a week or two to get the staff to buckle down on Regimen 1 only. Don't let the instructor get off into anything else than Regimen 1 while teaching it, except these above points and the following: 1. Handle pc pleasantly. 2. Don't chatter at pc. 3. Get pc to execute every command given. 4. Run good TRs. Now with the D of P, stress all auditing points and handling the auditors with heavy 8c. Teach D of P not to Q and A with auditor problems. Example: Auditor comes in, demands unusual solution. D of P gives it. Auditor comes back saying "It didn't work." It didn't work of course, because auditor never used D of P's solution. The only reply of D of P should be "What didn't work?" and all is revealed. D of P is taught not to give solutions or sympathy, just to demand adherence to instructions and get results. Auditors don't have personal cases where the D of P is concerned. The instructor must get this effective attitude into effect. Good 8c on staff auditors. No excuses accepted. The instructor can be given this as an added assignment and can still instruct in the Academy. It's only 1 hour 3 days a week, probably between 3.30 and 4.30. Switch the tape hour in the Academy or something. Now on all new staff auditors, use Regimen 1, no matter what else comes out that's new. While he's learning Regimen 1 he can still audit pcs. How? You ask the new staff auditor, "What process have you been most successful with?" He says, "8c." You say, "OK, that's what you run on pcs until further notice." Meanwhile he learns Regimen 1 out of session and when he has it cool, switch him to that. You could do this on the whole HGC staff while they learn Regimen 1 if desired. SUMMARY Here's the point on the above. An uncertain D of P or staff auditor is guaranteed if he or she is using stuff that's unfamiliar. Raise familiarity with the simplest version of modern processes and you raise confidence. This is good for any HGC even if it is doing well. And this is the way to handle new staff auditors. You want clears? OK, build up the confidence of the HGC on a gradient scale. You'll have clears. It is envisioned this programme will go on for months until it is complete and all auditors are handling all varieties of help and doing assessments well enough with meters to be turned loose with everything. They are turned loose on a gradient scale as they win. It is also envisioned that staff auditors, like other staff members, will be getting auditing evenings or on staff clearing courses. Regimen 1 is recommended for staff clearing courses. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:vbn.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 118  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/7/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE ASSESSMENT OF HELP   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JULY 1960 Fran Hldrs THE ASSESSMENT OF HELP You should realize at this stage that we are still feeling around for the most adequate and fastest method of running HELP. Everything which has been given to you thus far is near the mark, and pre-sessioning, model session and flattening help are right on the mark. However there are certain things that make auditors unhappy with running help. Chief amongst these is the fact that it is a tremendously restimulative process when one has not had any run. This means that we had better get the staff theta clearing course or staff co- auditing going fast on a supervised basis. The second thing is that help does not flatten very easily on a late specific terminal. Of course, this is true of all processes. But help is a peculiar process and is slower on late terminals than other buttons, and here is why. Help resolves cases because it is the basis of all association, and as you know association leads to identification. And identification is the basis of all mental upsets. The action of help is not aberrative. The failure to help is what does it, or the lack of things to help. However all valences and all identification stem from this button and no other. Now do lights dawn and bells ring? Help is the button which, if run, settles all difficulties with association and identification and all problems of beingness. Thus there is something peculiar about help which is not true of any other button. Any help run is a gain even (Gawdelpus) if it is left wholly bogged with a half hour comm lag. All bits of help run are chewing away at all tangles of identification. So chew away and to the Dickens with it. Any help run is better than no help run. And because the PC is a bundle of aberrated identifications, any help run untangles some of him. And any help run on any terminal tends to "get at" any other terminal. So that's why help run in any old way will sooner or later make the grade. But this is no reason to believe there are not also smart ways to run help. Any late specific terminal, being so confounded far from basic-basic on the time track, runs tough and endlessly. Therefore as always it is better to run general terminals than to run specific terminals. However in the case of a PTP you can go ahead if you have to and run help on the PTP personnel, but as soon as the edge is off the PTP for Heaven's sakes shift to the general form of the specific terminals you have been running, and flatten those a lot or a little. Keep a very close record of what you have run on help as the only precaution you have to take, and when the PC is running toward mest clear check back with help on these terminals and make sure they are flat. When a lot of help has been run on basic material then of course you will find that what ran very arduously before will now run much better. It is almost a waste of time to run specific terminals, but still you must run things that are real to the PC, and if only yesterday was real to him then you are stuck with running the PC on later terminals or even specific terminals. A much faster way to run help than by sorting out real terminals on an E- Meter (which is still necessary sometimes) is to do an assessment on the PC using help and the dynamics, and finding a button that is entirely off dynamic and that the PC can't imagine helping. This is a trigger to a case. Unusual results happen very fast. Another way to go about this is a simple questioning of the PC on the subject of 119 his dislikes. Watch the meter and when you get a silly reaction on a dislike, like a rock slam or a heavy drop or a sudden theta bop, then pick this out, make a general form out of it that registers like the first mention, and run that on the PC. This is a rather loose and sometimes misleading assessment. But remember that all help run leads to untangling all buttons and so it is a perfectly good approach, and as the PC gets run on something he is awful darn sure he ought to be run on he is often very happy and co-operative in this. Whereas on a dynamic assessment he is made intensely curious as he didn't know he was aberrated on what you found out. In other words just asking the PC what is wrong with him, getting it into a general form that registers on the meter and running Help O/W or concept help on it, is good reasonably fast processing. It is better than assessing for just a terminal that drops or for a specific late terminal that drops. As a comment it should be noted that help is the last thing that folds up in the dwindling spiral of aberration. About the first thing that folds up is interest. But when it is gone there are still three buttons left on which the person can function. The next one to go is communication. This becomes a contest of overts as in the ARC breaky case. Anybody below this lives his or her life this way. The next one to vanish is control. So don't be surprised to find somebody around who does plenty of overts and who can't stand control who can yet be run on help and who can still function in life. When interest, communication, control and help are gone, that's it. You haven't got a person left. So beware people who are below help. Beware of them in living. But in auditing when you can't get HELP to bite at all (and if he can talk to you you can get help to bite) you have nothing left but the CCHs. You can make it on them too but with tremendous investment in hours. And when you've got the CCHs flat then you can start running help. But as I said above I have not yet been able to say the PERFECT way of running help. I am still investigating it like mad and am giving you all the gen as it comes visible. However have patience with me. I have learned that people not only have it twisted a bit, they've got it shattered, and that's the majority of people. So we're in there slugging away and we're making clears, and if I get hold of any faster ways to do it you'll be the first to get the gen. LRH:js.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 120  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=14/7/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CURRENT RUNDOWN CONCEPT HELP   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JULY 1960 Fran Hldrs CURRENT RUNDOWN CONCEPT HELP Concept processing is very old (1953). The original version of concepts goes: "Get the idea of........" The modern version of Concept Help O/W goes: "Think of helping a........ "Think of not helping a........ Two-way Concept Help goes: "Think of a........ helping you" "Think of you helping a........ Five-way Concept Help would go: (a) "Think of a........ helping you" (b) "Think of you helping a........" (c) "Think of a........ helping others" (d) "Think of others helping a........ (e) "Think of a........ helping a........ Concept Help has the value of being below, in its effect, the level of articulate thought which of course means that it bangs away at reactive thought. Just exercising a pc in thinking at command is a sort of CCH on thinkingness, with which, of course, pcs have trouble. They have more trouble with creating than thinking and concepts are more in kind with confronting than with creating. Making a pc invent answers is, of course, right on his worst button. Therefore Concept Help goes a long ways on a case. It is quite unlimited, no matter what form is run, so long as some attention is paid to flow direction. (A flow run too long in one direction gives anaten -- unconsciousness, remember?) ALTERNATE CONFRONT Concept Help, however, has the liability of making things "muggy" at times because of its indefiniteness. Aside from create, the primary button that is awry (but which cannot be directly attacked without often overshooting the case or involving it in heavy bank reaction), the next things mechanically wrong with a pc would be unconsciousness and confusion. Help, of course, is the primary point of association and identification and is WHY things go wrong with a pc. But a scale of WHAT is right with a pc in descending order of importance would be, as above: Creativeness Consciousness Order Control 121 and these would be flanked by the things wrong with these items which make them decline: Create -- Irresponsibility Consciousness -- Refusal to confront Order -- Unwillingness to bring order Control -- Lack of control. Help fits in somewhat on this order. One creates to help (and fails). One goes unconscious to help or makes another unconscious to help him/her (and fails). One sees difficulty for others in too much order, seeing that two systems of order clash, and lets down his to help. One conceives that control is bad and ceases to control and resists control to help others. These are all wrong helps, apparently, and when done, bring about aberration. Aberration consists, evidently, of wrong-way assistance as follows: Optimum Condition Response Resulting Condition Creativeness Irresponsibility Disowned Creations Consciousness Non-Confront Unconsciousness Orderliness Unwilling conflict Confusion Ability to Control Consequence of control Mis-control. Confront is a remedy for the consequences of the first three conditions and also communication. An auditing session itself by its TR mechanics, improves control and communication. Therefore Confront in one form or another is needed in routine sessions. Havingness is an objective and somewhat obscure method of confronting and using it as we do objectively, it is a specialized form of confronting, possibly its best form, objective or subjective, even though a series of subjective havingness in Washington in 1955 tended to show that profile gains were not made by subjective confront, a conclusion still subject to further checking. Confront straightens out any "mugginess" churned up by Concept Help. No vast tone arm improvements should be expected from Alternate Confront, but even if it doesn't work well, like havingness, as a primary process, it has very good uses. Alternate Confront gives us a stabilizing tool. Pc feels weird = run Alternate Confront. He'll feel saner. Following this subjective process with the best objective process, havingness, we achieve stability for the gains reached by a help process. As a comment, beingness is more involved with havingness than with confront. Confront, on short test, can be run lop-sided, and does disturb the tone arm. "What would you rather not confront?" run all by itself in one pc (a BMA type test series!) did very well. "What can you confront?" of course did very well. Alternate Confront has enough wrong with it to be poor as a process for getting gains but wonderful as a process for stabilizing a case. I'll run some more tests on Negative Confront and let you know. But it is a fluke. By theory it is improbable as it is a cousin to the no-good "What could you go out of communication with?" But "What could you withhold?" is the greatest IQ raiser known! And it works. So perhaps Negative Confront, "What would you rather not confront?", will work too. Of course it's a fundamental button. All unconsciousness, stupidity, forgetfulness and enforced beingness result from problems in confronting. IDENTIFICATION A=A=A=A is as true today as it ever was. The inability to differentiate is, of course, a decline in awareness. Identifying Joe with Bill or Rocks with Smoke is loony. 122 This is identification, a word that is amusing semantically, as its exact opposite, "Identify", is its cure, but is the same word! Association of things or thoughts into classes is considered all right and may even be necessary to "learn" things. But this is the middle ground, already half way to lazy thinking. Help, as assistance, is an identification of mutual interest in survival. Thus we have (1) possible confusion of beingness and (2) continuation. This makes help ripe for trouble. When one fails to help he keeps on helping! No matter how. He does keep on helping what he has failed to help. One of many mechanisms is to keep the scene in mock-up. Help is a fundamental necessity, it appears, to every person. But it is dynamite when it goes wrong. As a symptom of its continuance (survival factor -- see Book ONE) pcs running help readily get the idea that help on some terminal "will never flatten" even though it is flattening nicely! To handle this as a special item, one can run the confront part of a session with "Continuous Confront", the Alternate form of which is: (a) "What could you continue to confront?" (b) "What would you rather not continue to confront?" The positive form (a) can be run alone for case gain. And I am going to test the negative form (b) as a single run to see if it can be "gotten away with". In theory, as all anaten is unwillingness to confront and as all help is continuous survival, form (b), Negative Continuous Confront, should do marvels for IQ and may become the proper companion for help processes if the session is ended with havingness. At the present moment auditing routine is: Pre-session Model Session Help Processes Alternate Confront Havingness all in every session. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 123  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/7/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SOME HELP TERMINALS ASSESSMENTS   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY 1960 Fran Hldrs SOME HELP TERMINALS ASSESSMENTS The basic method of finding a help terminal is of course the E-Meter, using an ordinary or dynamic assessment. A simple and very satisfactory way of making a pc happy and getting results is to ask the pc what he thinks is wrong with him/her and run whatever the pc says -- providing it's a terminal -- in a general form. If it's not a terminal, get the pc to convert it to one. Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "My wife." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a wife." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "I'm impatient." Auditor: "Can you think of somebody who was impatient?" PC: "My Father." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a Father." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "Well, I think I am attenuated." Auditor: "Did you ever know an attenuated person?" PC: "Yes." Auditor: "Who was it?" PC: "George James." Auditor: (since this is a specific terminal and we want a general one) "What was George James?" PC: "A Loafer!" Auditor: "OK, we'll run help on 'a loafer', all right?" PC: "Fine." TERMINALS BY PROFESSION There are however some "professional" terminals you can run which do a lot for a case. Find out what the pc was professionally in this lifetime and sort out what this profession helped as a terminal and run that. Then run the beingness of the pc in this lifetime as a terminal and you've cleaned up a lot of track. Always use, of course, the general form of any terminal -- not Aunt Agatha but an Aunt. Not "the works mechanic at Pulman" but a works mechanic or a mechanic. The less adjectives the better. This does much for a case, and rapidly. ASSESSMENT BY GOALS A pc also gets very happy when you run a beingness the pc is trying to bc or hopes to be or even once hoped to be. For instance, the pc wants to be a painter or wishes he were a painter or wishes he could be a painter again. Fine, just run help on "a painter". The pc wanted to be a singer. Run it as "a singer". 124 The pc is trying to be a good housewife or husband. Fine, run "a housewife" or "a husband". In short, when you explore why the pc wants to be processed the pc often is either trying to correct something wrong (see above) or is trying to be something. Your assessment is done when you establish either item and the pc will recover, do better and be very happy with you. RECOVERY OF PAST SKILLS When a pc is getting processed to be able to recall Sanskrit or German, if the pc is in good shape by reason of other processing as above, you can recover it for him by finding out what spoke the language or had the skill and run Concept Help on that terminal. Example: (typical) Pc can't learn Spanish, desperately wants to learn Spanish. E-Meter will tell you it's overts against the Spanish people (or Iberians) that occludes it all. Overts, run, will improve the situation but help, neglecting the overts, should recover the ability. Run "Think of helping the Spanish people (or Spain or whatever falls hardest on the overts)" and "Think of the Spanish people (or same as first command terminal) helping you." Level it off with a version of Continuous Confront and Havingness on the room and you should attain the goal. ODDBALL PROCESSES Some particularly vicious and penetrating terminals can be run on a pc providing his case is already in good shape. These terminals stem from HCO Bulletin of July 14, 1960. They are run in the order below: a confusion an unconscious person a creative person. Two other deadly terminals that probably should be used to finish off the last stage before clear on an auditor should be "a victim" and "a practitioner". Concept Help is the only known version of help that can be run on the five terminals named here as the first three are the fundamentals of a reactive mind. "A responsible person" can be run before "a creative person". These are all rather deadly, over-the-average-ability-to-run, terminals so they should be reserved for the end of clearing. By the way, just as a comment, clearing is happening with help processed in various forms and by various auditors, around the 250 hr mark, with no reference to time spent on earlier auditing. This is an early datum, based on two cases. On one of these there was auditor trouble and a change of auditors. The processes used were: Help O/W Concept Help Confront Havingness. The terminals used on these two cases were selected by myself, which renders this data specialized. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 125  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=27/7/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DOUBLE ACTION CYCLES POLICY ON NEW DATA   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1960 Fran Hldrs DOUBLE ACTION CYCLES POLICY ON NEW DATA Although no change is anticipated on current processes, Regimen 1, Presession, Model Session, and Help, since these are making clears very easily when well assessed and letter-perfectly run, I still have a research line running and new facts appear. Thus I will continue to present this data even though it is not for immediate use in processes. OLD ACTION CYCLES The oldest cycle of action is of course the early Vedic hymn, probably written by the monk Dharma himself, so far as I recollect. It shows the dawn becoming the day, becoming the night, and out of nothingness a progressive development into a new nothingness. This has been written as, I think, "The Hymn to the Dawn Child", available probably in most libraries as the Vedic Hymn. The next cycle of action is the Create -- Survive -- Destroy of early Scientology. The dominant part of this cycle of course appeared in Dianetics as the primary law of Book One -- Survive. The Dynamic Principle which motivates most biological life is SURVIVE. The more fundamental urge of a thetan, as different from biological existence, is Create. Thus, in Fundamentals of Thought, the cycle of action becomes Create -- Create-create-create -- No create (or Counter-create). Survival is the apparency of creating. Creation brings about an effort to continuously create which becomes "Survive". DOUBLE CYCLES It is interesting now that behavior, particularly as applied to work, is easier to understand by a closer viewing of the cycle of action. There are two "double actions" in the cycle which give a better grasp of the actual value of a worker, as well as other areas of life. These then become valuable, at this time, as an evaluation of human beings. The lowest double action in the cycle is the most difficult to handle when it is present in an organization. This is "destroy in order to survive". We see this most easily today on the Fifth Dynamic with Eating. One destroys form in order not to die. One kills to live. Of course this involves some very degrading consequences as it is not a duplication. Out of this we can evolve the overt-motivator sequence. Duplication would be "killing in order to die" or "making survive in order to survive". As soon as one "Destroys in order to Survive" he is in a mis-communication situation. There is no duplication possible. Individuation results. The intention is double and contrary. One destroys something over there in order not to be destroyed over here. The violation of duplication brings about the upset of feeling bad here when one tries to kill there. There are too many workmen who enter this upon the whole programme of work. Around them machines, structures and people collapse. Such workmen are trying to 126 survive only by destroying everything around them. And this reaction is not confined to workmen. Anyone in an aberrated state may have some tinge of it. Another double cycle action is to create in order to survive. This is fairly sane. An artist sometimes will not work unless his survival is threatened. Then he creates. This principle of threatening survival is common to most actions in business and the arts. The middle ground double is of course making things survive in order to survive. As Survival is translated for processing as Continuous Confront ("What could you continue to confront" + rather not continue, etc) we can find persistences in this category. We also see "destroy in order to be destroyed" and "create in order to be created" in phases of life. Probably the worst double is "destroying in order to survive" and the most susceptible to psychosis is "creating in order to destroy". Science, dedicated to the last as weapons people, go quite mad. And even the farmer's decline is found here. Concept running on these doubles is quite interesting. "Destroying in order to survive" is the first concept to be run, being the lowest. USE IN PROCESSING All this data is of value in the area of theta clear processing to operating thetan. L. RON HUBBARD P.S. I am developing some processes which promise to fun out engrams about one thousand an hour for a theta clear while holding havingness up. P.P.S. I am getting some intensives and am stabilizing along the + theta clear level. It's wonderful. Standard modern processes are being used. L. R. H. LRH:iet.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 127  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=4/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REGIMEN 1   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 AUGUST 1960 Fran Hldrs REGIMEN 1 For some time it has been obvious that we needed an auditing procedure that would serve to train auditors using for the first time Model Sessions. Some weeks ago I developed "Regimen 1". This was primarily for use in training HGC auditors. It has been so sweepingly successful that it is here given for general field use. It must be clearly understood that a complete session would consist of pre-sessioning, the exact use of Model Sessions, and the new techniques that are producing Clears. Regimen 1 then is a stop-gap bridge between old style formal auditing and a complete grasp of pre-sessioning and Model Sessions. It is intended when using Regimen 1 that the auditor come as close as possible to a Model Session but not be critical of it. As Regimen 1 is more and more used by the auditor he should continue to study Model Sessions (HCO Bulletin of February 25, 1960) until he can do one letter perfect. Once he has the Model Session pat he should then study up on pre- sessioning until he has that perfect. Naturally all the TRs and knowledge of the E-Meter go into a session. These, with pre-sessioning, the Model Session, give us an auditing form which should be mastered before complete clearing results become inevitable. REGIMEN 1 (Only Regimen 1 can be used until an auditor has excellent results on several pcs) (a) Assessment -- ask the pc what is wrong with him. Take the pc's answer, make it into a general terminal. Run that and nothing else. When it's cooled off, assess again, same way, run that. Don't argue or dispute or change what the pc says except to convert it to a general terminal. Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "My wife." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a wife." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "I'm impatient." Auditor: "Can you think of somebody who was impatient?" PC: "My father." Auditor: "OK, we'll run a father." Example: Auditor: "What do you think is wrong with you?" PC: "Well, I think I'm attenuated." Auditor: "Did you ever know an attenuated person?" PC: "Yes." Auditor: "Who was it?" PC: "George James." Auditor: (since this is a specific terminal and we want a general one) "What was George James?" PC: "A Loafer!" Auditor: "OK, we'll run help on 'a loafer', all right?" PC: "Fine." 128 When "a loafer" is flat, flat, we do the same assessment again and as above get a new general terminal. (b) Use as a process two-way concept help. Example: "Think of a father helping you," "Think of you helping a father," etc. Flatten it down to a no reaction on meter. (Lay meter aside for most of sessions. Use only to check.) (c) For a quarter of any session time run alternate confront. "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" (d) For a quarter of every session's time run havingness to end with -- "Look around here and find something you could have." (e) Start session with checking for PTPs and ARC breaks. Handle PTP with "What part of that problem could you be responsible for?" only. (f) Handle ARC break with "What have I done to you?" "What have you done to me?" only. Regimen 1 omits pre-sessioning. It does a rough kind of Model Session, as good as one can get but skip being critical of it. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Naturally there are some general requirements which make up the background music, or lack of it, in sessions, and while there may be many of these, four of them are vitally important. These are: 1. Handle pc pleasantly 2. Don't chatter at pc 3. Get pc to execute every command given 4. Run good TRs. It also goes without saying that one should follow the Auditor's Code in session as well as the Code of a Scientologist out of it. So far as the Auditor's Code is concerned, the only modern error which keeps repeating itself and coming to attention is "evaluation". Apparently this is because very few newly trained auditors have a good grasp of what evaluation is. Briefly, evaluation consists of telling the pc what to think about his case. This is something an auditor should never do. It is directly contrary to Scientology practice, and enormously inhibits a pc's gains. Nothing will cause an ARC break like an evaluation. An example of this is to say "Good" with a question mark on it, or to say "All right" as though you don't believe the pc. Another difficult point in auditing consists of the auditor thinking he has to believe the pc utterly and accept his story completely in order to have any reality with the pc. A little study of this will demonstrate that one acknowledges what the pc believes. He acknowledges it as something which is believed by the pc. The auditor is quite entitled to his own opinion of it and quite ordinarily supposes that the pc will change his idea of it after more auditing, but this does not mean that one should take what the pc says in a state of mind of "Well that's reality for you, but I have my own reality on the situation." There is at this late date, now that we have the various TRs, no excuse for command flubs. An auditor should not make errors. If an auditor is found to be making errors he should get himself run on Op Pro by Dup. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 129  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=11/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE LAWS OF ASSESSMENT   Franchise Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 AUGUST 1960 Franchise Hldrs THE LAWS OF ASSESSMENT The most important part of auditing is assessment. This became apparent when I realized that I had assessed all the clears of the 20th ACC and most other clears. Therefore, it follows, I must have been doing something in assessing that I had never articulated and with the advent of the 1st Saint Hill ACC, I managed to do this for Dick and Jan. I have reduced a file cabinet of data on assessing, not before co-ordinated, to two primary laws as the common denominators of assessing. While assessing still requires judgment, we now can check proper assessment and can begin to teach accurate assessment. This is a preliminary paper on the subject. The Laws of Assessment are: I: A thetan's Reality on a terminal depends upon the degree of outflow a thetan can tolerate from that class of terminals. II: A thetan tends to become that on which he has produced non-beneficial effects. A thetan tends to move from source beingness to effect beingness. III: A thetan tends to maintain a position on the tone scale where inflows are comfortable and to change that position it is necessary to accustom him by auditing, to higher terminals. LAW I The fall registered on the E-Meter, when a terminal is mentioned, registers the amount of inflow the thetan is aware of. When he is not aware of inflow he is totally unreal on it or he is completely aware of the terminal. Therefore when any terminal is mentioned to a pc it will be: (a) Too forceful (b) Barely tolerable (c) Completely real (d) Too weak (e) Ignored The E-Meter registers on (b) type terminals with a fall. It registers on (a) type with a rise or no reaction. It does not register on (c) type. A pc has no concept of (a) type. Even though he flinches from it (steady needle rise) he does not know it. He cannot confront on (a) type but may not even realize it. A pc reacts to (b) type because it is slightly above his tone scale position but is difficult to confront. Therefore he can be run with moderate success on any terminal that produces a fall. A pc does not react to type (c) since he can confront it with comfort. 131 Type (d) is so weak that a thetan at a higher position tends to outflow toward it and thus possibly interiorize into it. Type (e) terminals are too insignificant to a thetan in any given tone scale position and tend to be ignored. They are still real. LAW II A thetan moves from source beingness to effect beingness so therefore any time a fall is noted on an E-Meter, it can be assumed that the thetan has become an effect beingness. It is necessary to find what would create or handle the terminal that caused the fall. This is better to run than the fall terminal, even though it barely checks a rise. One runs causative terminals always, never effect terminals. But what may seem an effect terminal to the auditor may be a causative terminal to the preclear. LAW III Always seek to run terminals that do not clear by two-way comm and which are causative to some slight degree to terminals that produce a fall on an E- Meter. A TERMINAL IS IMPROPERLY ASSESSED IF IT DOES NOT DURING AUDITING 1. Produce a loosening and a tightening of needle action; 2. Produce a change of position on the tone arm of at least (minimum) three tones of difference up or down per hour of auditing; 3. Produce longer and longer periods of loose needle as the intensives continue; 4. Produce a change of comm lag from command to command in the pc; 5. Produce cognitions; and 6. Improve the ability of the case to confront. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 132  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=18/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  VITAL INFORMATION   HCO Secs Assn Secs Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 AUGUST 1960 HCO Secs Assn Secs Franchise Holders VITAL INFORMATION Having developed now a process package which makes Mest Clears, Theta Clears and OTs without further special uses on many cases, I hasten to send you the data and ask that you yourself at once get audited on it and audit those persons who are surest and best around you in order to obtain a "control of areas" with the increased ability. Nothing in this process discards the main line of theory of Dianetics and Scientology but since results can be obtained so swiftly with it, it must be asked that persons uneducated in Scientology must not be run too far on it, as they will obtain high levels of action without any understanding which would be an overt against them. In short, do not complete this process on any pc beyond the level of Mest Clear unless the pc has been sent for a course. This will save considerable upset and instability in the long run. It is a technical fact having nothing to do with economics of Central Orgs. The only overt we can do is to fail to disseminate correct data. We can refuse to process without any overt occurring. But we cannot fail to disseminate without an overt. Study it out and you'll see it's true. I will not give you much theory on this at this writing beyond a statement that all apparent dynamics on people are inverted from their sixth dynamic and that the theory of confusion and the stable datum is paramount here. In the process we remove the confusion and permit the pc to release the various terminals and ideas. Later assessment and the running of terminals is probably needful. The basic process was looked for first in 1951. There was a lecture on it called "Motion and Emotion" and a talk about the "governor" of a pc's speed of advance. Since then I have had to search very hard and it has taken eight years to match up processes to hit at this. I have now done this. The rundown is as follows, every session: Presession Model Session Help Alternate Confront Havingness The thing on which Help is run is MOTION. The commands are these: "What motion have you helped?" "What motion have you not helped?" Do not run "What motion could you help" or any invent process. Help, being a responsibility process, gives us the only practical way to get the pc to face a non-terminal like Motion. This is Mest Clear Route, Theta Clear Route, OT Route. If the pc runs to flat meter, assess for a terminal, run that terminal flat, then run more Motion as above exactly. The assessment is the most difficult part. If the assessment is right one gets a fast run, if wrong, it takes ages. But start now on Motion. We're off the launching pad. Glad you're with us. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 133  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  POWERFUL PRESESSION ADDITIONS   Franchised Auditors Assn Secs HCO Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 AUGUST 1960 Franchised Auditors Assn Secs HCO Secs POWERFUL PRESESSION ADDITIONS Presessioning had some missing points in it which I have been filling in in order to clear as many 1st Saint Hill ACC students as possible. Seeing that students were not obtaining as much tone arm action as HGC auditors would for the same amount of auditing it was necessary to study the fact. Students audit each other without altitude and so I had to resolve altitude as such. Altitude is the factor that makes a pc receive and execute an auditing command. Any good auditor in the field and certainly HGC auditors audit from altitude. Therefore they get more tone arm action and faster clearing. Students auditing each other audit without altitude. As one can't build up the altitude of students to one another, it was necessary to reduce the need of altitude on the part of the pc. I have developed then a new presession step at the level of control to care for altitude. It turned out to be a possible one-shot clear command. This step should be run hard on any pc and very hard on pcs who do not have much effect on their banks. Many pcs cannot run a "think" command. The gradient of cases is the increasing ability to affect the bank with new thought. A low level case can't. A high level case can. As low level cases also cannot execute an auditing command cleanly without alterations, vias or non-execution, it follows that the process run is not in question. What is in question is the pc's ability to follow a command. Therefore if a tone arm on an E-Meter does not swing at least through 3 tones in an hour of auditing the pc is not following the command clearly or the pc can produce small effect on his own bank. If such a condition exists then the pc is allergic to orders and will be a slow case or hangfire in auditing. The remedy of this is a presession process at the level of Control. The process is Presession Control Processing. The commands are: (a) "What order was disobeyed?" or (b) "What intention was not followed?" If (a) does not work go to (b). In any event eventually run both (a) and (b) at the level of Control in Presessioning. As this is a heavy gain process, if the pc is low scale on a graph, run it instead of help in a Model Session for many sessions. Presession Commands which are now set are: PRESESSION INTEREST: (Live or Die) "What is worse than death?" PRESESSION HELP: (two-way help on auditor-pc) "How could I help you?" "How could you help me?" 134 PRESESSION CONTROL: "What order was disobeyed?" or "What intention was not followed?" PRESESSION COMMUNICATION: Rapid handling of possible overts. There is a set procedure for this that removes life computations which will be expanded later. As noted, Presession Interest (Live or Die) belongs actually fourth as Interest and may be so placed later. On the new Presession Control Process the tone arm is the clue. If it doesn't shift rapidly (3 tones at least per hour of Help processing) the remedy is the Presession Control Process as given above. LRH:js.jh L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 135  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW DEFINITION OF PSYCHOSIS    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 AUGUST 1960 Issue II NEW DEFINITION OF PSYCHOSIS After a careful study of cases, based on new data, I have a method of detecting and an answer to psychosis which is simple and useful. The lower a person is on the tone scale the less they can receive and follow orders and directions. That person who raves and screams at the very thought of receiving an order is of course completely insane. That person who obsessively fights an organization that gives him clean instructions to help him is, of course, insane. All persons who have been too much around a bad military or who have had military fathers are very likely to be subject to a derangement. This derangement multiplying brings an insanity. They rave and scream if even their best friends try to help them. What is gone is the control level. Help may still be there but on obsessive cause of help only. No help may be received. Look around you, look it over. The criminal will not receive the orders called law. The psychotic will not receive the orders that bring real help. This gives you a real weapon. A psychotic is that person who cannot receive orders of any kind, who sits unmoving or goes berserk at the thought of doing anything told him by another determinism. Want to know if they're crazy? Give them a simple order. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 136  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=26/8/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REGIMEN TWO   1st Sthil ACC HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1960 1st Sthil ACC HCO Secs Assn Secs REGIMEN TWO Regimen Two requires no assessment. This regimen is run with presession and Model Session and contains a complete set of processes for the Model Session. MODEL SESSION It should be noted that the patter wording of a Model Session is what is set and fixed. By always using the same words to open, continue and close a session, to begin and end processes, a duplication of sessions is achieved which as they continue, runs them out. The patter wording of a Model Session should be learned by heart and not changed. The commands of regimens of processes used in Model Sessions may change. But not the patter. It is this patter which makes a Model Session a Model Session, not the commands run in it. ASSESSMENT No assessment is used in Regimen Two. The E-Meter is employed to determine the advance and stage of case. Advance is determined by change of tone arm position and loosening or tightening of needle, per unit time of processing, the sensitivity knob always being set the same, session after session. The stage of case is judged by the rapidity of the repetitive loosening and tightening of needle action and the width and rapidity of change of the tone arm. CLEAR INDICATION When a case has at last a steady tone arm near clear reading for the sex of the pc and when the needle is loose and does not respond to elementary presession questions, the person is Mest Clear. (See chapter on this in Book I and read it carefully.) STEPS OF REGIMEN TWO Step (a) "What motion have you helped?" "What motion have you not helped?" Step (b) "What can you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" Step (c) "Look around here and find something you could have." Step (a) is run for the bulk of the session and Steps (b) and (c) are given equal times at session end. Step (c) may be run at any time if pc's havingness drops. Step (c) must however always be run until the pc can have each one the bulk of the objects in the room. Cases which do not respond to Regimen Two should be presessioned until the tone arm becomes active, no matter how many sessions this requires. LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 138  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=1/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PRESESSION TWO   Franchise Hldrs ACC Students Ds of P Assn Secs HCO Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Franchise Hldrs HCO BULLETIN OF 1 SEPTEMBER 1960 ACC Students Ds of P Assn Secs HCO Secs PRESESSION TWO A reshuffling of theory during the past few weeks in order to improve all ACC cases and clear as many of them as possible has given us new weapons for the difficult case and new heights for all cases with evidence of increased speed in processing and easier handling of processes by auditors. I have been very busy on this and myself received some eighty hours of processing to iron out commands and get a subjective reality by case synthesis on these new approaches. I evolved a new basic theory of processing from observation of what did not move some ACC cases and what did. This has been a strenuous research period and though by no means at end, results should now become much easier to obtain in other areas. Presession Two is not composed of new processes but is a new combination. In 1956 I discovered that talking reduced a difficult pc's tone level. Now it is obvious that no significance process moves a low graph case. Therefore, Presession Two is to be used on all cases until a pronounced change of tone arm and needle reaction is attained as below. Presession Two cannot be run without a good E-Meter. When a pc has been steadied at his clear reading by many sessions of Presession Two then Regimen Two (or Three as will be issued) may be embarked upon. PRESESSION TWO The presession is begun by stating to the pc, "If it is all right with you, we will begin auditing." On his assent the auditor says (Tone 40), "Start of session. We will begin by running havingness. Here is the first command," and gives it. No discussion is begun or permitted with the pc, no rudiments. No chatter. The auditor starts briskly and crisply and invites no discussion of anything and if any is offered by pc, says, "We will take that up later on in processing. Right now we have to begin." A case can be retarded by talk in its first stages. Therefore, no talk, just processing. The Havingness Process is "Look around here and find something you could have." This is run to a loose needle and any closer approach (up or down) of the tone arm to the clear reading. The best action on which to end the process is a "blow down" of the tone arm (or a "blow up" in the low tone arm case), meaning a sudden approach of the arm from a non-optimum reading toward the optimum read. The first "blow down" (or "blow up") is the signal to change to the second process. The auditor then says, "I will run two more commands of this and end the process if that is all right with you." And then does so. When he reaches the last command he says, "That was the last command of this process. Is there anything you would care to say before I end the process?" He acks whatever pc says, keeps it brief 139 and then says, "End of process." At once the auditor adds, "We will now begin alternate confront if that is all right with you. Here is the first command." And gives it. The commands of alternate confront are: "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" This process is run to a relatively tight or sticky needle and, secondarily, to an abnormally high or low tone arm. As soon as the meter shows the pc is now "getting sticky" the auditor says, "I will run two more commands of this and end the process if that is all right with you." He does so and says, "Is there anything you would care to say before I end this process?" The auditor acks whatever pc says, keeps it brief and says, "End of process (not Tone 40)." At once the auditor says, "We will now begin havingness if that is all right with you." He acks pc's consent and does so. "Here is the first command. Etc." The action of the tone arm is the signal to change processes -- loose needle to change from havingness, tight needle to change from alternate confront. This may take three minutes to happen on either process or a half an hour. There is no set time. It is all done by the E-Meter. One runs these two processes one after the other, on and on, presession after presession, until the tone arm is stabilized at the clear reading. Then one begins Regimen Two (or Three). That is the entirety of Presession Two. No goals, no check-out on help, control, comm, no PTPs, no ARC breaks handled. It runs out PTPs and ARC breaks anyway. It is smoothly audited, crisply with good TRs, almost muzzled. This will move any case that can go through the action of the commands. Even if the havingness does not seem real to pc, keep pc at it. It will become real by and by. The alternate confront answers do not have to be subjective but usually will be. Here is an auditor trick that permits better attention on pc's answers and less command mistakes on alternate command processes. When you give the plus command (could you) put your thumb on your index finger. Hold it there until it is answered. When the minus command (rather not) is given, put your thumb on the second finger tip until it is answered. This sets up a physical universe tally and keeps one from mucking up the command sequence without having to "hold it in mind". This permits better observation of the pc. If he fogs out and needs the question again, thumb position tells the auditor which one it is without recall. I have been using this to free up all attention units for observation of pc and meter and find the additional attention helps the pc. The thumb system is done unobtrusively, of course. This may seem a bit silly to propose but your auditing attention is for the pc and the state of the meter, not holding a command like a concept. The mental holding of the command starts some uncleared auditors into self-audit during a session and may be a cause of session self-audit. A presession is ended by the auditor asking after his last "End of process", "Do you have anything you would like to say before we end this session?" He can now take up whatever the pc says and gracefully ease the session to a close. The presession activity is closed by saying, "I am now going to end processing for (this morning) (this afternoon) (today) (tonight). Here it is. (Tone 40) End of session." He can add, "Now tell me I am no longer auditing you (this morning) (this afternoon) (today) (tonight)." 140 AN AUDITING PRESESSION In actuality, a presession of this type is a session of sorts, minus rudiments and end rudiments. But in very real actuality I now find a pc isn't enough there before he is consistently reading at clear to do anything but cut up his havingness with talk in session. His postulates aren't sticking well yet. He ARC breaks unexpectedly. Any talk by the auditor invites upsets. And havingness and alternate confront handle PTPs and ARC breaks better for somebody who reads off clear than most other processes. Further, as above, the more pc talk, the more chance for flubs and ARC breaks. SUMMARY Presession Two is based on the theory that one is taking the 6th Dynamic off the Seventh Dynamic. This is opposed to taking the Seventh Dynamic out of the Sixth Dynamic. There's so much to this and so many mechanical facts involved that I'm going to write a book about it shortly as it's too lengthy for bulletins. We're going right ahead now and make lots of Book One Clears through the HGCs and the field. Only these will be whole track Book One Clears. Presession Two and Regimen Three are the first process arrangements I have done which require only repetitive commands, no assessment or judgement of a case beyond E-Meter needle and tone arm readings. As assessment and discussion with the pc have been the major impediments to broad modern clearing by others, I am happy to be able to remove them. It has been quite a feat. As this also gets those stuck arm, stuck needle cases really going, some moving swiftly for the first time, I feel we've achieved something. The processes have been to hand but a new theory of processing had to be evolved to isolate them from thousands of other good processes and to get them run exactly right in the correct order. Presession Two, by the way, is not for HAS Co-audit use or any co-audit use, where meters are not in every auditor's hands. It is vital that they be run by meter. Otherwise these two processes just stall each other. Co-audit people would just get involved in engrams here and there and be unhappy. Use help on supervisor-assessed terminals in co-audits. It's good. Don't run alternate confront. Run havingness afterwards if you like. One further comment on needle action in running Presession Two. The fastest case advance is probably achieved by getting off alternate confront and back to havingness immediately after a consistent needle rise or steady creep downward (for a low arm case) sets in. A steady rise means the pc has just hit something he can't confront (the source of rise or steady slow fall for a low tone arm). It's all no have from there. This requires watchfulness. Be certain to catch it and return to havingness again each time there is a sticky needle coming about. (All comments on needle and meter reaction in this bulletin are subject to review as the matter is still under study but the above meter data is already proven to be workable and should be used for now.) LRH:js.jh Copyright$c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 141  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=8/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE PRESESSIONS OF THE 1ST SAINT HILL ACC   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1960 Fran Hldrs THE PRESESSIONS OF THE 1ST SAINT HILL ACC The 1st Saint Hill ACC is being very successful. The advanced process used on higher cases is Regimen 3. Help on Motion, Alt. Conf., and Havingness done in a Model Session. (Regimen 3/II.) This has been preceded by Presessions. The presession only is used until pc rides at clear reading with a loose needle during session. Then the presession that cracked the case is combined with Help on Motion as a new Regimen 3. This is designated as follows: Regimen 3/V. This means that a Model Session is run with Help on Motion, the Confront command being that of Presession V, the Havingness command being that of Presession V. In the Model Session, the sequence of processes is the Havingness process, the Help-Motion process, the Havingness process, the Confront process, the Havingness process, the Help-Motion process, etc. The Havingness process is run briefly until Havingness is up. The Confront is run until pc is in p.t. Help-Motion is run until pc gets high on the arm or gummy on the needle. The following presessions are those that have been effective on one or another of the ACC cases. A more detailed report will be made later. Presession II is for a fairly easy case. Presessions V to VII inclusive moved, one or another of them, all difficult cases, Presessions VIII and IX have not been used but are included for completeness. The rule is that if a tone arm does not shift more than one division on a meter dial in an hour of processing, you should try another presession. If you have the right one for the case, you should get rapid shifts of the tone arm and should flatten it as a presession (pc reading during its use at clear read) and then go into Model Session using your same presession as the Havingness and Confront commands of Regimen 3. No rudiments, no two way comm of any kind is used while auditing the presession only. COMMANDS FOR PRESESSIONS II - X PRESESSION II: Havingness: "Look around here and find something you could have." Confront: "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" PRESESSION III: Havingness: "Point out something in this room you could confront." "Point out something in this room you would rather not confront." Confront: "What unconfrontable thing could you present?" PRESESSION IV: Havingness: "What part of a beingness around here could you have?" Confront: "What beingness could others not confront?" 142 PRESESSION V: Havingness: "Point out something in this room you could confront." "Point out something in this room you would rather not confront." Confront: "Point out a place where you are not being confronted." PRESESSION VI: Havingness: "Look around here and point out an effect you could prevent." Confront: "What would deter another?" "Where would you put it?" PRESESSION VII: Havingness: "Point out something." Confront: "Tell me something I am not doing to you." PRESESSION VIII: Havingness: "Where is the (room object)?" Confront: "Recall something really real to you." "Recall a time you liked something." "Recall a time you communicated with something." PRESESSION IX: Havingness: "Look around here and find an object you are not in." Confront: "Recall somebody who was real to you." "Recall somebody you really liked." "Recall somebody you could communicate with." PRESESSION X: Havingness: "Look around here and find something you could have." Confront: "What beingness could you confront?" "What beingness would you rather not confront?" Notes: By finding the Presession Havingness process that moved the tone arm well and the Confront process that moved the tone arm well, the auditor can make a presession out of this new pair. On all "POINT OUT" commands: Have pc hold both E-Meter cans in one hand with a piece of paper, or cardboard, between to prevent shorting out, so pc has one hand free to point with. Havingness command of Presession IV: Unless more than one auditing team present in auditing room, must be run as a walk-about, or in room where pc can see people from window. Confront command of Presession VI: Use either no acknowledgement, or a very light, continuing sort of acknowledgement, between these two questions. (Data on the use of Presessions as part of Regimen 3 as given in this HCO Bulletin is subject to further study.) LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 143  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=15/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE TONE ARM   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1960 Fran Hldrs THE TONE ARM If you haven't got an E-Meter, you can't clear people. That has now emerged as a final datum. For without an E-Meter you cannot tell, the way it has now developed, whether a case is really moving or not or whether a process is biting. This startling fact was proven in the 1st Saint Hill ACC (7th London). In late 1959 I began to study the tone arm as a means of discovering more data about a case. A year later I can assure you of the following truths: 1. A case which is not registering a rapidly moving tone arm during a session is not progressing well. 2. A case which has no wide tone arm movement during processing has not remedied objective havingness. 3. Extreme low arm and extreme high arm cases only have low objective havingness. 4. A case should move three tone divisions of the tone arm dial up or down in an hour of processing before it can be considered to be running well. 5. If a tone arm doesn't change under processing the case is not progressing. 6. The keys to a moving tone arm are: (a) Havingness (b) Overts 7. No case should be processed on anything else but some form of objective havingness or O/W before the tone arm is moving freely. 8. Extreme high and extreme low tone arm cases alike are unable to have the room of the session. 9. Extreme high and extreme low tone arm cases alike cannot have the auditor or people. 10. Until a case is made to read around the clear read, it should not be processed on anything but havingness, O/W, confront (or duplication) processes. The tone arm tells you, by its motion, the extent of case advance, long before you get another graph. Inadequate tone arm motion during processing means inadequate case gain. If the case isn't gaining, try another objective havingness process. LRH:js.cden L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 144  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 21 iDate=17/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GIVING THE PC FULL HOURS   D of Ps Assn Secs HCO Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1960 D of Ps Assn Secs HCO Secs GIVING THE PC FULL HOURS It has come to attention that pcs are sometimes deprived of a part of their full 25 hours in an intensive by including coffee breaks in the auditing time. As this is one of the most fruitful sources of pc dissatisfaction even when unexpressed, the practice is forbidden. If the pc demands a break or if the auditor declares one, the time so spent is added to the 25 hours, which is to say, the time is made up in actual auditing in the same day it occurred. Careful count must be kept of a break since it must be added to session time and given in actual auditing. Auditing time is very precious to pcs. Please don't waste it. HAVINGNESS INJUNCTION No pc may be run on two-way comm, confront, help or other process until a process has been found that remedies his havingness and brings the tone arm to clear read. Overt-withhold on the auditor or other terminal may be considered a preliminary process as it assists duplication and therefore havingness. It is not, however, to be considered a havingness process for purposes of running a case. Havingness processes meant herein are those of the 1st Saint Hill ACC issued in contemporary bulletins. MODEL SESSION HGCs will hereafter use Model Session form immediately that a havingness and a confront process are established for a particular pc. Thereafter all sessions shall be in Model Session form. The purpose of this is to get the rudiments covered to the end of obviating ARC breaks and present time problems, the only two things which can stall a case which has once gotten started. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 145  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CAPTIVE BRAINS   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1960 BPI CAPTIVE BRAINS Pity the poor Scientist. He is a captive brain. Today he has no liberty. He may not, must not utter blasphemy against his captors. All he is permitted to do is slave. The cause for which he slaves derives from an accident of geography. If he was born in the "West" he gets to slave for the Extreme right. If born in the "East" he slaves for the Extreme left. Should he find anything or invent anything, his discovery becomes the boast of Leftist or Rightist. At once, he has been persuaded, he must deny all further responsibility for his creation and sign over the whole thing for a ruble or one dollar to his captors and must remain anonymous. And then he must also wear his old school tie and belong to the right society. His credentials must always be in order. If he invents or discovers anything his credentials are examined first, its political use is examined next and then he's given his microcosm of security and sent back to his cell. His government, his society, his employer all have managed to insist that these conditions exist and, more, are normal and fitting. If he utters blasphemy such as "I feel radiation is not assimilable for babies" or "Science was invented to serve Man", he is sacked. His security is taken roughly away and they tear up his old school tie. They say nasty things about him in the papers and glare at his former fellows hoping they start no nonsense now. When you make a man grind enough years at the mouldy texts of yesterday's prejudices, he is already on the ropes. He is dimly peeping through bad eyesight at a myopic world. He has been made to feel that if he doesn't treat life like a tightrope, he'll fall. And so he is piteously grateful to receive his old school tie. He is cringing with gratitude when they offer him anonymous rewards. If he destroys Mankind thereby by dreaming up a bomb, he never finds it out. He forgot Mankind. He denied all responsibility for his creation. Once scientists stood for Truth and tried to serve humanity. Now they serve economics and political creeds. Why has no defense been built against fission? Because nobody wrote a cheque to build it. Scientifically it is a problem only slightly more complex than Atom Bombs. Why has no scientist started to work on it, cheque or no cheque? Can it be they gutted scientists of guts when they perverted Newton? 146 Can it be he or she is a coward, this scientist? Can it be a pay cheque and old school tie mean more to him than life? Ah yes -- I well recall seeking to shame some apple-cheeked young officers, strayed like blinking lambs, into a man-of-war. I graded them on their watch standing with A and B and C and put gold stars on their records on the bulletin board. Such was my irony, so heavy was my hand, as I stood back, that finally I could only weep. They thanked me! So the product of the group-think, the death of the individual in a university of today, extends further than the scientist. Slaves it has been said, love their chains. No more so than a scientist who sells his tiny spark of a soul for a pat on the head from a political boss. And so, as the responsibility of the individual for his creation dies, so we enter in upon a madness of destruction where all human suffering is made available to all. The man who would destroy all Man for pay, not even vengeance, is so far below contempt he is no longer man but animal, a beast unclean who cares not what he kills so long as he is fed. You want to end the threat of bombs, then please awake. Politics died with Victoria. Government is no longer done that way. It's done not by appeals to men but appeals to their bellies and their fears. The world is now controlled by economic groups who debase laws and rewrite texts and so make slaves. For anything to happen now, enough to end this crazy dance, it will be needful to amend Man's pride and confidence and teach him he can stand alone on his two feet. The re-creation of the individual is all that's left, no matter what you would improve. Man buys his lies from cowardice. Afraid to face the truth he cannot view his death -- coming fast, for all Mankind. In companies, in every path of life, show men they can be free and you'll have courage back for them. How do I know this about Scientists? For thirty years I've been a maverick, an iconoclast. Each old school tie they sought to hang me with I painted its stripes comically. And I have watched in thirty years almost every other maverick go down. I've seen them denied security, given bad notices. I've seen them produce brilliant work and have it lie neglected even though their nation bled. America had the V-2 in 1932. Why did she have to import a foreign Scientist to "recover its secret"? America had helicopters in 1936. Why did she copy a German machine, the Focke-Wulf, ten years later? America had a thousand things she would not buy from men who would not wear the old school tie and bow their heads in abandonment of their creations. I was myself once threatened with expulsion from a university because I said that students should be allowed to think. A terrible crime. We go into the teeth today, we Scientologists, of the greatest slavery of them all, the slavery of thought. The battle is not ended yet -- but listen, we've broken through! We today are the only group on earth that is not owned by either camp or any creed. We serve no flighty masters. Once there was only me, sickened sometimes by lying press inspired because I 147 would not be a slave. But now there's you and you and you. Sometimes we've lost a man or a girl but only because they were not brave enough to stand upon a mountain top and say "I'm me! I think. I feel. I am no slave. Come on! Be free!" But even in our very trying days, we still kept most of us and now we grow into a crowd whose mutters shake the cornerstone of prisons. And we've won technology. Why should I give you sales talks now? Upon every continent an HGC is turning people into clears. We're winning or why should the press begin again to growl? On one hand on the stands we read that a grayayayt university now believes that IQ can change, while in the same day a huge scientific group says we are no good. Our hands lie heavily on destiny, yours and mine. We've turned a downward trend upward again. And so as we mount higher, be clever and understand what's happening. Attacks in press and elsewhere will mount up. Upon me. Upon us. No. No violence. Just entheta. And money, lots of money will be sent to scream out more and more. Be gratified. Their hysteria is our index of win, nothing less. Pity the poor slave master! There in his Extreme Right or Extreme Left den, he's penned successfully the cream of brains and wit. And just as he licks his chops to say, "You're now all slaves!", a mighty host cries back, "Who us?" and strikes the fetters from his prey. Poor fellows. Commissar Gulpski and Capitalistic Grab will have to unite to have a quorum in their caves. Oh no. It's no mad dream. Politics is dead. Economics now dominates the world. And we sit laughing with technology to undo all their buttons and their charms. As we improve organizations, we will improve people. And as we improve people we make men brave. And then at last the slave looks down and says, "Why, what are these chains?" and shakes them off. The vested interest of the world, since its beginning, made but one mistake. They thought that punishment and hard duress were all that made Man work. But Man just worked so long as he could help. And when his wares were turned to bringing hate and death, he struck. Until someone, you and me, give back his willingness to help, the world, like tired wheels, will grind down to a stop. It is an overt act by you and me to leave in power any group that denies men freedom, knowing what we know. Therefore, attack. We are the only men and women left on Earth who are no longer slaves. And we are now all past the point in knowledge and in numbers where we will wear their chains. The men who need us most are the slave masters. We will get around to them last, I think. It is more fitting so. P.S. And now do you wonder why the mutter grows: "Scientologists are dangerous". But Scientology is the only game where all dynamics win! L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 148  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ACC LECTURE TAPES   D of Ts D of Ps HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1960 D of Ts D of Ps HCO Secs Assn Secs ACC LECTURE TAPES The 1st Saint Hill ACC lecture tapes, selected package, should be in your possession for staff use. These contain the data on the use of the new presessions and processes that undercut these cases. There are twelve lectures in this package each from 35 to 45 minutes long. These should be played to your HGC staff auditors and the staff. They contain all the odd bits that aren't in bulletins. This is the easiest way we can get the data to you. Therefore we are shipping these tapes at once. They are billed to you through customs at cost of tape. There are three 1,800 ft. reels with four lectures on each. They cover what is known as Scientology Theory 67 completely with all tips of assessment and case handling. As this is the most important advance in recent years, and as these tapes give it thorough and concise coverage, you need them. We will bill you for air express and other charges, invoice them for customs at tape cost. This classifies as technical data. To Whom Tapes Are Played As these tapes are for advanced auditors only, they may not be played to field auditor gatherings, or at Congresses. They may be played to Central Org and HCO staffs, to HGCs and to HCS or higher level classes, and may be played at HCA/HPA level at the D of T's discretion. A tape recorder with earphones in HCOs should be available to break in newly hired staff auditors who meanwhile may run simpler processes as per earlier issues. The tapes should be kept in HCO and not let out to individuals to be taken outside the Org. The tapes are numbered 1 to 12 although in fact they are the last 12 lectures of the 1st Saint Hill ACC. They may be played in any order. This is my immediate programme for faster HGC gains. You have been given bits and pieces of this. It will work better if you have the whole story given as it was worked out as the only other full rundown will be a book. You are doing very well already with what you have. For that I thank you. You will do even better with these tapes. LRH:js.nm Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 149  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=22/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ANNOUNCING NEW TECHNOLOGY   Fran Hldrs MA  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1960 Fran Hldrs MA ANNOUNCING NEW TECHNOLOGY The advent of HASI Ltd has been celebrated by a new breakthrough on cases. In order to improve ACCs I brought the 7th London ACC to Saint Hill and made it the 1st Saint Hill ACC. During the six weeks this class of forty students was in progress, I was able to test out new materials which advanced their cases, some of them for the first time. Advancing all cases was the goal of this ACC and the students were also trained to do this. The breakthrough, then, consists of a successful reaching of all case levels among Scientologists. The meaning of this to Scientology is that we are virtually finished with slow case gains or no case gains. Formerly clearing has extended only to those cases which could be rapidly advanced. This left more than half the cases ineligible for clearing. This difficulty has now been disposed of in the technology of the 1st Saint Hill ACC. Of course this far from ends research. I can now get on with technology of fast clearing. But at least, we've included us all in, now. Staff Auditors of the HGC in London were present on this course and now know and understand this new technology. The key to all cases is the inability to have. Twenty new havingness processes and two new theories were developed for this course before or during it. I have been very busy on this project. We have a new milestone in Scientology. We are finished with failed and slow cases amongst all Scientologists. The results of these benefits are now available through every HGC in the world. I think this was a good way to celebrate the birth of HASI Ltd, don't you? Dick and Jan Halpern gave able assistance on this course. The following students attended it: Gilbert Black Edward Fuller Des Popham Evelyn Bircher Mario Feninger Adrian Potts Alan Burton Michael Furse Bevan Preece Marietta Burton Sheila Gaiman Sally Reder Marigold Brierly David Gaiman Eileen Russell Demetri Chronis Jean Gill Raymond Saunders Julian Cooper Eileen Hibberson Vicky Selzer John Cronin Rita Metz Arthur Shutte Joan Davis Fred Mueller Darrell Sykes Jean Jacques Delance Jennifer O'Connor Murray Tait Peter J. Davis Jenny Parkhouse Harry Thomson Harry Dorfman Jim Pembry Victor Valente Lucille Duncan Antony Phillips Edgar Watson LRH:js.jh L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 150  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=23/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ORDER OF TEST OF HAVINGNESS AND CONFRONT COMMANDS   HGCs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1960 (Originally issued in Johannesburg) HGCs ORDER OF TEST OF HAVINGNESS AND CONFRONT COMMANDS Based on data of the 1st Saint Hill ACC which I have now tabulated for what moved cases it is possible that the following processes should be tested on pc in the given order. The Havingness Processes should bring needle down or up toward clear read for pc's sex with a loosening needle. The Confront process should move the tone arm at least 3 tones per hour of processing. The test should at least move arm and change needle pattern. While testing Confront processes run the Havingness process already found between tests until the needle is free and back at clear read. In testing, first find the Havingness Process that suits the pc. If you can't get one on the list to return the tone arm to clear read, use CCH 3 or 4 or both until Tone Arm is at clear read with a loose needle. O/W also assists obtaining a clear read, so does a PTP run with O/W or an ARC break run with O/W. A PTP or an ARC break can stop or prevent a process from being found or from continuing to work when it has already worked before. Get off the PTP or the ARC break and the former workable Havingness will work again. If pc ARC breaks too easily to permit a cleanup with O/W, use Havingness XXXI (two objects) or CCH 3 or 4 or both. If pc still can't be handled use CCH 1 and CCH 2, then get run what pc wouldn't run. A dozen commands is enough to show if a Havingness process is going to work or not. If the needle fails to free and the Tone Arm starts to go away from clear read, stop at once and bridge to next test process. Only when the Havingness process is found should the Confront process needed be searched for. When the two have been found, this is the pair which should be flattened. When they seem flat, combine them with a Help O/W process and run a regimen in this order: The pc's Havingness Process. Help O/W on a terminal assessed or on a factor of Mest (Matter, energy, space, time, form or location as assessed per Regimen 6). (For Regimen 6 hear ACC tapes.) The pc's Havingness process. The pc's Confront process. The pc's Havingness process. The pc's Help O/W process. The pc's Havingness process. Etc. Etc. A Havingness process is always run to Tone Arm clear read with a freed needle. The Help process is run to a sticky needle and off Tone Arm. The Confront process is run to present time if possible. 151 Don't run anything else on pc until you have found pc's Havingness process or proved out what he says it was according to last auditor. By definition: A pc's Havingness process is one that returns the Tone Arm to clear read and frees the needle. A pc's Help process is one that moves the Tone Arm at least 3 tones per hour and brings the reading always a bit closer to the clear read. (5 to 6, 5 to 6 on and on won't do.) A pc's Confront process is defined in the same way as his Help process, except that it should move pc on the track, going further and further into the past and easier and easier into present time. Pc's pictures should improve on a confront process. Run all tests and processes in Model Session Form in HGCs now. Here are the commands in possible order of likelihood they will locate the pc's Havingness process and Confront process. Havingness Commands in Order of Test for Pcs VII "Point out something." VI "Look around here and point out an effect you could prevent." XIX "What is the emotion of that (indicated object)?" XI "Notice that (indicated object)." (No acknowledgement) "What aren't you putting into it?" XIII "Look around here and find something you could have." "Look around here and find something you could withhold." XXIV Outside Process. "What is the condition of that person?" XXXI (Two small objects in auditor's hands.) Exposes them alternately to pc, with as little motion of arms and hands as possible. "Look at this." (No acknowledgement) "What around here isn't this duplicating?" VIII "Where is the (room object)?" (Pc points.) IX "Look around here and find an object you are not in." XII "Look around here and find something you can agree with." XVI "Point out something around here that is like something else." XVII "Where isn't that (indicated object)?" XX "What is that (indicated object) not duplicating?" XXI "What scene could that (indicated object) be part of?" XXVI "What bad activity is that (indicated object) not part of?" II "Look around here and find something you could have." Confront Commands in Order of Test for Pcs VII "Tell me something I am not doing to you." 152 X "What beingness could you confront?" "What beingness would you rather not confront?" IV "What beingness could others not confront?" XVI "What is something?" "What makes sense?" XVII "What unkind thought have you withheld?" XI "Tell me something you might not be confronting." VI "What would deter another?" "Where would you put it?" III "What unconfrontable thing could you present?" XXIV "What is a bad object?" XXVI "How would you not duplicate a bad person?" "How would you not duplicate a bad thing?" V "Point out a place where you are not being confronted." IX "Recall somebody who was real to you." "Recall somebody you really liked." "Recall somebody you could really communicate with." XIX "What intention failed?" XXII "What would be a betrayal?" XV "What would you rather not duplicate?" XII "What is understandable?" "What is understanding?" XIII "What have you done?" "What have you withheld?" XXI "What past beingness would best suit you?" "What past thing would best suit you?" II "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" The following Havingness Presession Process may be considered nul: XXII. The following Confront processes may be considered nul: XX; XXII; XXV. None of the above four moved cases in the 1st Saint Hill ACC. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 153  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=28/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TIPS ON HOW TO CRACK AN HGC CASE   Central Orgs HGCs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1960 Originally issued from Johannesburg Central Orgs HGCs TIPS ON HOW TO CRACK AN HGC CASE Run lots of "What question shouldn't I ask you?", and get them all off. Find and solve all PTPs with O/W on the terminals involved. Lots of O/W in general. Lots of discussion about failed help. Have pc check over many help failures. Then check for havingness process. Here are some good tips. "Look around here and find something you can have" always works on any pc if the rudiments are done, done, done thoroughly. New Experimental Havingness Processes: "Look around here and find something you don't have to make duplicate you." "Feel that (indicated room object)." "How could you have that (indicated room object)?" "How could that (indicated room object) make somebody guilty?" "Notice that (room object). How long can you be absolutely sure it will be there?" "What problem could that wall be?" Confront Processes: "What unworkable situation could you confront?" "What unworkable situation would you rather not confront?" "What sexual activity could you confront?" "What sexual activity would you rather not confront?" "What sound (or other perception) could you confront?" "What sound (or other perception) would you rather not confront?" "Think of a problem." L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 154  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=29/9/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HAVINGNESS AND DUPLICATION   Franchise holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1960 Franchise holders HAVINGNESS AND DUPLICATION After several years of trying to find the precise mechanics of havingness, I think I've come very close. Havingness is apparently the willingness and ability to duplicate in all senses of the word. It also has many lesser connotations but the havingness ability of a pc apparently depends upon his willingness and ability to duplicate, again in all senses of the word. That which makes communication work in processes is the duplication part of the communications formula (Axiom 28). The position of a being on the tone scale is determined by his willingness and ability to duplicate. The lower the tone of the being the less willing the being is to permit similar incidents to happen again. This outlaws the experience factor and leaves the being with an "experience-scarcity" which causes him to refuse further experience. All this is remedied by objective havingness processes (objective duplication increase). The bank additionally must be adjusted by subjective confront processes (subjective duplication increase). A case will not advance appreciably until the being can remedy objective havingness. Objective havingness, the ability to remedy it, determines the entrance point of a case. Before a process to improve a pc's objective havingness is well established, the case will not advance, no matter what else is run. After a process that remedies objective havingness is sufficiently established to bring the E-Meter tone arm down to the clear read for the pc's sex, the case will advance on confront and help and other processes so long as objective havingness is re-established frequently. Objective havingness is probably incapable of making a case totally stable in the absence of other subjective processes. As havingness is the willingness to duplicate room objects (Axiom 28), then anything which improves the pc's ability to duplicate improves his or her havingness. If a verbal process, after considerable test of various verbal command objective havingness processes, fails to work, the pc may be run on the new Presession XXXI or CCH 3 or CCH 4 or both CCH 3 and CCH 4. Various old mimicry processes have some workability and we now know why. They are duplication processes and work only because they raise havingness. I feel sort of slow on this one. It took me six years to find and establish it. But it gives us now the entrance point of all cases. This is why they did or did not make gains. They could or could not remedy objective havingness. Possibly (by 1st Saint Hill ACC case standards only) some 25 out of 40 pcs are not able to run "Look around here and find something you could have" and successfully remedy their havingness without havingness undercuts being used. Therefore this is a critical point in cases and demands care at the very start of a case. An objective havingness process must be found for every case which will reduce or increase the tone arm to clear read for the pc. Thirty-seven new havingness processes now exist. Use them. People go out of present time because they can't have the mest of present time. That's it. Present time is the only referral point that exists. In its absence all becomes "bank". L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 155  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=6/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=8/5/74 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THIRTY-SIX NEW PRESESSIONS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1960R REVISED 8 MAY 1974 (Revision in this type style) Remimeo THIRTY-SIX NEW PRESESSIONS The following material was developed for the 1st Saint Hill ACC. All cases of this ACC were well started toward clear, 25 of them started for the first time. These new presessions were employed. Two of the cases started with two-way comm on failed help only after which some of the presessions following worked. NOTE: These presessions are subject to revision after my further study. Their numbers will not be changed. I will probably change some of the processes and commands. They are given here exactly as developed and in the order of development, not workability. NOTE: The assistance of Dick and Jan Halpern, ACC Instructors, is gratefully acknowledged for the discussion and testing of these presessions. NOTE: Presession I is to be found in HCO Bulletin of 25 August 1960 and is not actually part of this series, not being a havingness confront presession. PRESESSION II: Havingness: "Look around here and find something you could have." Confront: "What could you confront?" "What would you rather not confront?" PRESESSION III: Havingness: "Point out something in this room you could confront." "Point out something in this room you would rather not confront." Confront: "What unconfrontable thing could you present?" PRESESSION IV: Havingness: "What part of a beingness around here could you have?" Confront: "What beingness could others not confront?" PRESESSION V: Havingness: "Point out something in this room you could confront." "Point out something in this room you would rather not confront." Confront: "Point out a place where you are not being confronted." PRESESSION VI: Havingness: "Look around here and point out an effect you could prevent." Confront: "What would deter another?" "Where would you put it?" PRESESSION VII: Havingness: "Point out something." Confront: "Tell me something I am not doing to you." 156 PRESESSION VIII: Havingness: "Where is the (room object)?" Confront: "Recall something really real to you." "Recall a time you liked something." "Recall a time you communicated with something." PRESESSION IX: Havingness: "Look around here and find an object you are not in." Confront: "Recall somebody who was real to you." "Recall somebody you really liked." "Recall somebody you could really communicate with." PRESESSION X: Havingness: "Look around here and find something you could have." Confront: "What beingness could you confront?" "What beingness would you rather not confront?" PRESESSION XI: Have: "Notice that (indicated object)." (No acknowledgement.) "What aren't you putting into it?" Confront: "Tell me something you might not be confronting." PRESESSION XII: Have: "Look around here and find something you can agree with." Confront: "What is understandable?" "What is understanding?" PRESESSION XIII: Have: "Look around here and find something you could have." "Look around here and find something you could withhold." Confront: "What have you done?" "What have you withheld?" PRESESSION XIV: Have: "Notice that (room object). Get the idea of making it connect with you." Confront: (First ask: "Is there anything around here that is absolutely still?" If the answer is yes, continue. If no, use another presession.) "Look around here and find something you could stop," (to change of needle pattern or tone arm) then: "Look around here and find something you could start," (to change of needle pattern or tone arm) then, when neither command unsettles needle pattern or tone arm any more, use 5 or 6 commands of "Look around here and find something you could change." Then return to "stop". PRESESSION XV: Have: "Look around here and find something you could withhold." Confront: "What would you rather not duplicate?" 157 PRESESSION XVI: Have: "Point out something around here that is like something else." Confront: "What is something?" "What makes sense?" PRESESSION XVII: Have: "Where isn't that (indicated object)?" Confront: "What unkind thought have you withheld?" PRESESSION XVIII: Have: "What else is that (indicated object)?" Confront: "What would make everything the same?" PRESESSION XIX: Have: "What is the emotion of that (indicated object)?" Confront: "What intention failed?" PRESESSION XX: Have: "What is that (indicated object) not duplicating?" Confront: "What two thoughts aren't the same?" PRESESSION XXI: Have: "What scene could that (indicated object) be part of?" Confront: "What past beingness would best suit you?" "What past thing would best suit you?" PRESESSION XXII: Have: "Duplicate something." Confront: "What would be a betrayal?" PRESESSION XXIII: Have: "What is the condition of that (indicated object)?" Confront: "Describe a bad case." PRESESSION XXIV: Have: "What is the condition of that person?" Confront: "What is a bad object?" PRESESSION XXV: Have: "What aren't you putting into that body?" Confront: "What beingness would it be all right to confront?" PRESESSION XXVI: Have: "What bad activity is that (indicated object) not part of?" Confront: "How would you not duplicate a bad person?" "How would you not duplicate a bad thing?" 158 PRESESSION XXVII: Have: "Where would that wall have to be located so you wouldn't have to restrain it?" Confront: "Describe an unpleasant environment." PRESESSION XXVIII: Have: (a) "What around here would you permit to be duplicated?" or, (b) "What is the safest thing in this room?" Confront: "Describe a removal." PRESESSION XXIX: Have: "Who would that (indicated object) be a good example to?" Confront: "What would that person be a good example to?" PRESESSION XXX: Have: "What would you have to do to that (indicated object) in order to have it?" Confront: "Spot a change in your life." PRESESSION XXXI: Have: (Auditor holds two small objects, one in each hand. Exposes them alternately to pc, with as little motion of arms and hands as possible.) "Look at this." (No acknowledgement.) "What around here isn't this duplicating?" PRESESSION XXXII: Have: "How could you deter a........... "What have you not given a........... Confront: "What could you own?" "What have you denied owning?" (To clean up Scientology auditing or instruction run on "auditor", "pc", "instructors", "student", as indicated. "What would a . . . . . . own?" "What would a . . . . . . not own?") PRESESSION XXXIII: (This is used as a "post-session" to clear up an intensive at the end.) Have: Whatever havingness runs best on pc, as havingness command. Confront: "What have you done in this room?" "What have you withheld in this room?" (To clean up all auditing, use "an auditing room".) PRESESSION XXXIV: Have: Whatever pc runs best, as havingness command. Confront: "Who have you overwhelmed?" "Who have you not overwhelmed?" PRESESSION XXXV: Have: "Notice that (indicated room object)." "How could you get it to help you?" 159 Confront: "Whom have you failed to help?" (This will fish up a case who is out the bottom with ARC Breaks. Corrects alter-isness.) PRESESSION XXXVI: Have: "Notice that (room object)." "How could you fail to help it?" Confront: "Think of a victim." Replace Havingness of Presession XXV with: Have: "Notice that body." "What aren't you putting into it?" 3 Versions of -- Regimen 6 O/W Commands: 1. "Get the idea of doing something to......"* "Get the idea of withholding something from......"* 2. "What have you done to.....?"* "What have you withheld from.....?"* 3. "Get the idea of having done something to......"* "Get the idea of having withheld something from......"* *Assessed 6th Dynamic terminal. (Number 3 runs regret.) L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.esc.ntm.jh Copyright $c 1960, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The 8 May 1974 revision of Presession XXXII simply incorporates a correction previously issued on 20 October 1960. Presession XXXI has been corrected above per HCO B 23 September 1960, page 151.] 160  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CURRENT NEWS   BPI Central Orgs Post copy HCO Secs Assn Secs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 OCTOBER 1960 BPI Central Orgs Post copy HCO Secs Assn Secs CURRENT NEWS Two weeks ago tomorrow I arrived in South Africa to review and assist the situation. The Central Org in Johannesburg is amongst the best we have and Scientology interest is way up in South Africa. Further, I am fairly sure now that in South Africa we have a starting point for broader activities. Our first action here is to put in a magazine for newsstand circulation. Another magazine for native consumption will probably follow. It has become obvious to me that we must seize or create communication lines if we ever hope to advance rapidly. Newspapers and governments have been our stumbling blocks. Therefore we recently created a Dept of Govt Relations in each HASI. Its job is to get comm lines out and help governments. All such activities will be handled under HCO which is just now attaining limited status. We should be able to acquire a few millions worth of public comm lines in the coming years. The problem of South Africa is different than the world thinks. There is no native problem. The native worker gets more than white workers do in England! Russia wants South African diamonds and gold, oil and uranium. Russia starts trouble here whenever she can. The South African government is not a police state. It's easier on people than the United States government! The South African government is under raid by Russia. Radio broadcasts slam in here nightly trying to incite riots. The South African government is dismayed because it can't believe anybody -- like Russia -- could tell so many lies. We, as Scientology, are in good shape here. As a lasting tribute to Peggy Conway's early work, that of other auditors, and in particular Jack and Alison Parkhouse, the South African organization is strong and able and good friends with everybody. That makes it an ideal springboard. With magazines, radio and TV stations we are going to consolidate here and move north with action. If you look at a globe of the world you can trace our most direct forward thrusts. By using similar patterns of approach we will eventually get to every other country, consolidating each in turn. Your area is on our work list. Your job is to hold your area and support our forward push until we get to you. The advance has already begun here and by that we have already started in your direction. This jump-off coincides with a wrap-up of cases. I am also writing new texts for a new Basic Course any auditor can teach. This will, by about next April, be a requisite for HPA/HCA. An ms. edition will first be available from HASI South Africa and 161 printed editions will be available to you in your area sometime later. The book is called: The Anatomy of the Human Mind. It's the first large book since 1951. In South Africa we are shaping up properties and comm lines to the value of several million pounds. I have often said our subject would go as far as it worked. It is now working thoroughly. It will go anyway. But we are backing its thrust hard. Did you ever try to control a pc with no comm line? We won't control society without one either. I am personally getting along fine. The Org here is wonderful. We have a lovely home. Mary Sue and the children will be here soon. Have patience and support our push. We have only one major problem. Who's to be Assn Sec for Moscow? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 162  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=13/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SCRIPT OF A MODEL SESSION   Fran Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 OCTOBER 1960 Fran Hldrs (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 21 Mar 61 Volume IV -- 220) SCRIPT OF A MODEL SESSION A Model Session is a Model session because of its "patter", not because of specific processes. This is a handy script of the "patter of a Model Session". Use it. Don't vary it. Know it by heart. It's the mark of a well trained auditor. By making all patter the same later sessions run out earlier sessions. This does not enjoin against two-way comm. But keep auditor comments and chatter out of sessions if you want smooth results and no ARC breaks. TO START SESSION: Auditor: "Is it all right with you if we begin this session now?" Pc: "Yes." Auditor: "All right. Start of session!" (Tone 40) Note I: If pc says "No", Auditor two-way comms concerning objections, then asks again, "Is it all right with you if we begin this session now?" Note II: If pc doubtful as to whether session has started: Auditor: "Has the session started for you?" Pc: "No." Auditor: "All right, Start of session." (Tone 40) RUDIMENTS: 1. Goals: Auditor: "What goals would you like to set for this session?" Pc: Sets goals. Auditor: "All right. Any goals you would like to set for life or livingness?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: "Good." 2. Environment: Auditor: "Is it all right to audit in this room?" 3. Auditor Clearance: Auditor: "Is it all right if I audit you?" 4. Present Time Problems: Auditor: "Do you have any present time problem?" STARTING A PROCESS: Auditor: "Now I would like to run this process on you." (Name it.) "What would you say to that?"* Pc: "All right." Auditor: (Clears command with pc) then -- Auditor: "Here is the first command." (Gives command.) Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. *Note I: If, after discussion, it seems that the pc will not be able to handle the 163 announced process, auditor says, "According to what we have been talking about then it would seem better if I ran (names another process)." ENDING A PROCESS: Auditor: "If it is all right with you I will ask the question two more times and end the process." Pc: Answers. Auditor: (after last command) "Is there anything you would care to say before I end the process?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: "End of Process." REPEATED COMMANDS: Auditor: (Gives command.) Pc: "I don't know, I can't find any answer." Auditor: "All right, I'll repeat the auditing command." (Repeats command.) COGNITION: Auditor: (Gives command.) Pc: (not having answered command yet) "Say, that mass in front of my face just moved off." Auditor: "Very good." (Repeats command without announcing that it is a repeat.) END RUDIMENTS: 1. Resent Time Problem: Auditor: "Do you have a present time problem now?" 2. Auditor and ARC Breaks: Auditor: "How do you feel about my auditing in this session?" (needle twitches) Auditor: "I am going to run some (name of process) on you, so here is the first command." 3. Auditing Room: Auditor: "Look around here and see if you can have anything." (needle twitches) Auditor: "I am going to run a bit of havingness on this. Here is the first command." 4. Goals: Auditor: "Do you feel you have made any part of your goals for this session?" FINAL COMMANDS OF SESSION: Auditor: "Is it all right with you if we end the session now?" Pc: "Yes." Auditor: "All right. Here it is. End of session." (Tone 40) Auditor: (optional) "All right. Tell me I am no longer auditing you." Pc: "You are no longer auditing me." Auditor: "Good." LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is changed by HCO B 11 November 1960, Change on Model Session, page 172.] 164  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=18/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TERMINAL STABLE DATA   HCOs Central Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 OCTOBER 1960 Originally issued from Johannesburg HCOs Central Orgs TERMINAL STABLE DATA Terminal chosen must: Fall on meter Fit pc's case (interest) Must cover lots of track Avoid adjectives If Man is run, then sometime in the future, Woman and then human being must be run, then body must be run. Run any terminal assessed flat before any reassessment. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 19 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 165  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=20/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THEORY 67   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 OCTOBER 1960 Franchise Holders THEORY 67 Midway in the 1st Saint Hill ACC it became obvious to me that cases would not move adequately on significances. As all cases (and banks) are an inversion of the 8 dynamics into the Sixth Dynamic and that they then invert into the Seventh Dynamic, it seemed better sense to me to take the Sixth Dynamic off the Seventh rather than the Seventh off the Sixth. This is Theory 67. It at once produced results. The new presessions and then the new definition of havingness came out of Theory 67. Several correlative data were observable. If you exteriorize a pc he does not remain stable but goes back sooner or later into his head. Only a theta clear would remain out. Therefore taking the Seventh out of the Sixth has limited workability. If a thetan were to be able to stay out it would be because he was used to Mest. Therefore the way to make a theta clear would be to handle the Sixth to obtain a straight Seventh Dynamic. Also, pcs permitted to talk too long go down tone scale. Therefore to clear a circuit, don't strip the thought out of it. Take the motion and Mest off the thought. The target of Theory 67 is Mest. Mest has six parts -- Matter, energy, space, time, form and location. Get the pc to handle Mest and you can clear him easily. Some pcs are further inverted so that the Seventh is the Sixth (see "modern" science). In such one has to handle the Seventh first, then the pc finds the Sixth. Thus the new presessions have some beingness havingness commands. Theory 67 revolutionized Scientology. It was first announced at the beginning of the fourth week of the 1st Saint Hill ACC 29th August, 1960. It has ended failed cases according to the results of the 1st Saint Hill. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 166  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=27/10/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REVISED CASE ENTRANCE   Franchise Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 OCTOBER 1960 Franchise Hldrs REVISED CASE ENTRANCE I am having no technical difficulty in South Africa getting cases started. As these have included the roughest cases in Scientology, you can see that my confidence in processing as it exists right now is well taken. The only difficulty I am having is compliance with auditing rundown and this is not much of a barrier as, in general, the South African staff auditor is very good. So D of Ps, be warned. If cases aren't moving today with the following rundown in use, look for gross auditing errors. This is what I am using on all cases: Check for the Havingness process. If the one that works is found it will loosen the E-Meter needle and bring the tone arm toward (not necessarily to) the clear read for the pc's sex. The right Havingness process will do this in a dozen commands. So only use a dozen commands to test each Havingness process. If the process doesn't work in 12 commands (which is to say, doesn't loosen the needle), then skip it and go to the next for test. If you have found the Havingness process for the case, and it ceases to work after a session or two, look for ARC Breaks, PTPs between sessions. With these cleaned up the Havingness process will start working again. Rule: The Make-Break Point of any case is getting the case to run consistently on an Objective Havingness process. No gains will be stable unless an Objective Havingness process is established for it and used often in sessions. Rule: When a Havingness process ceases to work, ARC Breaks and PTPs must be cleaned up before the Havingness process will work again. In clearing up PTPs and ARC Breaks use only O/W on related terminals which is the havingness version. Rule: A case must be prepared and repaired with O/W to make a Havingness process work. Exception: If a Havingness process is not clearly established in a few hours (not more than ten) revert to "Failed Help" only. To prepare a case to run a Havingness process, I have been "shaking the case down" for withholds as follows: Run "What question shouldn't I ask you?" until needle no longer quivers in response even though meter sensitivity is increased to 16. Run "What have you done", "What have you withheld" (general form) until needle is unresponsive and tone arm moves toward clear. If case does not respond well, if case gives thinkingness answers for mass, I at once go to Failed Help. 167 Failed Help This is the best case-cracking process now known. I have worked with it since 1957 as a line of examination and it emerges as the lowest verbal entrace process. Therefore this process is a very important one. Help is actually the most effective version of taking responsibility. When O/W will not run well, when the case just doesn't respond on the meter even though giving out with hair-raising overts, the responsibility button is out. This is recovered by "Failed Help". Failed Help is run in this fashion, alternately. "Who have you failed to help?" "What have you failed to help?" Two-way comm on failed help is not always well handled. The auditor should not direct the pc's attention to time periods or terminals. The process is run permissively. All cases will run on Failed Help. It is a one-shot clear process. But used exclusively it introverts too hard. Havingness must be discovered as a process and run, as havingness is the make-break point of the case. To go further, here is the proceeding so far: For Average Cases Try for Havingness. If you find it go on to locate the right Confront process. If you have the Havingness and the Confront, assess for a good, general whole track terminal. Using the Havingness and the Confront liberally, run Alternate Help on the terminal found. Typical session thereafter is run with Model Session Form (all in one session). 1st Process -- Objective Havingness. 2nd Process -- Alternate Help on the assessed terminal. 3rd Process -- The Objective Havingness process. 4th Process -- The Confront process. 5th Process -- The Objective Havingness process. 6th Process -- Alternate Help on the terminal. 7th Process -- The Objective Havingness process. 8th Process -- Alternate Help. 9th Process -- The Objective Havingness process. How long to run each? Run Havingness always to a loose needle and TA nearer clear. Run Alternate Help or Confront process to a tight needle and pc near present time (cyclic aspect). If needle gets very sticky and TA ceases to move well on the Confront or Help, get over to Havingness fast. Run Havingness only until needle is loose and case feels better. Don't run Havingness as the process that solves the case. Run Havingness only as the process that stabilizes the case. Havingness runs to loose needle. All other processes run to a tight needle. All processes (except Objective Havingness) if they are working make the TA move. If the TA doesn't move, the process isn't working. Run Havingness and try again. Poor Cases If Havingness cannot be found at once, go into "What question -- " and O/W. Then try to find Havingness. Be very careful to keep ARC Breaks and PTPs cleaned up. Find the Confront process and proceed as in an average case. 168 Low Cases If pc is diffident about having auditing, if pc critical of others, if pc ARC Breaks easily, if pc favors significances over objects, start in with Failed Help as above and try as above to get case up to Havingness. Patch up case frequently with Failed Help, O/Ws. Keep the case running and the Havingness established and effective. The difference between average/poor cases and low cases is that one keeps up the Havingness with O/W in the average/poor and in the low case keeps Havingness running with Failed Help and O/Ws. This should get some understanding around. I believe as of now that there are no impossible cases. If a case won't talk or be audited as a chronic condition (not just as a result of ARC Breaks) we still have the CCHs. The lions say to tell you hello. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 169  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=3/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FAILED HELP   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 NOVEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders FAILED HELP Probably the most sensational case cracker of all time is Failed Help. In that the pc has many times tried to help his own case and failed, the most accessible button is failed help. This is run as "Who have you failed to help?" "What have you failed to help?" alternately. More difficult cases run on either one or the other. It can be distracting when the pc hits an automaticity on who or what. However even the alternate version will win. This flattens PTPs and ARC breaks, so on a very low case whose havingness is down, the rudiments may be omitted the first few sessions. Failed Help may also be run on a terminal. If the pc is always having PTPs with a certain type of terminal (woman, man, etc) then failed help can be run in a specific or general fashion. How have you failed to help your wife? This is run repetitively. Or: How could you fail to help a woman? A lower dichotomy could be run in this fashion. How could you prevent help? How could you fail to help? This last pair are experimental. They would be run alternately. While running failed help one should attempt every now and then to find the pc's havingness process. If the pc's havingness process cannot be found even with overts off, run failed help as above, but continue to search for the havingness process at least once a session. If failed help is running very well indeed do not chop into it to search for the havingness process. Do that toward the end of the session. A quarter of a division of the Tone Arm in three hours auditing is a good shift for a low case on failed help. Do not expect big changes at first. As any failed help run is good, it's all right to make an error and use it on cases that could have better gains on something else. Cases that don't need it move the least on the Tone Arm with it. No one has yet run 75 hours of failed help on a previous CCH case. So I cannot tell you how much it will take or how far it will go. But I would be prepared to run 75 hours of it of the Who -- What version on a case before it could run a havingness process. This is a marvellous process. I thoroughly recommend it. Just be careful not to lay in ARC breaks and try to keep the case coaxed along and I think you'll make it with some version of failed help on cases we found hard to start before. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 170  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=10/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FORMULA 13   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders FORMULA 13 I am having very good luck undercutting beginning or old unmoving cases in Scientology by using a new formula called Formula 13. This consists of running failed help as the confront process and O/W on specific present time terminals as the havingness process. Failed Help is almost the lowest rung of help processes. It is run with the commands "Who have you failed to help?" "What have you failed to help?" alternated. There's a lower help process than this. That is "Who have you intended not to help?" "Who have you helped?", but this is not Formula 13. Overt Withhold is a havingness process. This comes about since havingness is duplication and one will not care to duplicate what he has overts against. Therefore the source of low havingness is overts against people and mest. It might be commented that overts against mest are more important than against people in the reduction of havingness, but this again is not Formula 13. The essence of running Formula 13 is running in model session form a little failed help, with O/W on a present time terminal. It is done in this fashion. One opens the session, even uses Presession I if needed, does rudiments using O/W to clear PTPs and ARC breaks, and then does about ten minutes on failed help. Then he makes an assessment from a prepared list of people the pc knows in PT, and assesses for a needle fall on one of these. Then O/W is run on that specific person until the fall vanishes regardless of TA position, and returns to failed help for ten minutes or so, then reassesses for a PT terminal from his list until he finds one that falls, and flattens O/W on this, and then runs failed help and so on. It will be found that this is the best case undercutter for general use I have so far developed. It is generally recommended and urged for all HGCs. Formula 13 is followed by finding the havingness process then the confront process, and then Regimen Three is used, assessing for a general terminal and with the havingness and confront process running alternate help on the general terminal. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 171  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=11/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CHANGE ON MODEL SESSION   All Orgs Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 NOVEMBER 1960 All Orgs Franchise Holders CHANGE ON MODEL SESSION A gross typographical error is found in HCO Bulletin of October 13, 1960, Script of a Model Session, under "Starting a Process". The line, "Auditor: (Clears Command with pc) then -- ", is completely incorrect and in error. This at the most would be done on a vague pc and then only once in his auditing career. Delete the line. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.nm Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 172  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=12/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CLEARING ROUTINE   Rush to all Central Orgs From S.A. Sthill reissue as HCO B 8 Dec 60  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 23 Hancock Street, Joubert Park, Johannesburg HCO BULLETIN OF 12 NOVEMBER 1960 Rush to all Central Orgs From S.A. Sthill reissue as HCO B 8 Dec 60 CLEARING ROUTINE It is urgent that the following clearing routine be adhered to if clears are to be made. These are musts. Some are new, some are old. Some of the old ones are being ignored grandly. 1. Get the pc in session. Definition: Interested in own case and willing to talk to the auditor. 2. Use Model Session script exactly and continuously. (Delete command clearing except once on low graph cases.) Learn the script exactly. 3. Clear PTPs with O/W on connected terminals. Never neglect a PTP. 4. Clear ARC Breaks whenever they occur with O/W on the session's auditor ("me"). 5. Get case started with Presession One or a Formula. 6. Early in auditing don't scout for more than 15 minutes without running Who/What Failed Help or some version of it. 7. Early in auditing don't run any O/W for more than 15 minutes without running 10 minutes of Failed Help or a new help version. 8. When case knows improvement has occurred on a Formula and E-Meter is changing -- (not clear reading), check for Havingness process. 9. Don't scout for more than 15 minutes for the Havingness without running more Failed Help for 10 minutes. 10. When Havingness is found, use it and Failed Help while looking for the Confront process. 11. When both Havingness and Confront processes are found, run them one after the other until case seems stable. (Two hours to two sessions.) 12. Regardless of the clear read on the TA run Havingness and Confront while scouting for the help terminal. 13. Regardless of later data than July, 1960, find the help terminal by doing a dynamic assessment, find the dynamic that changes needle pattern, then ask pc what represents that dynamic. Search around for terminals associated with what pc said on same dynamic you found until you get one that drops most. This must take in lots of whole track, be without adjectives and understood by pc. 14. Start Regimen 8. Using Havingness, Confront and Help on the terminal found. 15. Put the most time in sessions in on Alternate Concept Help or Help O/W on this terminal found. Get in some of the Confront and run a bit of Havingness often. 16. Run the help terminal for at least 75 hours regardless of needle action freeing, tone arm movement or lack of it. DO NOT CHANGE THIS TERMINAL for 75 173 hours of sessions. Graphs demonstrate poor gains when terminals are changed because they are "flat". Graphs demonstrate high stable gains if the terminal for help is run at least 75 hours. It's an auditing error to change a help terminal once begun. It's help that clears, not the terminal. 17. You can change the Havingness process, change the Confront process in Regimen 8 but never the help terminal. 18. Havingness is only required to loosen the needle. It need not shift the TA. It is run only until it loosens the needle. This may be 5 to 12 commands. A good test for loose needle is to have the pc squeeze the cans before the 1st command of Havingness, squeeze the cans after 5 commands. If the drop is greater on the second squeeze, the Havingness is working. If Havingness tightens the needle after an overrun like 10 minutes pc has picked up an ARC Break. 19. Don't overrun Havingness. It is only to stabilize the gains and the pc. 20. The Confront process must move the TA. If it consistently doesn't, find a new Confront process. 21. The Havingness and Confront process may be changed in Regimen 8, the help terminal never. 22. The way help is being run may be changed in Regimen 8 from, say, Alternate Concept Help to Help O/W or Two Way Help on the terminal, but the terminal may not be changed. 23. End a long period of auditing such as several intensives with O/W on the auditor, the room, Scientology, etc. 24. New Formulas of getting cases started do not alter the above stable data. 25. From Mest Clear to Theta Clear requires an address to the 6th Dynamic with help processes. One assesses for the greatest fall on Matter, energy, space, time, form or location and runs help on it in the same pattern as Regimen 8. 26. OT requires all parts of the 6th and 7th to be cleared on help and responsibility using a Regimen 8 pattern. The above are musts if you want to make clears. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was later reissued from Saint Hill Manor as HCO B 8 December 1960, with the distribution simply "Franchise Holders".] 174  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=17/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STARTING CASES   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 NOVEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders STARTING CASES It should be remembered that most processes and routines for auditing require first that the pc be in session. This is a factor often lost in processing. Unless an auditor is aware of the definition for "in session" and uses it, very low, slow results will occur. The key to fast, high results is "pc in session". There are various degrees of being out of session. The most severe of these is the person who refuses auditing. The answer is usually old Presession One (Help, Control, Communication, Interest). The next degree is sitting in the chair but refusing to answer questions. Presession One or its Two-Way Help part is generally the answer. Failed Help is a useful tool here. The next degree is sitting in the chair and being uncooperative or even choppy. The best answer is Presession One or Two-Way Help. Now in all the above "out of sessions" is meant the pc coming to have processing for the first time. There are similar aspects from different causes during session. A pc used to processing can go out of session in varying degrees. A pc who refuses to answer questions is suffering from an ARC break or has a withhold. If it's an ARC break, then run O/W on "me" (the auditor) or, better, run O/W on an auditor. If the pc appears vague or nervous, it's probably a PTP, and the specific terminal or terminals connected with it should be run on O/W. The withhold case can be handled with "What have you done?" "What have you withheld?" alternated. The definition of "in session" is (a) Interested in own case, (b) Willing to talk to the auditor. When either of these is violated the pc is "out of session" and is receiving no benefit from processing. For the beginning pc, these two factors must be established. If the above remedies do not suffice, then the auditor must run by definition. The auditor must find something in the pc's case in which the pc is interested and something about which the pc will talk to the auditor. An E-Meter will fall on things that the pc is interested in and will talk about. If a case already accustomed to processing goes out of session, the rudiments long ago were designed to get the pc running again. Rudiments can be used at any time during a session. All the clever processes in the world will fail if the pc is out of session. It is a high sign of auditing skill to get the pc into session -- which is to say, interested in own case and willing to talk to the auditor. There is an exception to case interest -- when the pc goes upscale on any one process he or she will hit boredom before enthusiasm. Don't stop at that point. Go on even if pc infers it will slay him or her with boredom. The period of time they hang up in this is brief -- a few minutes or at most a session. Discussions of people the prospective or out of session beginning pc has failed to help usually solves this difficulty. Here is a lower point -- people the pc intended not to help. But however they get started, start them and get them into session before you worry too much about what's wrong and what's to be run. It pays off in results. LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 175  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=20/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HAS CO-AUDIT ENDED   BPI Franchise Hldrs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1960 BPI Franchise Hldrs HAS CO-AUDIT ENDED After a long trial, HAS Co-Audit is suspended. While it did do well on procurement and in its original state, got good results (communication processes), it has been abused and has caused some to blow Scientology. Unreported to me for a long while, HAS Co-Audit and Franchise Holders have been converting any individual process released into an HAS Co-Audit process. This has worked great hardship on many cases. First, newcomers to Scientology in crowded rooms have not dared to get off their overts and auditing became stagnant. Further, the very processes that could clear them have thus been abused and nulled. Formulas and Regimens were never for co-audits, yet many instructors have been putting into effect in co-audits anything released for individual use. Thus, HAS Co-Audit has been abused and has stalled some cases. The idea is good, in many places the results were good and if we had no better ideas I would go on with it, stating only not to use Formulas and Regimens on it but only communication processes and Presession One. The facts are that for new people, Group Auditing from Group Auditor's Handbooks One and Two were better for early mass case gains. I have just completed a repatterning of all PE type activities which I will give you in due course and which stampede the people in. HAS Co-Audit is omitted from the rundown for the above reasons as well as the strength of the new pattern. But HAS Co-Audit deserves by itself a special mention with its decease. Run by careful instructors on the original rundown it has done some wonders. It would still be used, and may be used in the future if I had any idea that instructors would not go crazy enough to run individual clearing processes on it and make rash promises or have ambitious hopes for clearing on it. HAS Co-Audits are out because: a. They may mess up the only processes known that will clear people at individual processing level, thus barring the road; b. Instructors have not noted or realized the stress done cases when they had to hold on to heavy overts, thus making the person blow Scientology; c. They do not procure well in comparison to other activities now under development by me in Johannesburg; d. They develop a false sense in attendees of knowing all about Scientology when they have not begun; e. They slow clearing by making individual auditing seem like a Co-Audit and therefore lacking value; 176 f. They have not resulted in large numbers of people getting clear. The new Johannesburg routine for PE courses is easier to run, makes more informed people, paves the road to clearing, and tends to keep people with us. Furthermore, now that I can guarantee that any trained auditor can crack any case (a fact borne out daily for months now), I am turning Scientology activities all the way up. We will shortly have thousands where we had one. The new programme for Central Orgs and Franchise Holders procures at a fantastic rate never before known. It is the largest administrative- procurement development since the PE and is thousands of times as effective. 25 new people a day are enrolling in the Central Org in Johannesburg. So stand by to re-organize. A first step is to shift HAS Co-Audit to one hour early type group auditing sessions. More will be sent on this. But meanwhile groove group auditing in. Any Group Auditing session begins, by the way, with the group auditor explaining what he means to do and why. Otherwise some newcomers think it is pointless. Then he opens session and runs the random type processes of 1953 and onward. But a final salute to HAS Co-Audit -- if instructors hadn't been so fixated on turning every individual process issued into an HAS Co-Audit process, it might be in the line-up still -- and if people learn this lesson, may be with us again in a more exact form. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.nm Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 177  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=24/11/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE UNMOVING CASE   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders THE UNMOVING CASE Formula 13 will move almost all cases satisfactorily up to finding the havingness, finding the confront, help O/W terminal and thus clear. But there remain certain very few cases that do not move on Formula 13 as such. A variation is required. These are: 1. The hyper-critical case 2. The big withhold case 3. The case that wants no processing Case 1 does not move because he is continually chopping Scientology, Auditors, the Org, etc behind the auditor. This should be suspected when Formula 13 does not work. The chopping is severe to prevent ordinary Formula 13 from working. The answer is to run Formula 13 with assessment on Scientology terminals for the O/W PLUS any Scientology invalidative person or persons our pc is in contact with in PT. Case 2, the Big Withhold, has a crime of magnitude when it will not move on Formula 13. "What question shouldn't I ask you?" may not remedy this if it's big. "Think of something you've withheld" interspersed with the casual question, "Is there anything you'd like to tell me?" every half dozen O/W questions should produce an unburdening of the withhold to the auditor. There may be more than one withhold of this nature. Case 3 is the person who has never had processing and wants no processing but sits in the chair and runs off answers misemotionally. The oldest approach was "Tell me why you shouldn't have processing." Presession One is more modern. The latest experimental process is "Tell me something you don't want," repetitively. All cases above are followed by Formula 13 when willing to be audited or make gains. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 178  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=1/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW FORMULAS   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grlnstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 DECEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders NEW FORMULAS A Formula is a method of getting a case started. The numbers are in order of development, not case level. Formula 13: Model Session. Run 10 minutes or so of Who/What Failed Help. Make a list of everyone pc knows in pt. Assess from list until needle drops. Run O/W on that terminal only until drop is off (10-20 mins at most). Run 10 minutes Failed Help. Assess from list (add to it if new names come up) only until one gets a drop. Run drop off with O/W, 10 minutes Failed Help, etc, etc. When pc's condition warrants go on to locate Havingness process, running Failed Help between tries. Formula 14: Same as 13 except one uses the present time mest objects of pc instead of people for O/W. Failed Help and O/W handled the same as 13. Formula 15: Case (1) of HCO Bulletin of November 24, 1960. List Scientology, Scientology terms and Org and persons instead of pt people as in Formula 13. This is for hypercritical unmoving pcs. It is also used for other reasons on students and old time Scientologists. REGIMENS A Regimen is the workhorse combination of processes that boosts the case to clear after it has been started. Regimen 3: Alternate Help on a terminal, Alternate Confront, Factual Havingness. Regimen 8: Find Havingness process from the presessions while running Failed Help between tests for 10 minutes or so. When established (loosens needle), find Confront process from the presessions, (changes TA well). Use Havingness process between Confront tests. When established, run these two found processes, the Confront to a tight needle or pt, the Havingness to a loose needle (as little as 8 commands, rarely more than 20). When pc reads around his clear reading, assess for a terminal to run Help O/W upon. When found, run session as follows: Havingness, long time on Help O/W, Havingness, Confront, Havingness, Help O/W, Havingness, Confront, Havingness, Help O/W, Havingness, etc, etc. All Formulas and Regimens are run in Model Session form with the exact patter wording. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.ms.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 179  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=15/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PRESESSION 37   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders PRESESSION 37 A presession is run without a model session. Presession 1 and 37 are the only presessions now in regular use. Presession 37 is a method of getting off withholds. This problem is the primary case problem. Presession 37 resolves it. This presession is now the proper way to run "What question shouldn't I ask you?" The auditor runs "What question shouldn't I ask you?" for a few times. Then the auditor runs "Think of something you've done." "Think of something you have withheld." Alternated for a short time (maximum five minutes). Then the auditor runs "What question..." a few more times. If the pc develops an evasion system such as "You shouldn't ask me if I have murdered anybody," the auditor asks it. The pc says, "No, I never have," etc. Then the auditor must reword "What question..." to "What question would embarrass you?" or "What would you hate to have the police or your husband or whatever find out about you?" Vary "What question" so that you get off the withholds. Always run Presession 37 until you have a no-response to question needle with E-Meter sensitivity at 16. The O/W on this is to keep up the havingness. FORMULA 16 A formula is always run in model session early in the case or to get it moving again. Formula 16 is as follows: Failed help is run with: "Whom have you intended not to help?" "Whom have you helped?" This is run for about 10 minutes, then the following is run for about twenty commands or so: Assess PT terminals. Take first one that falls. Assess every time. Run: "What unkind thought have you had about (terminal)?" Then switch back to the above failed help version. This is for cases that don't respond well on ordinary O/W. 180 FORMULA 17 Help is run as two-way failed help on an assessed terminal which has to do with a healing profession or religious or mystic person. Then "What unkind thought have you withheld from a person?" is run for havingness. This is for the person who has been to healers, hypnotists, spiritualists, psychologists, ministers, religious family members, psychoanalysts, etc, etc. This also works on doctors, psychologists, etc. One makes the assessment list from general terminals and specific persons connected with pc's past. One assesses each time from the list and takes the first one that drops. The drop is barely run off before switching to the thought O/W on "a person". Two-way failed help is run as follows: "How could you fail to help a....?" "How could a.... fail to help you?" Positive failed help: "How could you help a....?" "How could a.... help you?" should also be run if indicated. (If pc insists they helped.) L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 181  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PE CHANGE   SA -- J'burg -- Durban -- Capetown All Central Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 DECEMBER 1960 SA -- J'burg -- Durban -- Capetown All Central Orgs PE CHANGE (Disregard PE Free Course data in the HCO Bulletin December 29, 1960 Other materials in that HCO Bulletin are valid) We are going to try a new type PE beginning course and a new type of test Evaluation in Johannesburg. I am trying to groove in the PE Foundation to give maximum returns. Therefore you can expect changes to be laid out on this line as my data increases. I am not happy with PE free course returns into the old co-audit or the organization. I feel that at least in Johannesburg we should test out a change. It is not mandatory for other Orgs to follow right now. We are having no trouble getting people to be tested. We are having trouble getting any high percentage to buy the Anatomy Course. Therefore, as soon as a new evaluation system is ready we will handle test evaluation this way. We keep the Test Section open from 1:30 to 9:30 daily. We give the IQ, the Personality Analysis (OCA, APA, whatever) and an E-Meter check all at the same time (omit aptitude). The meter check gets definitions, tone arm and needle reaction to the five basic buttons plus Money, Marriage and Health, making a simple, fast test from which we can read future. The Test Section marks the test and makes 2 copies of the graph. Then it goes to Letter Registrar Section for a new type of automatic evaluation which will be available in a week or two. Make no changes until this evaluation system is complete. It is a slip system that obviates dictation and typing except for a transmission letter. It is being set up so that a clerk can handle evaluation with enormous accuracy and completeness. Until this system is ready, test evaluation should go on with live evaluation. The original test sheets and a graph are held in Test Files. An address plate is cut from the test card. One copy of the graph, the original of the analysis sheet and three duplistickers from the plate go to the Letter Registrar who has it packaged and mailed. The Test Analysis and a graph copy are grouped with a transmission letter (the contents of which are merely indicated on a form for typing) and some literature. The letter states that the organization is here to help and that individual processing or other service is available if the person calls on the Registrar (this is the Body Registrar) who is there to advise. (PE Registrar is relegated to PE Administration, book sales and evening course sign-ups which must not be neglected just because of the test line.) Attached to the package going to the person who was tested is a prominent piece of literature which stresses Do It Yourself Processing. This says that by five evenings of preparation in one week (PE Course) at a cost of (very small -- #1 in Johannesburg) one can be coached up to giving and receiving PROCESSING, the remedy of the graph, IQ and the future, can learn to communicate better and can continue on in the Co-audit. For this five evening course (2 weeks) one receives an HAS Certificate and is eligible to engage in the HAS Co-audit, the world's least expensive processing. The Co-audit is described but that it costs anything is only hinted at. Three free test tickets for the person's friends are added to the package. PE then becomes a dissertation in Scientology and a Comm Course to teach one to Communicate and process. Two hours per night are given, one hour of Training drills and one of tape or live lectures. 182 Before end of course Address gives out the HAS cert to the instructor for handing to the students at course end -- last night. The student is expected to appear on HAS Co-audit all during the PE Course. Of course the person who was tested is also informed of other services. Some will come in and sign up for straight processing and should not be locked out. Some will sign up directly on HCA/HPA. Some will go to Anatomy. My theory is that if they receive a complete evaluation by mail without being called in for it, they will enroll in a very cheap course very easily, even if from curiosity. The idea is to get them to pay on a gradient scale, to make them at least spend a tiny amount. This should keep them on course (few blows) because they did pay for it. That we give an HAS for a PE is old policy but the cert keeps getting barriered. Examinations, so many weeks required on Co-audit, etc, all prevent the new person from belonging to the Org easily. We don't want non-certified people auditing even on a Co-audit. A big point can be made of this in certificate presentation. HAS certs are confetti. The idea is to get them in, separate them from at least a tiny amount of money (#1.0.0 -- #1.10.0, $3 -- 5, some such amount) and get them to belong by reason of a cert. If we can do these 3 things -- get them in, get them to pay a little, get them to belong, we will be developing new people. It is better to develop a few new ones than to handle thousands without developing many or to get big payments from a very few. I also think some basic good quality tapes in the second hour of each PE would save us some strain. I am gathering up all our old Hi Fi Congress tapes to make Hi Fi copies for tape play evenings. Maybe I should also do five special PE tapes of excellent quality. But I haven't made them yet so don't hold your breath. I want the lines and promotion good first. The new PE can occur before the new evaluation system is being used and Registrars can sell it as soon as the PE Director has it running. I also have a new accounts-cashier procedure for all these PE activities. The applicant buys two cards for a fee. No invoicing. He writes his name on both, gives one back at once, presents the other for punching on the edge each night he attends the course. A different color is used for each activity. The cards are "sold" to the PE Director by Accounts and invoiced in mass, one invoice for each color, by Accounts when the money is turned in by PE. Fast selling-collection is needed by PE, rapid checking to be sure all have paid. I will write this up further when samples exist in Johannesburg. The public buys cards. The cards are numbered. The release is on the back of the card. There is no invoice line. The Instructor collects cards. They unobtrusively get pattern-punched with a conductor's punch, are returned at the break, have to be surrendered to get a cert. The Extra card turned in in advance is for Address and in case a student loses a card. A Forgotten Card slip is filled out if an attendee forgets to bring his. Ltr Reg via Address also has to know who didn't finish, hence the two cards. One can handle dozens of people fast with cards rather than invoices and PE Accounting becomes simple and the money gets collected, a fact often neglected in PE Foundations. This is an adaption of a theater system. The PE Foundation now needs two rooms of size every night to give HAS Co-audit on Mon, Weds and Fri, PE 5 nights and Anatomy on Tues and Thurs. Group Processing is not being attended in Johannesburg and so is being dropped. A tape play will be instituted instead at some future date. 183 Two other rooms are needed for the night HPA which is now enrolling almost every Monday and has two units only. Thus four large rooms are required at night for activities in a Central Org. I am thus scaling PE personnel down to Test-in-Charge, test marker, PE Admin, two evening instructors and of course PE Director. No test evaluators will be necessary after the slip system is working. The regular registrars are competent to handle those who, having been tested, demand training or processing. PE Director or Admin can sell Anatomy or PE Courses to newcomers as well as old-timers as the newcomer will have been sold, we hope, by literature before coming in again. Address must know the right name and address of every person who enrolls in any PE activity and every person who completes that activity. These are separate categories. The Ltr Reg will know where ARC breaks exist if an enrolled category stays enrolled but doesn't become a complete. PE Foundation in Johannesburg is successful. I am trying to increase returns, decrease admin and make it possible to handle the traffic easily. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 184  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=22/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HAS CO-AUDIT RESUMED   Franchise (Merry Christmas)  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 DECEMBER 1960 Franchise (Merry Christmas) HAS CO-AUDIT RESUMED I am testing a new series of processes I have developed to replace all former processes used on HAS Co-Audit. Co-Audit stalled cases when: 1. HGC Processes were used (ruining the process for the pc because of its being run against heavy O/Ws still on case) and 2. Pcs on Co-Audit felt unable to get off their overts amid so much company (the processes would not bite and even upset cases since the pc was not free to run his withholds), and 3. Rudiments were not used or were badly used to the end of driving people away. I have remedied these matters and as soon as I have any bugs out, probably by next week, I will release the new Co-Audit processes. Co-Audit will only be permitted if the new routine is followed and no other. I dislike losing people we could help and messing up cases. The new series by-passes the need of rudiments, O/W or HGC processes, yet gives, by a startling new advance and process type, very good results -- better than the average obtained two years ago in individual auditing. I am sure they will keep the people coming and advancing. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.nm Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 185  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=22/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  O-W A LIMITED THEORY   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 23 Hancock Street, Joubert Park, Johannesburg HCO BULLETIN OF 22 DECEMBER 1960 Franchise O-W A LIMITED THEORY Before I would permit you to believe that the overt-withhold mechanism was a total way of life, I would point out that it applies only to a strata of existence and that it stems from failures to help. The theory that what you do to others will then happen to you is a punishment-control mechanism peculiar to this universe. It derives from a deteriorated willingness to duplicate. It is the law of physics of Interaction -- for every action there is an equal and contrary reaction. "Love thy neighbor", when it is no longer a willingness, is enforced by the theory of O-W. "Love thy neighbor" can exist only when help, control and communication are high. When all these go, then O-W comes into vogue as a method of en forcing peace. O-W is a theory which sets in when aberration sets in. It is not a high natural law. It is junior to the various laws of Communication, Control and Help. O-W can occur only when help has failed. Help is a cc joining of vectors of life. When two beings who have joined forces to help fail each other, only then does O-W come into existence. The forces of two beings cannot come into dispute until after they have first joined. Thus there is no war like that seen between brothers or husband and wife. The cycle is this: INDEPENDENT BEINGS COMMUNICATION MIS-COMMUNICATION CONTROL MIS-CONTROL HELP FAILED HELP OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS BY TRANSFER WORRYING OTHERS WORRYING ABOUT OTHERS BEING CRITICAL BEING CRITICAL OF SELF Basically, O-W is an effort to regain the status of independent being without taking responsibility for any of the intervening steps. The reason we run O-Ws is that most pcs are on O-W by Transfer, which is to say, when they kick George in the head they get a headache themselves. This makes them think they are George. We use O-W since it explains phenomena found at a low humanoid level. We do not use it because it is a senior governing law of the universe. When Help comes up, O-W as a mechanism drops out. We could run a full case, it would appear, with Help. However, in practice it is better to run lots of O-W with 186 failed help as they complement each other and move the case faster. By running O-W we disclose many new failed helps. Why? Look at the cycle above and see that O-W occurs only when Help has failed. Similarly, on the same cycle we see that worry undercuts O-W. But if it is run, it should be worked with O-W. The worry cure has commands as follows: Get the idea of worrying something. Get the idea of not worrying something. Get the idea of something being worrisome. People, animals, things can be used in place of "something". The process, going rapidly up toward failed help, is a bit limited and should be run with another process of the type of "Get the idea of attacking something" "Get the idea of not attacking something" to keep it going. The worry process bogs if run too long just by itself. It is a very valuable process as it explains many reactions and undercuts many cases. Worrying something is close to the lowest level of overt. It is the lowest effort to individuate. But just as worry is not a way of life nor an answer to all of life, neither is the O-W mechanism an end-all law. Many cases are not up to recognizing their overts. They will also have trouble recognizing their failures to help. Usually, then, they can recognize being worried or worrying people and thinking unkind thoughts and even attacking things. Failed help also lies as a harmonic below O-W and so runs on any case if assisted with O-W as in Formula 13 or assisted with the Worry Process as above. Worrying people is almost a way of life for the juvenile, just as O-W is with a criminal. People who feel childish or act that way are stuck in the violent motion of childhood and worrying others. Many pcs use their processing just to worry the auditor. Worry is the most easily dramatized O-W. O-W, whether as worry or being critical (unkind thoughts), is the result of failure to help. O-W is the reason one gets another's valence. O-W is why pcs have somatics. But O-W is not a high order law. You will not always have to be careful not to bump Joe. It would be a horrible universe indeed if O-W was its senior law, for one could then never do anything. Fortunately, it drops out, both as a governing law and a necessity in life. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:pe.cden Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was later reissued from Saint Hill Manor on 5 January 1961 with the distribution "Franchise Holders".] 187  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=29/12/60 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE NEW PE AND THE NEW HAS CO-AUDIT   Franchise Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 DECEMBER 1960 Franchise Holders THE NEW PE AND THE NEW HAS CO-AUDIT The new HAS Co-audit takes company in a PE Foundation with the free PE Course, the new Anatomy of the Human Mind Course (requisite for HPA/HCA) and a tape play. The PE Course can run 3 nights a week or 5 nights. The Anatomy Course (consisting of 20 lectures) should run 2 nights a week. HAS Co-audit can run 3 to 5 nights a week but might work better running the same nights as free PE. The tape play can be run at any time -- 5 nights or two hours on Saturday afternoon or Sunday. As to materials, I am now assembling these. This HCO Bulletin gives the backbone of the HAS Co-audit. I am readying up full texts of the Anatomy Lectures. PE Text will shortly be more fully released. I have installed a new PE Foundation in HASI Johannesburg and it is successful at the rate of 30 new people a day. But to smooth it out and make it economical is taking me a bit longer. An HAS Co-audit should be run only for people who have been "trained" on a PE free Course. The PE free Course should consider itself a training activity for the Co-audit, rather than a selling activity for Scientology. One should assume in teaching a PE that the student wants to help people and get help for himself. Elementary (very) Comm Course TRs should be sketched in and a touch assist taught. The only selling is defining Scientology and saying that to know the parts of the mind one should take an Anatomy Course. The following is conditional, subject to review: People who take a Free PE and an Anatomy Course get an HAS Certificate. It is also required that they spend 3 weeks on the Co-audit. Free PE is the only requisite for Co-audit attendance. The HAS Co-audit consists of the same elements as always. The people come in, show the Instructor their paid invoices, are put in their chairs and auditing started by the Instructor. Cans can be held by the pc if a switchboard E-Meter rig exists. But individual E-Meters are not used. At the end of the first period of auditing, the teams are shifted but not just exchanged. People are not audited by their pcs. They are started again by the Instructor. The session is ended by the Instructor. Extreme muzzle is used. The auditor needing help puts his hand back of his chair for the Instructor to arrive. The commands are written on one or two boards for the auditors to see. They are also issued on sheets of paper. The pc faces outward into the room. The auditor inward. The fee should now be per evening, perhaps 5s. or 50$ct per person. There are just two processes to be used. These are to be called the HAS Co-audit Process I and HAS Co-audit Process II. They are complicated enough to hold interest. HAS Co-audit Process I runs ARC breaks, PTPs, Somatics, the bank and the room and hits all case levels. Leave standard O/W, help and other clearing processes alone, no matter the temptation. The HAS Co-audit processes are what the attendee can do, not what the Instructor can do in individual session. The Instructor runs all cases present, and he needs something that bites just enough to improve the case but not enough to make a bog. 188 The HAS Co-audit Process I, I developed from the 1950 ARC triangle. A new process type that is permissive between bank and room makes this new development unique. HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS I The commands are as follows: "Find something you disagree with" "Find something you agree with" "Find something you would rather not communicate with" "Find something you would communicate with" "Find something that seems unreal" "Find something that is real" HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS II The commands are as follows: "Get the idea of attacking" "Get the idea of not attacking" HAS Co-audit Process I is of course a fundamental way of raising tone. It also has a taste of Rising Scale (8-8008) in it. This is the confront process. If the pc gets sticky or dopey or choppy, one shifts to II but HAS Co-audit I is the workhorse -- it is done longer than II. HAS Co-audit Process II is of course the havingness process. If a pc looks too belligerent or too mild, the Instructor should run II heavily on the pc. The worse off a case is, the more automatic the attack factor is and the less the pc can attack anything. All psychosis is is dramatized attack, so this process runs from low to high. Naturally you can see that it is an O/W version, but no withholds need be announced. In HAS Co-audit Process II the Instructor may substitute "think" for "get the idea" at his discretion with cases that have trouble with "Get the idea", but a higher percentage of cases, I believe, bog on "think" than on "get the idea". In II the Instructor may in some cases at his option assess a generalized terminal and add it after "attacking" in the command. Process II may be run on a case before I. But a little II goes a long way. If a central meter switchboard is used, cases that get sticky on I can be shifted to II. Try to end a session on I, not II. I think you will find that II makes roaring tigers out of pcs and I makes them into serene angels. Both processes are unlimited. I and II could be run for 500 hours. They might actually clear people if used long enough but the fact is not yet known. If a pc continually stays in PT and uses only the room on I, shift the pc to II for he is afraid of his bank, just as some are afraid of past lives. These are both new, powerful processes. I think you will find Co-audit attendees very happy with them. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Free PE Course data in this HCO B is to be disregarded per HCO B 19 December 1960, PE Change, page 182.] 189  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=12/1/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW HELP DATA   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JANUARY 1961 Franchise NEW HELP DATA Failures to help on the various dynamics can bring about confusion of identities. This is normally resolved by a thetan by obsessive efforts to individuate (blow phenomena or merely insistences upon individuation). The end product of failures to help is aberrated self-determinism. At an overt-withhold level, the thetan is trying to individuate and is therefore proceeding to individuate after failing to help. Thus a thetan is at obsessive cause while trying to do overts or get motivators. As I have stated before it makes little theoretical difference whether help is run two-way or on an O/W basis. I also promised to inform you when more data was to be had on this. Apparently there may be some virtue (in terms of case gain and saved time) in running help on a pan-determined basis. The theoretical look at this (see recent table in HCO Bulletin of January 5th, 1961, "O-W A Limited Theory") is that overts are below help and that when one enters upon an improvement in help, obsessive individuated cause falls out and pan-determinism moves in. Possibly, very early in running help at Regimen 3 level one could run Help O/W but after a few hours on the same terminal could shift to two-way help, and after a few more hours could change to 5-way help and finish the bulk of the 75 hours of run of help on the same terminal with the 5-way version. I think not doing this is slowing clearing. In other words, when the pc starts on his help on a terminal, he is still rather in the O/W band. Very soon he is moving higher and into pan- determinism. And shortly after this should move very broadly into pan- determinism. My evidence on this is technically light at the moment but I do know of at least one case that needed this. So let's shift now and run this gradient for a while and see if it isn't generally faster. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 191  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=19/1/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ADDITIONAL HAS PROCESSES   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1961 Franchise ADDITIONAL HAS PROCESSES HAS III "Something you wouldn't mind forgetting" unlimited. Run in particular on any pc who has the goal of improving his memory. This process may also be used in the HGC where the pc has the chief goal of getting reality on the whole track or just improving memory. HAS IV "Get the idea of changing." "Get the idea of not changing." The Instructor may add "something" (HAS IVa), "somebody" (HAS IVb) or a meter selected terminal (HAS IVc) to these commands at his discretion. HAS V "Get the idea of solving a problem." "Get the idea of not solving a problem." The HAS Instructor may add a terminal if the pc complains about having lots of problems with that terminal. HAS VI "Communicate with (body part)." "Don't communicate with (body part)." For persons who come into a co-audit chronically or temporarily ill. The person is asked by the Instructor what part of the body is ill. The Instructor takes whatever body part the pc names, not body condition, and uses it in above process. HAS VII "Tell me something worse than a (body part)." For more violent chronic or temporary illnesses assessed by Instructor exactly as above in HAS VI. HAS VIII "Get the idea of making people friendly." "Get the idea of making people unfriendly." Instructor may use a specific person or the singular "a person" at discretion. In all HAS Co-audits, the newcomer should fill out a goals sheet once a week and the Instructor should pay attention to it in choosing processes. Further HAS Co-audit processes will be released when checked over. LRH:jms.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 192  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=25/1/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HANDLING OF RUDIMENTS   Fran Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JANUARY 1961 Fran Holders HANDLING OF RUDIMENTS On goals, the preclear should never be challenged as to what he establishes as his goals. The auditor accepts and acknowledges any and all goals the preclear has for the session and for life and livingness. In handling the environment, if there is charge on the E-Meter after asking, "Is it all right to audit in this room?" and if charge does not blow with a little two-way comm, then run TR 10, "Notice that _______ ." However, if you have already located the Havingness process for the case, you would run that Havingness process until there was no longer any charge as far as the auditing environment is concerned. Only be careful in using TR 10 to flatten any somatic turned on while running it. Auditor clearance is the most important of the rudiments, because if the auditor is not cleared, negative results will be obtained on the profile of the preclear. To handle charge on the auditor, TR 5N should be run, if charge does not blow on a little two-way comm. TR 5N is: "What have I done to you?" "What have you done to me?" Overt-withhold on the auditor is far too accusative and invalidates the pc. If the relationship between the auditor and pc is one of long standing then you would run TR 5N as follows: "What have I done to you in this session?" "What have you done to me in this session?" On asking "Are you withholding anything?" under auditor clearance, you can say, "What did you think when the needle dropped? There it is again. What did you just think?" This can blow the charge on this question; however, if the charge does not blow, Presession 37 ("What question shouldn't I ask you?") or Formula 19 ("Who have you failed to help?" "Who has failed to help you?" "What have you failed to help?") with General Overt/Withhold can be run. As regards a Present Time Problem, the first thing you want to know is whether it is a problem of long duration or a problem of short duration. Only short duration problems are handled. If the pc has a problem with regard to the fact that he promised to call his wife at 4:00 p.m., and it is 4:00 p.m., the best way to handle this problem is to end the session and let him call his wife. When the session is resumed, you start the session again and go to where you were in the rudiments and ask, "Do you have a present time problem?" If the pc has a present time problem of being excused, you would not in this case end the session, as he will remain in the building and be back shortly. The process of handling the present time problem of short duration and one which cannot be handled as above, is: "What part of that problem have you been responsible for?" Problems of long duration are run on Presession 38, as will be given. These problems of long duration are not handled as a part of rudiments, but these long duration problems tell the auditor what it is he will have to process on the case. Overt/Withhold on the auditor, or on an auditor, or on a practitioner, may also be used in Auditor Clearance, if considered advisable -- see Note 17, HCO Bulletin of 21 March 1961, "Script of a Model Session". LRH:jl.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 194  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=26/1/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE "ULTIMATE" PROCESSES   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 JANUARY 1961 Franchise THE "ULTIMATE" PROCESSES The "ultimate" processes -- when they can be run on the pc -- now exist. And they can be run providing the pc is first brought up into the vicinity of Mest Clear by the current rundown (Presession 37, Formula 15, 14, 13 or 16 as needed, Regimen 3 derived from Presessions 2 to 36 -- SCS and Connectedness also for some -- with the Regimen being run with Help on a terminal for at least 75 hours without changing terminals). If all this is gotten out of the way, the pc should be in very good shape indeed. Then, after perhaps another process or two, these ultimates could be attempted. It is very important to remember these as they wipe out any liability of having been active in mental "healing" on the whole track, or, more importantly, having abused the field of the arts. Remember, however, that, just as it says in Creation of Human Ability, there is a lot of agony attached to running "a thetan" or some allied word. Unless havingness is away up and stable, as is achieved in Regimen 3, it can't be done. With these warnings, here are the basic versions of the processes: ULTIMATE 1 "Get the idea of doing something to a thetan." "Get the idea of not doing something to a thetan." and ULTIMATE 2 "Get the idea of doing something to a thetan's pictures." "Get the idea of not doing something to a thetan's pictures." and ULTIMATE 3 5 way help on a thetan and ULTIMATE 4 5 way help on a thetan's pictures and ULTIMATE 5 "Get the idea of allying oneself." "Get the idea of not allying oneself." and ULTIMATE 6 "Get the idea of creating." "Get the idea of not creating." These processes should probably be run with a Regimen 3 form, certainly with model session. Each should be flattened in turn several times around. 195 This is our nearest data approach to OT at this time. Only Ultimate 5 could be run without having brought the pc to Mest Clear first. The word "picture" is used instead of "creation" because of Step 6 phenomena and for other reasons. Responsibility could be run afterwards on all items mentioned in these "Ultimates". Although you get this at a much later date, this HCO Bulletin was written on Christmas Day, 1960, in Johannesburg. So it's a Christmas present. And I hope all of you, regardless of any fancied differences, had a Very Merry Christmas and will have a very fine and successful AD 11. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 196  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=28/1/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW ASSESSMENT SCALE   Continental HGCs Copy to Sthil Eventual Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 23 Hancock Street, Joubert Park, Johannesburg HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JANUARY 1961 Continental HGCs Copy to Sthil Eventual Franchise NEW ASSESSMENT SCALE I have developed a new assessment scale which takes in most possible formulas and regimens. The scale and its use follows: The Pre-Havingness Scale Havingness Failed Havingness Interest Failed Interest Communication Failed Communication Control Failed Control Help Failed Help Overts Failed Overts Withholds Failed Withholds Importance Failed Importance Leave Failed Leave Protect Failed Protect Abandon Failed Abandon Inverted Help Inverted Control Inverted Communication Inverted Interest Obsessive Can't Have This scale may have other points I have not located yet. 197 ITS USE The use of the Havingness Scale in auditing is as follows: Havingness is the make-break point of a case. Before havingness can be tested for, all heavy areas on the lower part of the scale must be flat. The most elementary use of the scale and the one recommended at this time is to assess the points on the scale upwards until a fall is observed and then to run this fall out. Then to assess again from the bottom until a fall is observed and run it out. All auditing to be done in Model Session form. The assessment follows either after the rudiments or after a discovered button has been flattened. The upper nine points of the scale are best run as Regimens (from Help upwards). I have not accumulated cases using this type of approach on this scale but I feel, by past experience, that it should catch even those cases that "failed help" hasn't reached. I do not know how long it should take to flatten one button on this scale. I would guess, from failed help down, that it would take a few hours per button. Probably this will develop into running pairs as in all formulas but until it is established how that should be done, the above simple system should be used. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.jh Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was later reissued from Saint Hill Manor on 9 March 1961 with the distribution, "continental HGCs, Franchise".] 198  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  COMMAND SHEET PRE-HAVINGNESS SCALE   HCOs HGCs ACCs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 23 Hancock Street, Joubert Park, Johannesburg HCO BULLETIN OF 2 FEBRUARY 1961 HCOs HGCs ACCs COMMAND SHEET PRE-HAVINGNESS SCALE The following commands have been conditionally developed for use with the Pre-Havingness Scale. It should be noted that "Endure", "Failed Endure" are added to the scale just below "Failed Abandon" and that "No Effect" is added to end of scale. It should be noted that the commands are given in reverse order to Scale. NO EFFECT What would you rather not have a bad effect upon? OBSESSIVE CAN'T HAVE Tell me something others don't want. INVERTED INTEREST What would you consider interesting? What would another consider uninteresting? What would you consider uninteresting? What would another consider interesting? INVERTED COMMUNICATION What communication would you consider bad? What communication would another consider good? INVERTED CONTROL What control would you consider bad? What control would another consider good? INVERTED HELP What help would you consider bad? What help would another consider good? FAILED TO ENDURE What continued? ENDURE What have you endured? FAILED TO ABANDON Who couldn't you abandon? What couldn't you abandon? ABANDON Who have you abandoned? What have you abandoned? 199 FAILED PROTECT Who have you failed to protect? What have you failed to protect? PROTECT Who have you protected? What have you protected? FAILED LEAVE Who wouldn't you let leave? What should another keep? LEAVE Where would you rather not be? When would you rather not be? FAILED IMPORTANCE Who has been considered unimportant? What has been considered unimportant? IMPORTANCE Who did another consider important? What did another consider important? FAILED WITHHOLD What have you failed to withhold? WITHHOLD What have you withheld? FAILED OVERT To whom have you failed to do something? What have you not done? OVERTS What have you done? FAILED HELP Who have you failed to help? What have you failed to help? HELP Who have you helped? Who has helped you? What have you helped? What has helped you? FAILED CONTROL Who has failed to control you? Who have you failed to control? What has failed to control you? What have you failed to control? CONTROL Who have you controlled? Who has controlled you? What have you controlled? What has controlled you? 200 FAILED COMMUNICATION Who has failed to communicate to you? With whom have you failed to communicate? What has failed to communicate to you? With what have you failed to communicate? COMMUNICATION Who has communicated to you? With whom have you communicated? What has communicated to you? With what have you communicated? FAILED INTEREST Who has failed to interest you? Who have you failed to interest? What has not been interesting? What have you failed to make interesting? INTEREST How have you interested another? How has another interested you? What could you make interesting? What could another make interesting? FAILED HAVINGNESS What should another not have? HAVINGNESS The havingness command for the pc. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:aec.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was later reissued from Saint Hill Manor on 9 March 1961 with "Franchise" added to the distribution. The commands for "communication" above are replaced by commands given in HCO B 2 March 1961, Hew Pre-Hav Command.] 201  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  UK CASES DIFFERENT   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 FEBRUARY 1961 Franchise UK CASES DIFFERENT In finding the bugs in running the South African case, I also had a chance to study the UK case somewhat as the country is full of English people fresh from home and I've already had years of experience with it in England. I believe that clearing a UK case easily requires between finishing off the Formulas and starting the Regimen a lot of S-C-S or 8C + the Havingness found effective for the case. Control seems to get inverted on a UK case more easily than on some other nationalities and I think the inversion must be -- cleared up before Help (as in Regimen 3) can be effectively run. This isn't a criticism on the UK case. It's just an effort to speed up clearing. A close study indicates that the UK case tends strongly to alter-is a command. It's no wonder, looking over the country's history, that commands got dangerous. Therefore, in the HGC in London, I am now going to require an addition to procedure for clearing as follows: When the Formulas are gotten out of the way and, while still running Failed Help between tests for havingness, the Havingness is found, a period of at least forty-five hours is instituted where the pc is run on S-C-S or 8C interspersed with a few commands of his Havingness every half hour. The last five hours will be run on Op-Pro-by-Dup. Only when this is done will the auditor locate the Confront and then continue with Regimen 3. If a test by the auditor, on any case, regardless of nationality, shows that the pc is poor on control, the above routine should be followed. This data is backed up by enormous success with S-C-S and Op-Pro-by-Dup in England and the general success of 8C. I have been looking for the bug in UK clearing for some time and feel that this is its remedy. S-C-S S-C-S now has four stages, instead of three. It has been found that at least one pc never flattened start because the body was "already started" being in constant motion and so the pc never could start it. The added command is "When I tell you to stand still, I want you to make that body stand still." "All right?" "Stand still." The remainder of S-C-S is as always. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jms.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 202  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 120 iDate=0/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=125 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Personal Integrity    Ability Issue 125 [1961, ca. February] The Magazine of DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY from Washington, D.C. Personal Integrity L. Ron Hubbard WHAT IS TRUE FOR YOU is what you have observed yourself And when you lose that you have lost everything. What is personal integrity? Personal integrity is knowing what you know -- What you know is what you know -- And to have the courage to know and say what you have observed. And that is integrity And there is no other integrity. Of course we can talk about honor, truth, all these things, These esoteric terms. But I think they'd all be covered very well If what we really observed was what we observed, That we took care to observe what we were observing, That we always observed to observe. And not necessarily maintaining a skeptical attitude, A critical attitude, or an open mind. But certainly maintaining sufficient personal integrity And sufficient personal belief and confidence in self And courage that we can observe what we observe And say what we have observed. Nothing in Dianetics and Scientology is true for you Unless you have observed it And it is true according to your observation. That is all. L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved. 203  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=9/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW PRESESSION DATA AND SCRIPT CHANGE   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1961 Franchise NEW PRESESSION DATA AND SCRIPT CHANGE Presessions The use of Presession 37 should be limited to about 2 hours at the most. As a case progresses it becomes conscious of more withholds. Therefore Presession 37 can be run at intervals as a case goes along, briefly each time. Model Session Script Change For the purpose of getting all the withholds off a case, a new line is now added to the Model Session. Immediately after "Is it all right if I audit you?" insert the line "Are you withholding anything?" With the discovery that many non-progress cases are not progressing because of heavy undisclosed withholds, the subject of withholding is graduated up to take permanent residence in the rudiments as above. Therefore it could be said that Presession 37 is actually repeated in the rudiments but, of course, remains itself. Formula 19 is a better thing with which to slug a case than long runs of Presession 37. If you suspect withholds you can't rapidly get, Formula 19 speeds up the whole case and gets real gains at the same time. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.bh Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (Note: Formula 19 is described in HCO Bulletin of February 16, 1961.) 204  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=16/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FORMULA 19   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 FEBRUARY 1961 Franchise FORMULA 19 Formula 19 is developed to give a general form to Failed Help and O/W running. It is better to use this than Presession 37 for long runs. Presession 37 must be done. Formula 19 is, however, a better case digger as it improves case up to where pc realizes he has withholds. As a case improves it becomes more aware of overts and withholds since the overts "unlessen" and the case responsibility rises. Formula 19 improves responsibility and brings up awareness of withholds and improves the case. Formula 19 consists of Who/What Two Way Failed Help and general O/W, about a ten minute or a to present time run for each. The commands are: "Who has failed to help you?" "Who have you failed to help?" "What has failed to help you?" "What have you failed to help?" The above commands are run consecutively. "What have you done?" "What have you withheld?" L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 205  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=18/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS Marvellous New Breakthrough BE -- DO -- HAVE Coordinated   HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel All Auditors Auditing Staff All 2nd American ACC Students All 3rd S.A. ACC Students  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 FEBRUARY 1961 HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel All Auditors Auditing Staff All 2nd American S.O.P. GOALS ACC Students Marvellous New Breakthrough All 3rd S.A. BE -- DO -- HAVE Coordinated ACC Students On all staff cases without exception the following Goals Standard Operating Procedure will be used. This data I developed for the 3rd S.A. ACC is a major breakthrough. I want it run on all staff cases now no matter what was being run before. Take note of what was being run for later application or for use as terminals after Goals Assessment if they fit and are only partially flat on older processes. S.O.P. Goals Intensives Use Model Session throughout. Heavily stress Rudiments. Use "What part of that problem could you be responsible for" for PTPs. Use TR 5N for ARC breaks ("What have I done to you", "What have you done to me"). 1. Go over Rudiments carefully. 2. Do a Goals Assessment. Find out every goal the pc can recall ever having. Make a list. Get in particular any secret goals, or withheld goals. Go over list with a meter. Take goal that falls the most. 3. Convert goal to a terminal. Get wording of terminal simple but make sure the version you select falls as much as possible on meter. HCO Bulletin of February 2nd, 1961 (some issues were dated March 9, 1961, from HCO Saint Hill), gives sample general commands to which terminal can be added. 4. Assess this terminal on the Pre-Havingness Scale from bottom to top. Take level that falls the most. 5. Develop an auditing command, preferably two-way, that uses terminal and pre-havingness level. The right commands fall as much as goal or terminal did. 6. Run the command until tone arm becomes less active. 7. Go one down on the Pre-Havingness Scale. Develop a command for next level that falls. 8. Run the command until the tone arm becomes less active. 9. Return to first commands and run them (the first level found). Alternate the higher and one-down level commands, ten minutes of one level, ten minutes or so of the other level. 206 10. When the tone arm loses its action on these two commands and tends to stick, no matter whether high or low arm (one half hour is a good test), REASSESS TERMINAL ON PRE-HAVINGNESS SCALE from bottom up until a level falls hard. 11. Proceed as in Steps 5 to 11. 12. When the first terminal selected, run at several levels of the scale and the one just below, seems flat, return to Goals Assessment, REASSESS GOALS. Proceed from Steps 5 to 12. 13. When tone arm stabilizing around clear read (two or three terminals run), LOCATE HAVINGNESS PROCESS from the 36 Presessions. 14. Add the havingness process into the processes run, using it at appropriate places (certainly at session end) while continuing Goals S.O.P. 15. When havingness process has been used for a couple of sessions to help Goals S.O.P., find the CONFRONT PROCESS. 16. Add the Confront Process into the Model Session. 17. If you run out of goals, get a NEW LIST OF GOALS from the pc and proceed as above. Beingness, Doingness and Havingness must be balanced. Each must be flexible in the pc for a stable gain. Goals processing finds the beingness and the mind's doingness toward it (Pre-Hav Scale) and results in Havingness. On Assessments you may find, going from bottom toward top of the Pre-Havingness Scale (No Effect upwards), that after several levels the pc's needle begins to rise consistently. It is probably useless to go higher on the scale as a rising needle means "no confront". A quicker way than assessing the whole scale would be, then, to assess upwards to a rising needle action and then go back down until the needle stops rising. Hunt from that point down for the biggest fall and you won't go very wrong. Tone arm movement is the keynote to Case gain -- No tone arm action = no gain. 1 to 2 Divisions of the Six Divisions of the Tone Arm Circle movement per half hour is good movement. If a pc does not respond well to Goals S.O.P. (about 15% won't) do the following: Go over Rudiments with high sensitivity setting on meter. Clean up the withholds. If that doesn't work, run the following for a few hours (it's the lowest but most general process now known): What was your attention concentrated upon? When was your attention shifted? This should get the tone arm moving. When tone arm is moving well for a few hours move back into Goals S.O.P. Step 2 and get the case going. It may be necessary to run Formula 15 and/or Formula 13 on some cases if Goals S.O.P. still finds a quiet tone arm. Cases don't move when heavy withholds or PTPs are present. Cover Rudiments and End Rudiments carefully every session. 207 Example Model Session is begun. Rudiments well covered. Goals Assessment shows up strongest goal to be "to get over having a painful body". Terminal is chosen, "Painful Body" is shown to fall most as terminal wording. "Painful Body" is assessed on Pre-Havingness Scale. Endure falls most. Auditing command is developed which falls on meter, "What should a painful body endure?" No additional command developed for Endure. Developed command is run (heavy somatics) until the tone arm ceases to get 2 divisions of action, gets only one. Process ended. Command is developed for Failed Endure, next lower level, "What has a painful body failed to endure?" This starts heavy tone arm action again. When action cooled, same "endure" command is run again. After three runs of Endure and two of Failed Endure command tone arm stiffens at 5 on the scale. A 15 minute test of both commands fails to get it moving; "Painful Body" is reassessed in the Pre-Havingness Scale and is found now to drop at Withheld. Command is developed for Withheld that falls on meter (the command causes the fall), "What should be withheld from a painful body?" This new command run and tone arm again in motion. TA motion gets less. Dropping down one level of Pre-Havingness Scale to Failed Withhold, command is developed that falls on needle -- "What have you failed to withhold from a painful body?" Command is run and restores motion to tone arm. When motion dies down a bit, Withhold command is resumed. After 2 runs of Withhold and two of Failed Withhold, tone arm became slow at 3. "Painful Body" reassessed on Pre-Havingness Scale, is now found at Inverted Communication. "Painful Body" added to command given on HCO Bulletin, 2nd February, 1961, for Inverted Communication. This run for 1 hour. Then Inverted Interest run on "Painful Body". Etc. Etc. Data on all this will be found on the 17 hours of tape lectures of the 3rd S.A. ACC. This condensation is not on the tapes. The Pre-Havingness Scale referred to has been the subject of two February 1961 HCO Bulletins. (Some issues were dated March 9, 1961, from HCO Saint Hill.) An expanded scale will shortly be released. The shorter scale works, however. As this is the fastest road to Clear, I want all staff members to be processed on nothing else, from scratch, former auditing not to be taken into account. We want clear staffs. They deserve it. LRH:aec.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is modified by HCO B 31 March 1961, S.O.P. Goals Modified.] 208  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=20/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  IMPORTANT DATA ON GOALS S.O.P.   HCO Secs Assoc Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel All Auditors Auditing Staff All 22nd American ACC Students All 3rd S.A. ACC Students  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE HCO Secs Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Assoc Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel HCO BULLETIN OF 20 FEBRUARY 1961 All Auditors Auditing Staff All 22nd American ACC Students All 3rd S.A. ACC Students IMPORTANT DATA ON GOALS S.O.P. It is vital to know that cases run on Goals S.O.P. or the Pre-Havingness Scale may slump between sessions and become misemotional even out of session until the scale is flat -- flat -- flat on any assessed terminal. It is also important to know that a case run on the Pre-Havingness Scale in such a way as to leave a level unflat may hang-fire thereafter and will move only when that process is completed. This scale is hot and fast, but its very workability can unstabilize cases during an intensive. Use the scale. But use it intelligently. Do not permit it to be used by untrained unsupervised Auditors. Flatten Terminals Flatten every level started, get tone arm and needle to a stick or no action before assessing another level for the terminal. It is all right to alternate two levels, running the one assessed and the one below, back and forth. But do not leave either level unflat before assessing again. When is a Goals Terminal Flat? An assessed terminal taken from the heaviest reacting goal of the pc must be run, reassessed and run at various levels of the scale until the goal terminal has no reaction on a cranked up sensitivity needle for any level of the Pre-Havingness Scale. If a reaction is found, run it off and check again. Don't quit a terminal because the pc wants to. Quit it only when meter has no reaction. Use the Pre-Havingness Scale. Don't be disturbed by the misemotion of a pc during or between sessions. Run any goals terminal you assess flat on all levels of the scale before going on to assess new goals. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 209  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=23/2/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PT PROBLEM AND GOALS   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 FEBRUARY 1961 Franchise PT PROBLEM AND GOALS It will be found that PT Problems are often disclosed by the goals announced by the pc. A PT Problem can wholly stall a case. Only withholds, PT Problems, and ARC Breaks (gross auditing errors) can stop a case now. Definitions: A problem is an intention counter intention that worries the preclear. A Present Time Problem is a problem that exists now in the physical universe. The pc often announces a PT Problem when asked for his goals. Example: Asked for goals, pc says he wants to improve his memory. Memory is a PT Problem to him. Until something is done about this, the case stalls. Auditor runs "Something you wouldn't mind forgetting," so long as pc is happy with it and unhappy with memory. This may be 25 hours or more. Example: Pc says his goal is to get rid of paralysis in his leg. This is his PT Problem. Auditor runs "Tell me something worse than a leg" until it is no longer a problem to the pc. The Dianetic Assist is Presession 38. Finding an engram or secondary and running it, but only to resolve pc's PT Problem and only as a prelude to formulas, takes care of the goal-PT Problem situation in most cases. In any event you have 11 years of technology to handle these PTPs that exist as goals. I'm happy to have found this data and to have found new ways of handling engrams. But it does not supplant Formulas and Regimens as announced. Most of this modern rundown will be found on the 22nd American ACC tapes, January 1961, 10 hours, now being used to train Central Org Personnel. Research-wise, I am trying to find a way to resolve the goal-PT Problem situation with new ways of handling failed help on the basis that whatever the pc thinks is wrong he has failed to help. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.cden Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 210  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NEW PRE-HAV COMMAND   HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel All Auditors Auditing Staff All 22nd American ACC students All 3rd S.A. ACC students  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 MARCH 1961 HCO Secs Assn Secs Ds of P All HGC Personnel All Auditors Auditing Staff All 22nd American ACC students All 3rd S.A. ACC students NEW PRE-HAV COMMAND Here is a new command for Communication on the Pre-Hav Scale It comes as a surprise to me to find a new Comm process after Comm being in prominence 11 years, but that's what's happened. Also this process is foreshadowed by the Code of Honor. It replaces the Pre-Hav Command in HCO Bulletin of February 2, 1961 (dated March 9, 1961 from Saint Hill). The basic command from which the others are derived is: "RECALL NOT WANTING TO COMMUNICATE." The full commands that can be run in sequence are: "Recall not wanting to communicate." "Recall another not wanting to communicate." "Recall not wanting another to communicate." "Recall another not wanting you to communicate." "Recall another not wanting others to communicate." "Recall a communication." "Recall a no-communication." "Recall a communication." "Recall a no-communication." "Recall a communication." "Recall a no-communication." The command structure, having so many possibilities, has only been partially sorted out. The first five commands of the above or the last six commands of the above or all of the above may be run. The last six, of course, handle loss incidents. It just may be that the first line as a process underlies all withholds and gives later withholds power. This may then, just as a process, considerably ease the task set in getting off withholds on secretive cases. Using all the first five lines in sequence is probably easiest on the pc, afterwards flattening the last six commands. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 211  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  USE OF S.O.P. GOALS PROCEDURE   CenOCon (HCO Area Secs -- IMPORTANT to ENFORCE)  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 MARCH 1961 CenOCon USE OF S.O.P. GOALS PROCEDURE (HCO Area Secs -- IMPORTANT to ENFORCE) Staff Auditors may use S.O.P. Goals Procedure on paying preclears the moment they have the procedure well understood and have passed a thorough hat check on its Bulletins and continue its study through the 17 hours of lecture tapes. I don't want this one goofed up (and it very well can be) before its use is understood thoroughly. Nor do I want HGC pcs getting disturbed and upset through being left with levels unflat on terminals. The 17 hours of lecture of the 3rd Johannesburg ACC are on this subject. Only field auditors who have attended and passed a course using these tapes and skills (no evening briefing course for field auditors may play these tapes) may use S.O.P. Goals Procedure. The odd numbered hours of the 10 22nd American tapes on Presession 38 are also part of this series of study. This is very far from ordinary technology even in Scientology. It's good. Learn it before using it. Its power is too great for slapdash use. Don't wait until you've upset some pcs before you believe me. Teaching of S.O.P. Goals Procedure and the Pre-Havingness Scale is forbidden in Academies for the HCA/HPA and practical courses. HCS/BScn training level only may be taught S.O.P. Goals Procedure. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 212  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=2/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FORMULA 20   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 MARCH 1961 Franchise FORMULA 20 Formula 20 is an effort to run Control on a thought level. It is relatively experimental. It is for cases that have much alter-is as represented by inability to duplicate commands. Also for cases that have unsteady engram banks that shift. The commands are: "Who has failed to control you?" "Who have you failed to control?" "What has failed to control you?" "What have you failed to control?" and "Who have you helped?" "Who has helped you?" L. RON HUBBARD LRH:js.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 213  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 21 iDate=20/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  BASIC STAFF AUDITOR'S HAT   CenOCon D of P All Staff Auditors HCO Area Sec: Hat Check thoroughly and often and on all new auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MARCH 1961 Issue II CenOCon D of P All Staff Auditors HCO Area Sec: Hat Check thoroughly and often and on all new auditors BASIC STAFF AUDITOR'S HAT (This applies mainly to the relationship of the Staff Auditor to the pc and the D of P and does not modify existing policies but bears directly on Case Assessments and SOP Goals. This hat is needed to smooth out its use and Admin of SOP Goals on pcs.) The staff auditor is directly responsible for the HGC preclear assigned to him. Results, lack of results, ARC breaks, recovering the pc after "blows", getting the pc to the D of P for interviews, getting the pc to the D of P and Registrar for after intensive interviews and handling all matters relating the pc to the Org during the delivery of auditing are all up to the staff auditor. The staff auditor may refuse to accept a pc and may refuse to release a pc from auditing. The staff auditor may also refuse to give a particular session if in giving one the Auditor's Code is violated as to the pc's need for food, rest or the lateness of the hour. The staff auditor is to deliver all the hours of auditing purchased by the pc. Case Assessments and Goals Assessments are part of the pc's auditing time when done by the staff auditor. No time spent on the case by the D of P in conferences, interviews or assessments are part of the pc's auditing time. Any time missed by reason of auditor lateness, unavailability of rooms, breaks, travel to see the D of P, etc, must be made up on the pc by the staff auditor. Case Assessment (See HCO B of Nov 18, 1960 for exact form) The first action of an auditor with a pc new to him is to fill in the Case Assessment Form. This is done on the pc's auditing time. If a Case Assessment has already been done and is part of the pc's record, but was not done by the same auditor, it may be checked over with the pc by his new auditor. In any event the staff auditor's first action with a new pc is Case Assessment, whether done from an existing completed form or on a new Case Assessment Form. This does not apply to assists. This does apply to staff cases as well as outside pcs. First Auditing The first formal auditing that the pc receives is given at once when the Case Assessment Form is complete. ALL sessions given in an HGC except those devoted to Assists, CCH sessions or "Coffee shop" auditing (inevitably done casually out of auditing rooms by staff on staff or students on friends and students even when you try to prevent it) are done in Model Session form (HCO Bulletin of March 21, 1961). To repeat, Assists and CCHs are not done in Model Session form. ALL Assessments even are done in Model Session form in an HGC. Assists or CCHs can be explained first and the pc should be started in such a way as not to cause ARC breaks, but are not Model Session. A Goals Assessment should now be done in Model Session. This permits the auditor two cracks at withholds, PTPs and ARC breaks twice in every session, using Model Session HCO B of March 21, 1961, which includes withholds in End Rudiments as well as Beginning Rudiments. This makes a smoother picture than trying to get off withholds with no ARC and no session properly going. Further, even a Goals Assessment really puts the pc in session in Goals SOP, so a Model Session is better all around. The first formal session, then, is run by Model Session. 214 The staff auditor takes off ARC breaks, a few withholds and any PTP and then, in lieu of a process, does an SOP Goals Assessment. When the assessment is completed, even down to terminal Pre-Hav level and finding the auditing command that falls, the staff auditor takes the pc to the D of P and has the assessment checked. The D of P, at this time, does not touch rudiments, but only sees that goal falls more than other listed goals and that terminal and command fall at least as much as the main goal. Unless only a few minutes remain of the day's auditing, the auditor then takes the pc back to the auditing room and starts the second session. Second Session In this session as in all remaining sessions the staff auditor runs SOP Goals in Model Session form. The auditor must allow, always, enough time to end the session for the day. He makes a nice judgment on this. Half an hour is often spent on End Rudiments. Early in the first intensive, the withholds and ARC breaks take precedence in End Rudiments. PTPs, ARC breaks and Withholds take precedence in Beginning Rudiments. A session cannot be gotten going with a PTP unhandled. And a session cannot be ended with an ARC break in full bloom. However, a session can be ended with a PTP unhandled, and this is the most lengthy item usually encountered in rudiments. Thus if only one hour remained in the first day's schedule for the second session, the staff auditor would run Beginning Rudiments, then End Rudiments with no process run in the middle of the Model Session. Third Session This session like any other is run in Model Session form. If the pc is still falling on the meter when asked about withholds, even with sensitivity raised, at least half an hour should be spent getting them off. Even if the needle still falls a bit after that half hour, one goes on to run the PT Problem and then the process of SOP Goals, which is run exactly according to its bulletin. This process occupies the bulk of the auditing period. Then in the last half hour, one runs the End Rudiments and of course has another crack at withholds. Fourth Session Runs the same as the Third Session. In a 5-day intensive, the 3rd and 4th Sessions probably occurred on same day. Fifth Session During this auditing day or before the Fifth Session, the pc is taken by the staff auditor to the D of P, who checks the pc out on rudiments. The D of P finds out what is being run from the pc, and checks out but does not run anything on the Rudiments. The whole record of the pc including the Case Assessment and SOP Goals Assessment Sheets are in a folder along with all session reports. The folder is in the hands of the staff auditor before the D of P interview, the last session report on top. The D of P adds any and all advices and comments to the last session report. The staff auditor takes the pc back to the auditing room. The Fifth Session is then begun. If the interview took place after the session was started, the Model Session was of course completed before the interview. The auditor follows the D of P's advices in the next session after the interview. This may be, then, the Fifth Session or the Sixth Session. A difficulty may now occur in the next session after the interview. The pc, because of D of P altitude, may have "transferred" to the D of P, which is to say, may now consider the D of P his auditor. 215 Therefore, in the next auditing after this D of P interview, heavy attention must be given to No. 3 of the Beginning Rudiments. A new process could be used here in lieu of TR 5N to correct this. The process is "Who should I be in order to audit you?" or "Who am I?" This, run briefly, takes off any "transfer" to the D of P and is a good basic rudiment type process anyway. A little of it goes a long way, however. The SOP Goals terminal (or the D of P's advice) is run in Model Session form. Subsequent Sessions In subsequent sessions the case is continued on up the line, with reassessments for new level each time the tone arm stops moving well and for a new goals assessment, adding to the old list any goals the pc now has as a result of auditing. When the First Terminal is Flat When the first terminal gets no needle reaction on any part of the Pre- Hav Scale, it is flat. If needle action is still found, take the level with heaviest reaction, put together a command that falls also and go on with the terminal at that level. But when this no longer occurs, the first terminal is said to be flat. This may take a few or many hours. But the thing is to be sure it's flat. Now and now only the auditor is to find the Havingness Process and the Confront Process of the pc in accordance with earlier bulletins. He then runs these enough to stabilize them. He now does his next complete Goals Assessment. The auditor now uses the Havingness and Confront Processes along with his new Goals Terminal. This is like old Regimen 3 except that the Goals Terminal and Pre-Hav Scale are used instead of Help. The bulk of auditing is spent, of course, on the Pre-Hav Terminal on the Pre-Hav Scale in accordance with SOP Goals. The Third D of P check-out occurs when the Havingness, Confront and new Goals Terminal are all found. The D of P checks each one of these and, briefly, the Rudiments. The D of P does not run any of these. When this is done, the staff auditor goes back to the auditing room and starts his next session, remembering to again give attention to the "transfer" possibility and to again use at level 3 of the Beginning Rudiments "Who should I be in order to audit you?" or "Who am I?" The Intensive or new intensives continue. The D of P must check out rudiments at least every 10 hours of auditing time and, until toward the end of the pc's clearing, must check all new goals and terminals. The D of P is not permitted to do Goals Assessments except for demonstration or when the staff auditor completely fails. The D of P is not permitted to audit rudiments for the staff auditor, only to check them. Pcs Priorly Audited Pcs who have been audited before in the HGC but not by the present staff auditor are handled much in the same way as a new pc. The whole record and all auditor reports are taken into the auditing room. The staff auditor looks for the Case Assessment. If he or she doesn't find one, a new one is made. If the Case Assessment is present, the staff auditor reads it all off, verifying each point with the pc. This done, the staff auditor checks in the reports for any terminals that were run on the pc or any Goals SOP run or Goals Assessments done before. Only if a Goals Assessment has been done does he pay much attention to the records. If one has been done (but never run) the staff auditor checks it over with the meter. He or she accepts it or rejects it and uses his or her own assessment. If it was ever run, the staff auditor cannot reject it but must carry on. If any Goals SOP has been run, the terminal that has been run is thoroughly meter checked on the Pre-Hav Scale. Any reactions found are flattened as per SOP Goals, in Model Session form. In short, the staff auditor, locating unflatness on the terminal first 216 found by some other for SOP Goals running, starts his Model Session, does the rudiments thoroughly and then assesses the first terminal ever run on the Pre- Hav Scale again (as he did before he started session), finds the level accurately, gets a command that will work and carries on. The new auditor on the old case checks out and flattens on the whole Pre- Hav Scale, as indicated by meter reaction for any level, every Goals Terminal ever found by any other auditor before he does his own Goals Assessment. If the staff auditor finds a Havingness and Confront Process already listed as found in the records he or she may use it or find new ones as best judgment seems to indicate on inspection. If Help terminals or Dynamic Assessment terminals are listed as run in the days before Pre-Hav, they can be neglected. Clearing When all terminals seem flat and the assessments find terminals only to "blow" almost at once, the pc is near-Clear. SOP Goals is carried right on until no assessments register on the meter, but the meter remains free. Old Help and Dynamic terminals from the pc's file or memory are now checked out and run like Goals terminals. When all this is done, the pc is Clear. Things That Prevent Clearing If the pc is run with a PTP in full bloom, or if a goal is really a long time PTP and is not audited, the pc will not change toward Clear. Remedy: Reduce any PTP that produces needle reaction during Beginning Rudiments. Run as the first goal the one which assesses best on the meter, whether you agree with it or not -- if in doubt choose by meter the goal which is the reason the pc is being audited according to the pc. If the pc has heavy ARC breaks registering he will not only not progress, he may worsen the graph. Reduce all ARC breaks found by meter falls in the Beginning and End Rudiments of the Model Session. If the pc has heavy withholds which register on the meter and yet the pc will not give them, the case will not progress. If a terminal being run on Goals is left unflat (if it registers on the needle for any part of the Pre-Hav Scale and that is not flattened) the next terminal addressed will not run well and pc will not clear. Check over every level of Pre-Hav by needle reaction and flatten any residue, before you go on to assessing another terminal. Overts or overt thinking on Scientology Orgs or personnel can prevent Clearing. Always follow the Auditor's Code. Pc Blows A pc is most likely to blow (leave) if withholds are not given good attention and pulled. If withholds still register, and pc after several hours of auditing still won't give, run a Joburg Security Check on the pc as part of Model Session Rudiments 4. A pc will blow if ARC breaks are not repaired properly when they happen. An ARC break can be repaired at any time in the session by TR 5N. Only repair ARC breaks that fall on the meter A PTP unhandled can cause a no-gain and therefore an eventual blow. If the pc blows, his or her staff auditor alone is responsible for getting him or her back into session. If all else fails the D of P can help. It's a black mark for a staff auditor if a pc blows. The whole prevention of blowing is contained in this section if we add that the staff auditor's air of competence and facile command of his tools are sufficient to inspire pc confidence. Auditing Maxims Follow the Code. Particularly Clauses 1 and 2. 217 Get an answer for every question asked before asking another question. Ask a question or give a command for every answer you expect. Don't expect two answers for one auditor question or command. Assess and run only what the pc says and the meter says. Don't write script and try to audit your own troubles out of the pc or avoid the pc's troubles because you have an aversion for them. Follow the Model Session Script and the TRs exactly. These are the badges of a skilled auditor. The clearer you get the better you will audit. But case is no excuse for bad auditing. Always be real. Don't have big withholds on the pc. Tell the pc the truth without violating 1 and 2 of the Code. If you are tired, carry on but say so. If the pc wants to see the meter read show it to the pc briefly. Only cover a meter during an assessment as pc will start pushing at it. Tell the pc what he wants to know about the meter reads. Don't try to educate the pc on Scientology while you're auditing him or her. Tell the pc to be sure to take a PE if they haven't. Newcomers Getting a pc started who has never been given any data on Scientology is simple now. Just do the sessions of Goals SOP as given above. They respond to Case Assessment and Goals Assessments with total interest. A pc is in session when he or she is interested in own case and willing to talk to the auditor. Cases Not On SOP Goals About 3 out of 22 cases cannot be started with SOP Goals. The test is only this: Does the needle move enough, even on high sensitivity, to do a Goals Assessment? If it can, do one. If totally stuck run the concentrate -- shift attention process in regular Model Session in lieu of Goals Assessment until the Tone Arm is moving well, at least 3 tone arm dial divisions per half hour. This process, coupled with heavy rudiments, will start most cases so that they can then be assessed. If the case is incapable of answering sensibly various questions, run the CCHs. By answering sensibly is meant "an intelligible response dealing at least vaguely with the question". CCHs are not run in Model Session. Stopping Processes Processes are run as long as they produce Tone Arm change. Processes which do not produce Tone Arm change are then stopped. If a process doesn't produce a Tone Arm change in a half an hour, it must be stopped. Processes which freeze a needle and do not free it must be stopped. A process is never stopped on the recommendation of the pc or because of the pc's objections. Such objections in SOP Goals always precede huge gains on the process. A process is stopped only when it no longer produces meter change. A process that produces change must be flattened. The process that turns on a bizarre or unwanted condition will always turn it off. If in doubt, flatten the process. Don't "Q and A". That is where the change in the pc causes the auditor to stop or change the process. If the pc changes, continue the process. If the pc isn't changing, change the process. Stop processes and sessions on the auditor's determination, never the pc's. The auditor's determination is established by meter reaction, never pc reaction. If the meter doesn't act, change the process or end the session according to session time. If the meter is acting, don't change the process and don't stop the session unless time is up. 218 Before Giving Up Before chucking in your hand on a trying and unchanging pc and leaving it up to the D of P or the Org, do the following: 1. Thoroughly check rudiments with high sensitivity and get them flat on the needle with the Model Session Rudiments Processes. 2. Run a Johannesburg Security Check on the pc and clear every drop of the needle fully. 3. Run Formula 16. 4. Run Formula 13. 5. Run Formula 15. 6. Run "Concentrate -- shift attention" process from SOP Goals until Tone Arm is very active. 7. Keep rudiments cleared while doing the above. If you do all these and still get no action, see the D of P. Of course, it's impossible to do all the above well on a case and not get it going providing only that you do do them well with good TRs. End of Intensives At the end of the intensive be sure, if the pc is continuing, that all is in order with the Registrar and D of P before you continue on into the next intensive. At the end of all the intensives the pc has bought, be sure the pc sees the D of P and the Registrar before the pc leaves the Org. These actions are wholly up to the staff auditor. A Completed Pc Be sure, when all the intensives given are over, that the pc's complete record, with all its papers, assessments and session reports are turned in, in a folder, to HGC Admin for filing. You may add to this file your own summary and recommendation on the case if you wish so the next auditor who gets it will be assisted. Additional Staff Auditor Duties Other staff auditor duties are assigned by the D of P only. No other executive may issue direct orders to a staff auditor about his duties or cases. Reports All staff auditor reports go to the D of P. Copies go to myself at HCO WW via the HCO Area and HCO WW Technical Secretary. Nothing gets as much attention from me as the results, graphs, reports and comments of the staff auditor. The whole future stability of the Org rests on the technical skill of the staff auditor. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jl.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See also HCO PL 26 May 1961, Basic Staff Auditor's Hat, OEC Volume 4, page 536.] 219  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=21/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SCRIPT OF A MODEL SESSION  Type = 11 iDate=13/10/60 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Franchise Holders Central Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 MARCH 1961 Franchise Holders Central Orgs (CANCELLED -- See HCO B 21 Dec 61 Volume IV -- 453) SCRIPT OF A MODEL SESSION (Cancels HCO B of October 13, 1960, same title) I have brought the Model Session up to date, including "withholds" and changing "we" to "I" and "the" to "this" session throughout to reduce randomity. I have also added the proper processes to run at Rudiment level. A Model Session is a Model Session because of its "patter", not because of specific processes. This is a handy script of the "patter of a Model Session". Use it. Don't vary it. Know it by heart. It is the mark of a well trained auditor. By making all patter the same, later sessions run out earlier sessions. This does not enjoin against two-way comm; but reduce auditor comments and chatter in sessions, if you want smooth results and no ARC breaks. START OF SESSION Auditor: "Is it all right with you if I begin this session now?" Pc: "Yes." Auditor: Acknowledges. "Start of Session!" (Tone 40) Note 1: If pc says "No", Auditor two-way comms concerning objections, then asks again, "Is it all right with you if I begin this session now?" Note 2: If pc is doubtful as to whether the session has started: Auditor: "Has this session started for you?" Pc: "No." Auditor: Acknowledges. "Start of Session!" (Tone 40) Then, "Now has the session started for you?." If pc still says "No". the Auditor says, "We will cover it in the Rudiments," and continues the session. RUDIMENTS 1. Goals Auditor: "What goals would you like to set for this session?" Pc: Sets goals. Auditor: Acknowledges. "Are there any goals you would like to set for life or livingness?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. 2. Environment Auditor: "Is it all right to audit in this room?" Note 3: If not, use TR 10 (see Note 15) or pc's Havingness process. 220 3. Auditor Clearance Auditor: "Is it all right if I audit you?" Note 4: If not, clear objection, or use TR 5N (see Note 16) or "Who should I be to audit you?" or "Who am I?" depending on nature of difficulty. If TR 5N seems to worsen the ARC break, run O/W on Auditor (see Note 17). 4. Withholds Auditor: "Are you withholding anything?" Note 5: If so, get withhold off or run Presession 37 (HCO B Dec 15, 1960). 5. Present Time Problem Auditor: "Do you have any present time problem?" Note 6: If so, clear problem, or use "What part of that problem have you been responsible for?" START OF PROCESS Auditor: "Now I would like to run this process on you (name it). What would you say to that?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. Clears the command for pc only for the first time the command is used. Note 7: If, during clearing of the command or failure of needle to react, it seems that the pc will not be able to handle or do the announced process profitably, Auditor says: "According to what we have been talking about, it would seem better if I ran (name another process)." END OF PROCESS 1. Cyclical Auditor: (Wishing to end process) "Where are you now on the time track?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "If it is all right with you, I will continue this process until you are close to present time and then end this process." Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. Auditor continues the process, asking after each pc answer, "When?" until the pc is close to present time. Pc: Answers close to present time. Auditor: Acknowledges. "That was the last command. Is there anything you would care to say before I end this process?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "End of process." 2. Non-Cyclical Auditor: "If it is all right with you I will give this command two more times and then end this process." Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges and gives the command two more times. 221 Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "Is there anything you would care to say before I end this process?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "End of process." Note 7a: The cyclical ending is only used on terminals that exist also in present time, or when pc is going into the past in his answers. It is not used after pc says he is in present time. Non-cyclical is used when the pc is running terminals which do not exist in present time or when the cyclic aspect can be neglected. REPEATED COMMANDS Auditor: Gives command. Pc: "I don't know. I can't find any answer." Auditor: Acknowledges. "I will repeat the auditing command." Repeats the command. Note 8: If pc still cannot answer, two-way comm to discover why. COGNITION Auditor: Gives command. Pc: (Not having answered command yet) "Say, that mass in front of my face just moved off." Auditor: Acknowledges. Repeats command without announcing that it is a repeat. END RUDIMENTS 5. Present Time Problem Auditor: "Do you have any present time problem now?" Note 9: If so, run "What part of that problem have you been responsible for?" 4. Withholds Auditor: "Are you withholding anything?" Note 10: Pulls withhold or runs Presession 37. 3. Auditor Clearance Auditor: "How do you feel about my auditing in this session?" Note 11: Use only TR 5N or O/W on present auditor, "What have you (done to) (withheld from) me in this session?" 2. Environment Auditor: "Look around here and see if you can have anything." Note 12: Run TR 10 or pc's Havingness process. 1. Goals Auditor: "Have you made any part of your goals for this session?" Note 13: Auditor may remind pc of session goals if pc can't remember them. 222 END OF SESSION Auditor: "Is there anything you would care to say or ask before I end this session?" Note 14: Auditor may show pc relative TA positions reached in session or tell pc what he cares to know about session. Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "Is it all right with you if I end this session now?" Pc: Answers. Auditor: Acknowledges. "Here it is. End of Session!" (Tone 40) Auditor: (Optional) "Tell me I am no longer auditing you." Pc: "You are no longer auditing me." Auditor: Acknowledges. Note 15: Commands of TR 10: "Notice that (room object)." Note 16: Commands of TR 5N: "What have I done to you?" "What have you done to me?" alternated. "In this session" may be added if auditor-pc have long known each other. Note 17: Commands of O/W: "What have you done to me?" "What have you withheld from me?" or in general form if pc berates auditors, "What have you done to an auditor?" "What have you withheld from an auditor?" or if the pc has been psychoanalyzed heavily, "What have you done to a practitioner?" "What have you withheld from a practitioner?" Note 18: Present Time Problem for the purpose of rudiments must be what is called "a problem of short duration". A problem of long duration (such as a goal or psychosomatic difficulty) is not handled as in rudiments but in proper session and will emerge in the normal course of assessing S.O.P. Goals. Note 19: If any rudiment difficulty can be blown with a very small amount of two-way comm, no process is run. Note 20: Only the meter reaction shows if the environment, ARC break, withhold or PTP is still in existence. In all questions of whether something is blown or not or if a terminal is flat or if the process is flat, take what the meter says if it is different from what the pc says. The meter knows even if the pc says something else. Note 21: After running a process on a rudiment because a meter reaction showed it should be run, always ask the rudiment question again before bridging to end the process. If it still reacts, audit the process further. Do not abandon a rudiment until the meter gives no reaction to the question. Note 22: Always get an answer to every auditing command. Note 23: Never expect two answers for one question even in doing an assessment. Note 24: It is not obligatory for the pc to actually set goals. He must always be asked. He cannot be forced to do so. Ordinarily when he does not care to set goals for this part of the rudiments, he is suffering from an ARC break. Note 25: Follow the Auditor's Code. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jl.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 223  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=23/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS   Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 MARCH 1961 Franchise S.O.P. GOALS (This is the Franchise Issue, slightly rewritten, of S.O.P. Goals HCO Bulletin of February 18, 1961. Do not issue HCO Bulletin of February 18th, only this one to Franchise.) This is Standard Operating Procedure Goals, the technology that made history in the 3rd S.A. ACC. Caution: There is a great deal to know about S.O.P. Goals. It is the right way to use the Pre-Hav Scales. With skilled use this can produce Releases and Clears. With fumbling use it can upset a pc thoroughly because it is so fast. HCOs in all Central Orgs are running Special Events Courses to instruct in this procedure and to let the student hear the 27 hours of taped lecture that gives its basics and background. With this we are on our way to making Clears in quantity with speed. So don't mess it up by failing to flatten what you start with it. This is called "Standard Operating Procedure" because it has proved itself in skilled hands on the toughest of cases. You can safely put in a long time studying its use. It can clear some in only 18 hours. It can clear all but CCH cases in under 175 hours. It is valuable. Don't mess it up for a pc. Enormous efforts are being made to make everything known about this available to you in Central Organizations. We're off the launching pad. Use this well. It's the technology you've needed for eleven years, that you can use to get them clear. S.O.P. Goals Intensives Use Model Session throughout. Heavily stress Rudiments. Use "What part of that problem could you be responsible for" for PTPs. Use TR 5N for ARC breaks ("What have I done to you", "What have you done to me"). 1. Go over Rudiments carefully. 2. Do a Goals Assessment. Find out every goal the pc can recall ever having. Make a list. Get in particular any secret goals, or withheld goals. Go over list with a meter. Take goal that falls the most. 3. Convert goal to a terminal. Get wording of terminal simple but make sure the version you select falls as much as possible on meter. HCO Bulletin of February 2nd, 1961 (some issues were dated March 9, 1961, from HCO Saint Hill), gives sample-general commands to which terminal can be added. 4. Assess this terminal on the Pre-Havingness Scale from bottom to top. Take level that falls the most. 5. Develop an auditing command, preferably two-way that uses terminal and pre-havingness level. 6. Run the command until tone arm becomes less active. 7. Go one down on the Pre-Havingness Scale. Develop a command for next level that falls. 224 8. Run the command until the tone arm becomes less active. 9. Return to first commands and run them (the first level found). Alternate the higher and one-down level commands, ten minutes of one level, ten minutes or so of the other level. 10. When the tone arm loses its action on these two commands and tends to stick, no matter whether high or low arm (one half hour is a good test), REASSESS TERMINAL ON PRE-HAVINGNESS SCALE from bottom up until a level falls hard. 11. Proceed as in Steps 5 to 11. 12. When the first terminal selected, run at several levels of the scale and the one just below, seems flat, return to Goals Assessment, REASSESS GOALS. Proceed from Steps 5 to 12. 13. When the tone arm stabilizing around clear read (two or three terminals run), LOCATE HAVINGNESS PROCESS from the 36 Presessions. 14. Add the havingness process into the processes run, using it at appropriate places (certainly at session end) while continuing Goals S.O.P. 15. When havingness process has been used for a couple of sessions to help Goals S.O.P. find the CONFRONT PROCESS. 16. Add the Confront Process into the Model Session. 17. If you run out of goals, get a NEW LIST OF GOALS from the pc and proceed as above. Beingness, Doingness and Havingness must be balanced. Each must be flexible in the pc for a stable gain. Goals processing finds the beingness and the mind's doingness toward it (Pre-Hav Scale) and results in Havingness. On Assessments you may find, going from bottom toward top of the Pre-Havingness Scale (No Effect upwards), that after several levels the pc's needle begins to rise consistently. It is probably useless to go higher on the scale as a rising needle means "no confront". A quicker way than assessing the whole scale would be, then, to assess upwards to a rising needle action and then go back down until the needle stops rising. Hunt from that point down for the biggest fall and you won't go very wrong. Tone arm movement is the keynote to Case gain -- No tone arm action = no gain. 1 to 2 Divisions of the Six Divisions of the Tone Arm Circle movement per half hour is good movement. If a pc does not respond well to Goals S.0.P. (about 15% won't) do the following: Go over Rudiments with high sensitivity setting on meter. Clean up the withholds. If that doesn't work, run the following for a few hours (it's the lowest but most general process now known): What was your attention concentrated upon? When was your attention shifted? This should get the tone arm moving. When tone arm is moving well for a few hours move back into Goals S.O.P. Step 2 and get the case going. It may be necessary to run Formula 15 and/or Formula 13 on some cases if Goals S.O.P. still finds a quiet tone arm. 225 Cases don't move when heavy withholds or PTPs are present. Cover Rudiments and End Rudiments carefully every session. Example Model Session is begun. Rudiments well covered. Goals Assessment shows up strongest goal to be "to get over having a painful body". Terminal is chosen, "Painful Body" is shown to fall most as terminal wording. "Painful Body" is assessed on Pre-Havingness Scale. Endure falls most. Auditing command is developed which falls on meter, "What should a painful body endure?" No additional command developed for Endure. Developed command is run (heavy somatics) until the tone arm ceases to get 2 divisions of action, gets only one. Process ended. Command is developed for Failed Endure, next lower level, "What has a painful body failed to endure?" This starts heavy tone arm action again. When action cooled, same "endure" command is run again. After three runs of Endure and two of Failed Endure command tone arm stiffens at 5 on the scale. A 15 minute test of both commands fails to get it moving; "Painful Body" is reassessed in the Pre-Havingness Scale and is found now to drop at Withheld. Command is developed for Withheld that falls on meter (the command causes the fall), "What should be withheld from a painful body?" This new command run and tone arm again in motion. TA motion gets less. Dropping down one level of Pre-Havingness Scale to Failed Withhold, command is developed that falls on needle -- "What have you failed to withhold from a painful body?" Command is run and restores motion to tone arm. When motion dies down a bit, Withhold command is resumed. After 2 runs of Withhold and two of Failed Withhold, tone arm became slow at 3. "Painful Body" reassessed on Pre-Havingness Scale, is now found at Inverted Communication. "Painful Body" added to command given on HCO Bulletin, 2nd February, 1961, for Inverted Communication. This run for 1 hour. Then Inverted Interest run on "Painful Body". Etc. Etc. Data on all this will be found on the 17 hours of tape lectures of the 3rd S.A. ACC. This condensation is not on the tapes. The Pre-Havingness Scale referred to has been the subject of two February 1961 HCO Bulletins. (Some issues were dated March 9, 1961, from HCO Saint Hill.) An expanded scale will shortly be released. The shorter scale works, however. As this is the fastest road to Clear, I want all staff members to be processed on nothing else, from scratch, former auditing not to be taken into account. We want clear staffs. They deserve it. LRH:jl.rd Copyright $c 1961 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See also HCO B 31 March 1961, S.O.P. Goals Modified, on the next page.] 226  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=31/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS MODIFIED   CenOCon Fran Holders  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1961 CenOCon Fran Holders S.O.P. GOALS MODIFIED A slight modification to make S.O.P. Goals easier to run is made herewith: As I am expanding the Pre-Hav Scale with several new levels and as these levels are not necessarily in exact position, it is no longer possible to derive an exact formula using two levels. Only one level will be run for each assessment. Strike out Steps 6, 7, 8 and 9 of HCO Bulletin of February 18, 1961. Strike out the word "two" in Step 10, first line. At Step 11, add: "omitting Steps 6, 7, 8 and 9." At Step 12, first and second line, omit "and the one just below". Add to end of step: "omitting Steps 6, 7, 8 and 9." Adjust example accordingly. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 227  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 21 iDate=31/3/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING'S CASE CHECKING HAT   Assn Sec HCO Sec D of P All Staff Auditors Mimeo Directions: Mimeo whole report as a Policy Letter. Then mimeo each form separately for D of P. Then have them letterpressed on flimsy Paper.  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1961 Assn Sec HCO Sec D of P All Staff Auditors Mimeo Directions: Mimeo whole report as a Policy Letter. Then mimeo each form separately for D of P. Then have them letterpressed on flimsy Paper. THE DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING'S CASE CHECKING HAT A system has been set up whereby a double check of every case at its most difficult crossroads in processing can be done. While the staff auditor does all of the basic work and actual assessments, the D of P thoroughly checks each decisional step which would commit the case to an erroneous track or which would permit the case to continue less swiftly than is possible. This checking system does not arise because staff auditors are unskilled. It arises from the fact that two points of view on a case are better than one. As an example of this it can occur that a staff auditor has the same withhold as the pc resulting at times in the staff auditor unconsciously avoiding that withhold. As another example, the pc terminal may be one to which the staff auditor has an antipathy resulting in an avoidance of that terminal. But in addition to these unlikely instances the pc will very often give up something to the D of P, thinking in terms of altitude, that he will not say to the staff auditor. Our whole interest here is case speed of advance. The more accurately assessments are done and the more accurately rudiments are handled the more rapidly the case progresses. The D of P only checks. The D of P does not actually audit the pc. It can happen that the pc gives up withholds to the D of P rather than the staff auditor. This is quite in order but the D of P may not drum for them the way a staff auditor would. There are eight types of checkouts that the D of P does on a pc. Each one of these as below is the subject of a technical report form. These forms should be mimeoed out at first and later printed on flimsy paper by letterpress. They are in red ink on white paper. We are not now checking arbitrarily every five hours. We are checking only when the pc has reached certain stages. Now that SOP Goals is proving itself we must smooth out every possibility of error in its running. It is a complex process but it is invariable. It has many steps but these are unchanging. Very little if anything in it is equivocal. Its answers are all in the black and white of being right or wrong once one actually reads the meter with precision. CHECK TYPE ONE HCO WW Form CT1 Pre-Intensive interview and Pre-Goals Assessment Check. Before the preclear is audited in an intensive where SOP Goals may be employed the following check sheet is filled out by the D of P and passed by pc before a Goals assessment is made. Name of Pc.............................................. Date.................. Location of HGC................................................................ The Pc is put on the Meter. The following statement is read to the pc: "You are about to receive Hubbard Guidance Center Processing. Your auditor will do your case assessment in your first session. All I am going to do here is test your meter reaction for technical purposes." 228 TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ Have you ever received mental treatment of any kind? _________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ How do you feel about help? __________________________________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ Do you wish to attain the state of release? __________________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ Does any of your family oppose Scientology? __________________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ How do you feel about control? _______________________________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ Are you prepared to answer your auditor truthfully when he or she asks you questions about your past? ___________________________________________________ TA _________________ Needle Character ________________________________________ "This is the end of this check out. Please be sure to get good food and plenty of rest during the time of your processing. I will see you again from time to time to make certain your processing is going well. Best of luck to you." Adjudication (No other significance than TA and needle are given heed at this time): (given to auditor): Did TA move during questioning? _______________________ Did needle move during questioning? _______________________ If both moved, the auditor is to go right on and assess with a case assessment and then SOP Goals assessment in accordance with staff auditor's partial hat. If TA did not move but needle moved, the auditor is to run the concentrate- shift attention process given in SOP Goals and come back for this type check again. If neither TA nor needle moved during questioning auditor is to run: "How have you tried to change a person?" "How have you failed to change a person?" "How have you tried to change yourself?" "How have you failed to change yourself?" If pc gave no intelligible answers to the questions, regardless of TA and needle motion, tell auditor to run CCHs. Assess............................ Attention Process........................... Change Process.................... CCHs........................................ Signed................................D of P. Repeat this form without reading beginning and end to pc but reading only questions when the auditor says TA is moving well and comes back for recheck. If CCHs were assigned tell auditor to now do Change Process. Auditor returns for recheck when TA moving well. When Change Process doing fine, assign Attention Process. When Attention Process doing fine assess for SOP Goals. Use new check type one sheet for every D of P check on above. Include this sheet in pc folder. CHECK TYPE TWO HCO WW Form CT2 Assessment Confirmation Name of Pc............................................. Date................... Location of HGC................................................................ Check by D of P to confirm case assessment, Goals Assessment, Terminal level and command. Done before any of these are run on pc. Questions are made to pc with pc on the meter. 229 Has the auditor asked you all about your family and former life? ______________ About how many goals did you find? _____________________ (Should be 50 or more) Did the auditor cover secret or withheld goals too? ___________________________ Did you cover childhood goals as well? ________________________________________ What was the principal goal found? ____________________________________________ (D of P looks at assessment sheet): Was _______ the principal goal found? (Note number of meter divisions it falls) ___________________________________________ What was the terminal found for this? _________________________________________ (D of P looks at assessment sheet): Was ___________________________________ the principal terminal found? ____________ (number of divisions it falls on meter). If the number of divisions the terminal falls does not equal or exceed the number of divisions the goal fell auditor must reassess. If reassessment ordered end check here. Sign and put in folder. What level of scale was found for this terminal? _____________________________ (D of P looks at assessment sheet): Was ______________________________________ the level of scale found for the terminal? ___________________________________ Meter must fall the same number of divisions for the level as for the goal and the terminal. If this does not happen even when terminal and level are repeated by D of P to Pc, tell auditor to reassess and end check at this point. What command did you evolve for this? _________________________________________ (D of P looks at assessment sheet): Was _______________________________________ the command evolved for this? (Notes divisions of fall) _______________________ If the command does not fall as much as the goal, terminal and level the D of P may try a better command remembering to take into account the phenomena of stuck flows and putting the pc at cause. New command evolved which falls as much as Goals, Terminal and Level: ______________________________________________________________________________ Auditor told to ______________________________________________________________ Signed................................D of P. CHECK TYPE THREE HCO WW Form CT3 General Check-up on a Session May be done at any time or when D of P unconvinced of Case Progress Name of Pc......................................... Date....................... Location of HGC................................................................ All questions are addressed to pc who is on a meter. What processes are being run on you? __________________________________________ Do you have any ARC breaks with your Auditor? _________________________________ Are you worried about something in your life? _________________________________ 230 Have you done anything while you have been in the HGC you shouldn't have done? _______________________________________________________________________________ Do you think what we are doing with you is in error? __________________________ Is your auditor doing anything that upsets you? _______________________________ If needle did a marked dip on any of the above the D of P should continue the question until the dip vanishes, using various different forms of the question until he gets the whole story to his satisfaction. D of P findings: Recommendation to Auditor: Signed..........................................D of P. CHECK TYPE FOUR HCO WW Form CT4 Rudiments Check Name of Pc....................................... Date......................... Location of HGC................................................................ After eight or ten hours of auditing on processes that were in Model Session (not CCHs) the D of P checks rudiments to make sure that they are cleaned up. Check done on Pc who is on a meter. What goals have you been setting for your sessions? Do you have any upset with your auditor about anything at all? Are you withholding anything from us about yourself or your processing? Do you have any present time problems? Is there anything you dislike about your auditing? Is there anything you would like to change about your auditor? Is there anything it would embarrass you to tell us about? Is there something you wouldn't want known? Is there anything in your life right now that is very upsetting to you? D of P sorts out any needle fall until he is sure that there is something there that needs attention and either it has cleared by his asking or he gives the auditor an alert to it so it can be handled. Recommendation to auditor: Signed.....................................D of P. 231 CHECK TYPE FIVE HCO WW Form CT 5 Flat Check When the staff auditor states that the terminal he has been running is now flat the D of P makes a very careful check before he permits a new assessment to be started. The TA does not have to be on clear read for a terminal to be flat. Name of Pc..................................... Date........................... Location of HGC................................................................ Terminal that has been run "flat" according to auditor ________________________ Check terminal on every level of the Pre-Hav Scale against the needle only. Check from bottom to top of scale then back to bottom of scale. Needle changed characteristic or fell on the following levels _________________ If any change or fall noted, send auditor back to flatten that level, or those levels and do his own recheck and flattening before returning. Use this form for D of P recheck. If no level reacted on the terminal, take the Goal which the terminal represented and check it out thoroughly on the meter. Goal Terminal Represented _____________________________________________________ Reaction of the Goal: ________________________ If Goal had a reaction send auditor back to find another terminal that reacts as much as the Goal reacts, flatten that terminal on any and all levels and return for recheck on this same form. 1. Return for recheck _______ or 2. Do new Goals, Terminal, Level, Command Assessment _______ Signed..........................................D of P. CHECK TYPE SIX HCO WW Form CT6 Bog Check Name of Pc...................................... Date.......................... Location of HGC................................................................ When the Auditor reports or D of P thinks case is not progressing well the following check-offs are done: (This is a "When all else fails" check-off.) D of P does check type one without the message to the Pc: _____________________ D of P does check type three:. ________________________________________________ D of P orders Johannesburg Security Check. Done: ______________________________ D of P does check type four: __________________________________________________ If SOP Goals has been "flattened" on one or more terminals D of P does check type five on all SOP terminals run to date: ___________________________________ Only when all of this has been cared for according to each check type listed and the Johannesburg Security Check has been fully cleared on all questions does the D of P make further recommendation to the Staff Auditor: Recommendation: Signed.......................................D of P. 232 CHECK TYPE SEVEN HCO WW Form CT7 A "Release" Check Sheet Name of Pc...................................... Date.......................... Location of HGC................................................................ The following may be made out on the pc at any time but preferably at a time when the pc is to receive no further intensives at the moment or is leaving the HGC. This whole check sheet is rechecked by HCO Area as indicated: Pc is put on a meter and asked: Are you happy with the auditing you have had? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Do you think you will get any worse? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Do you intend to get more auditing? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Did they find your Havingness process? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Did they find your Confront process? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Do you think you can handle life any better? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Do you think Scientology works? D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ If satisfactory meter reaction (fairly free needle) and if Tone Arm is not abnormally high or low, and if pc answers "Yes" to above, a D of P sends the pc with this form to HCO Area, and HCO Area again checks it out, has Address prepare a Certificate, HCO Continental gets Certificate and this form and signs, and Certificate is handed to or mailed to the pc. A pin is also given or sent when available, denoting pc is a "Release". D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ CHECK TYPE EIGHT HCO WW Form CT8 Clear Check D of P checks out this form and then sends it to HCO Area Sec for a second check out. The whole pc file folder with all filed forms, Assessments, various sheets and auditor's reports are to hand when this check out is done. Check over all goals listed on the Goals Assessment Sheet and any subsequent additions. Look for a fall of the needle on any of them. Any fall disqualifies the pc. Check over all terminals listed in all auditor's reports and note any fall on any of them with high sensitivity. Any fall disqualifies pc. We find the needle without reaction and pronounce this person to be clear. D of P _____________________________ HCO Area Sec ____________________________ Give letter to HCO Continental and send bracelet to pc. LRH:jl.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Modified by HCO PL 25 April 1961, D of P Form -- Check Type One, page 254.] 233  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 21 iDate=5/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS GOOFS   CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL 1961 CenOCon S.O.P. GOALS GOOFS Having examined the reports of several HGCs I must assume the following: 1. That the many situations arising in Admin and staff in some HGCs stem directly from an unconscious avoidance of clearing or of running SOP Goals. 2. That getting SOP Goals run properly is my one and only goal for HGCs at this time. 3. That I have no interest in reasons why it is not being run properly. 4. That all organization and staff problems will resolve with the attainment of successful clearing of staffs. 5. That problems blow into view as this is being attempted and should get no more attention from me than a pc's protests would in a session. 6. That we can and will win out in getting SOP Goals properly applied. 7. That sooner or later staff auditors will realize it is a simple procedure with many steps and apply it bravely. 8. That auditors will suddenly realize it does work and clear and is to be used. 9. That staff auditors will read and follow the bulletins and policy letters on SOP Goals. 10. That my job is to insist that it be run, whether people on staff are trained or not trained. 11. That all difficulty stems from lack of successful technical application and that technical, fully repaired, solves all Admin problems. 12. That we can and will get SOP Goals in proper use, not only through existing staff but new staff as they arrive. 13. That neither you nor I can Q and A with reasons it is not being run. I am very, very earnest about these matters. Typical goofs: Terminal started at Pre-Hav level run for a while with good TA motion. Motion of TA vanishes (as it should). Auditor non-plussed. Promptly starts Attention process and does 20 hours of it, where he should have reassessed same terminal for new level. Auditor finds goal dips only one division. Decides it isn't enough (which it is), runs off and runs Change process. D of P does assessment in 45 minutes (D of P shouldn't, and also it takes me 2 hours for a goals assessment), gives it to auditor. Auditor runs with no Model Session or rudiments for 100 hours with pc going mad from PTPs. Never changes level. Never checks rudiments. Nobody ever re-checks for level. E-Meter ignored. 234 Auditor has goal, terminal, level, command, all set to roll, and D of P says, "Needle seems a little sticky, run the Attention process." SOP Goals promptly abandoned in favor of wasting 4 days of auditing. Goofs like this are just a dramatization of wasting auditing. It's in the bulletins. There's no reason to goof. It's just a question of doing it! As soon as somebody, anybody on staff gets clear or near clear on SOP Goals, this situation will change. The more that get clear or near clear, the more effective the Org will be, the better SOP Goals will run. My policy then is clearly to get SOP Goals run in every HGC on every pc, staff and outside, not waiting "until staff are trained" or "when we get a new Admin", or "as soon as staff auditors can read an E-Meter". My brand-new idea on SOP Goals is "Do It". Only familiarity will beget confidence. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 235  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=6/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS GOALS ASSESSMENT PROBLEMS SORTED OUT   CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1961 CenOCon S.O.P. GOALS GOALS ASSESSMENT PROBLEMS SORTED OUT A D of P confessed she could not get a goal to fall whenever an auditor did an assessment. The auditor would do an assessment, bring the pc in for D of P check, but the goal would not fall again. This, of course, is improper assessment. HOW TO ASSESS A GOALS LIST The auditor should get a full list of goals including childhood goals, withheld goals, anti-social goals, and (by meter reaction on question) "Any goal you have not told me about". Auditor gets every possible goal until the meter is nul on the question of goals the pc might have. Then the auditor reads the whole list of goals to the pc and writes in divisions and fractions of divisions of fall for each. One division on the meter dial is marked "1" after the goal. One half a division is marked "1/2", etc after the written goal. The auditor then covers the whole list again, reading them to the pc. Pc does not have to answer verbally any of these questions, "How do you feel about (goals)?" And auditor can tell pc so. The meter does it all. On the second read the auditor lightly crosses out all goals that get no response or marks in the amount each goal now falls. The auditor does a third read of only those goals that fall on the second reading and marks down how much they fell by a division figure and crosses out all those goals that now no longer fall. By this time the list will be getting pretty short. Goals keep going nul. They blow, in other words. The auditor now does end rudiments, picks up any PTPs and ARC breaks and gives the pc a short break and copies off only those goals that still fell on a new sheet of paper. The auditor now returns the pc to session, runs beginning rudiments and goes over this new short list noting divisions of fall for each goal on it. It is probable that these remaining goals are all the same goal or are opposite goals (if one can't do one, he does the other sort of thing). Once more the auditor writes down the divisions of fall as he goes over the list again with the pc. More of these goals can be expected to fall out and go nul. The preliminary goal now becomes unmistakable as having the consistent largest fall. 236 The pc may suddenly re-define this goal with great interest. That is fine. Note the re-definition or re-definitions as such. Re-check the last list and take the greatest consistent fall. Take the wording of the goal that falls most. The auditor now has the principal goal. He writes it on a new piece of paper and puts the date of the assessment on it. The auditor now starts his search for a terminal with considerable attention to what the pc says it is and finally finds one that falls as much as or more than the goal fell and that continues to fall. The auditor now finds the Pre-Hav level of this terminal and its command and, noting all this on the new sheet, saving all papers in the pc record, goes to the D of P for a re-check. This goal will always fall. This level will always fall. This command will always fall. Each right up to the instant the pc starts to get audited. Most goals, all off-beat terminals, any incorrect level goes nul on the two-way comm incident to assessment. Only the goal, terminal, level that have to be audited remain. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 237  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=6/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS REPAINING A CASE   CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1961 Issue II CenOCon S.O.P. GOALS REPAINING A CASE An auditor, after a proper assessment, was afraid to let the TA go too tight on running any Pre-Hav level. He ran, then, four levels worth of processes in the first two hours of S.O.P. Goals running. The pc bogged and no further assessment for Pre-Hav level could be done. REMEDY An auditor must keep his pc's record in full including all assessments and even rough notes and lists. The auditor above should return to the process of the first level he ran and run it again until the Tone Arm is fairly motionless and looks like it is going to remain so after a 20-minute additional test. Then the auditor should take the second process he had run and run it until the Tone Arm is motionless and remains so for 20 minutes. Then the auditor should take the third process he had already run and run it until the Tone Arm remains motionless for 20 minutes. Then the auditor should take the fourth process and run that until the TA remains motionless for 20 minutes. Now the auditor should find he can reassess for a new Pre-Hav level. Before doing such, however, he should cover Rudiments with great care, cleaning up every possible ARC break and getting any withhold that shows. Just as a series of unflat levels on a terminal may have to be gone over again in sequence, so may a list of terminals previously run have to be taken up one after another if the case hangs up late in processing -- as too many terminals can also be run too fast. Further, the Attention and Change process will loosen a needle but not be used before the above remedy is done. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 238  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ASSESSING FOR GOALS AND TERMINALS OR ELIMINATION   CenOCon D of P Staff Auditors Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1961 CenOCon D of P Staff Auditors Franchise ASSESSING FOR GOALS AND TERMINALS OR ELIMINATION As the only weak spot in S.O.P. Goals is assessing for the right goal and terminal, I have given this a lot of study and am utilizing something new I have observed that should cancel out any doubts about rightness in the auditor's mind. Do all S.O.P. Goals steps in Model Session form. This gives you two cracks at the withholds and ARC breaks. If in doubt about how the pc is standing up to a long assessment end the session, give pc a short break and start a new session. GOALS LIST To do Goals, get pc to give you every goal he or she can think of. Then start using the meter to find goals and keep on finding goals until when you ask for one you get no drop on the meter. In other words, look for goals like you look for withholds. Ask for: Secret goals. Withheld goals. Anti-social goals. Childhood goals. Goals you've just remembered. Silly goals. Goals you've failed at. Your resulting list may be as long as a hundred or more or as short as fifty. Just clear the meter on the subject. Make sure you write down every goal you get. Now to assess the goals. Tell pc he or she doesn't have to answer aloud, and start reading the goals off to the pc. Write down how much each goal fell by divisions or fractions of divisions. Lightly cross out every goal that does not fall. Go over list to pc again, still watching needle. Read off to pc every goal that fell before. You will find some of these have gone nul. Mark present divisions of fall for each goal. Cross out every goal that now does not fall. Read remaining goals off to pc. Mark divisions they fell and cross out those that went nul. Read now the goals that remain and cross out those that go nul. Keep doing this until you have only two or three goals. Discuss these with the pc. They may be all the same goal. Get a better definition of the goal. Now read the remaining goals to pc and cross out the ones that go nul. You will have at least one heavily falling goal left that does not go nul on two way comm. This of course has to be run. This assessment is assessment of goals by elimination. 239 TERMINAL LIST We have the goal. Now to get the terminal. We get the pc to suggest terminals that represent this goal we have found. We keep on urging the pc to give us more terminals for that goal. We list every terminal the pc thinks up. We are not content until we have a list of about thirty possible terminals. We now treat this list exactly as we did the goals list. We read the list to the pc, marking divisions of fall and crossing out terminals that don't fall now. We take the uncrossed-out terminals and read these to the pc. We mark divisions they fall and cross out those that no longer fall. We keep doing this until we are left with one terminal. This is our terminal. The only way it will nul is by auditing. This is terminal assessment by elimination. Commands are pretty easy to get. The best command is the five-way bracket as follows: You .............terminal. Terminal............. you. Terminal......... another. Another .........terminal. Terminal ........terminal. The How type of command is very good. The additional data on terminals commands is to add "bad" or "badly" at the inverted levels. On the Pre-Havingness Scale you should add WASTE below FAILED ABANDON. You should add REGRET, SHAME and BLAME going upwards from somewhere around PROTECT. I will give you the full Pre-Hav chart in a week or two, but you need these right now. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 240  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=7/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS MODIFICATION I   Central Orgs City Offices Processing Depts Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1961 Central Orgs Issue II City Offices Processing Depts Franchise S.O.P. GOALS MODIFICATION I On all staff and outside cases without exception the following Goals Standard Operating Procedure will be used. S.O.P. Goals Intensives Use Model Session throughout on assessments and all sessions. 1. Go over rudiments carefully. 2. Do a Goals Assessment. Find out every goal the pc can recall ever having. Make a list. Get in particular any secret goals, withheld goals, childhood goals, anti-social goals. Go over list with a meter, as per HCO Bulletin of April 6, 1961 and later. 3. Convert goal to a terminal. Use HCO Bulletin of April 6, 1961 and later. 4. Assess this terminal on the Pre-Havingness Scale from bottom toward top. Take level that falls the most. 5. Develop an auditing command, preferably five-way bracket, that uses terminal and pre-havingness level. See HCO Bulletin of April 6, 1961 and later HCO Bulletins. 6. Run the command until tone arm becomes inactive for at least twenty minutes. 7. DELETED. 8. DELETED. 9. DELETED. 10. When the tone arm loses its action on these commands and tends to stick, no matter whether high or low arm (20 minutes is a good test), RE-ASS TERMINAL ON PRE-HAVINGNESS SCALE from bottom up until a new level falls. 11. Proceed as in Steps 5 to 11. 12. When the first terminal selected and the goal produce no needle action and seem flat, retum to Goals Assessment, add any new goals pc has now, RE-ASSESS GOALS. Proceed from Steps 5 to 12. 13. When tone arm stabilizing around clear read, LOCATE HAVINGNESS PROCESS from the 36 Presessions. (May be done earlier.) 14. Add the Havingness process into the processes run, using it at appropriate places (certainly at session end) while continuing Goals S.O.P. 15. When Havingness process has been used for a couple of sessions to help Goals S.O.P. find the CONFRONT PROCESS. 16. Add the Confront process into the Model Session. 17. If you run out of goals, get a NEW LIST OF GOALS from the pc and proceed as above. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:Ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 241  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 21 iDate=7/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  JOHANNESBURG SECURITY CHECK   HCO Secs Any Directors of Security Remimeo only for use  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO Secs HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1961 Any Directors of Security Remimeo only for use (REVISED -- See HCO PL 7 Apr 61RA Volume VIII -- 419) JOHANNESBURG SECURITY CHECK This is the Johannesburg Security Check sheet further amplified by myself. This is the roughest Security Check in Scientology. We will call it the "Jo'burg Security Check". It does not necessarily replace other check sheets but it is probably the most thorough one we have now. In reprinting this form use legal (foolscap) length and double-space everything except directions. Joburg Security Check Sheet HCO Security Form 2 Name of Person ______________________________________ Date ___________________ Name of Security Checker Directions: Attempt to clear any fall observed. Mark any fall observed or any meter reaction change elicited by the question. Then write what it cleared on. Mark largely if the fall could not be cleared since this constitutes a failure to pass. Only fail somebody if there is no needle motion of any kind even with sensitivity at 16 on any question. If they are failing because it is hard to clear a question, work very thoroughly on it in an effort to clear it. In all cases complete the test. If an important question fails to clear even after Security Checker has worked very hard to get it off, the test is flunked. The following statement should be read or quoted to the person being Security Checked: "We are about to begin a Security Check. We are not moralists. We are able to change people. We are not here to condemn them. While we cannot guarantee you that matters revealed in this check will be held forever secret, we can promise you faithfully that no part of it nor any answer you make here will be given to the Police or the State. No Scientologist will ever bear witness against you in Court by reason of answers to this Security Check. This Security Check is exclusively for Scientology purposes. The only ways you can fail this Security Check are to refuse to take the test, to fail to answer its questions truthfully or if you are here knowingly to injure Scientology. The only penalty attached to failure of this check is processing or our refusal to employ you or issue you a certificate, and this will only happen if we find that you are trying knowingly to injure Scientology. You can pass this test by (1) agreeing to take it, (2) answering each question truthfully and (3) not being a member of a subversive group seeking to injure Scientology." The first questions are nul questions to determine your reaction pattern. We will now begin -- 242 Lie Reaction: Are you sitting in a chair? Are you on the moon? Are all cats black? Am I an ostrich? Is this Earth? Have you ever drunk water? Are you holding up a tree? Am I an elephant? Are you a table? Is this a Security Check? Have you ever lived or worked under an assumed name? Have you given me your right name? Are you here for a different purpose than you say? Have you ever stolen anything? Have you ever forged someone else's signature? Have you ever blackmailed anybody? Have you ever been blackmailed? Have you ever smuggled anything? Have you ever been in prison? Have you ever indulged in drunkenness? Have you ever done any reckless driving? Have you ever burglared any place? Have you ever embezzled money? Have you ever assaulted anyone? Have you ever been in jail? Have you ever told lies in Court? Have you ever had anything to do with Pornography? Have you ever committed Arson? Have you ever been a Drug Addict? Have you ever peddled Dope? Have you had any dealings with stolen goods? Do you have a Police Record? Have you ever raped anyone? Have you ever been involved in an abortion? Have you assisted in any abortion? Have you ever committed adultery? Have you ever practiced Homosexuality? Have you ever had intercourse with a member of your family? Have you ever been sexually unfaithful? Have you ever practiced Sodomy? 243 Have you ever consistently made a practice of sexual perversion? Have you ever slept with a member of a race of another color? Have you ever committed culpable homicide? Have you ever bombed anything? Have you ever murdered anyone? Have you ever kidnapped anyone? Have you ever done any illicit Diamond buying? Have you ever betrayed anyone for money? Have you ever threatened anyone with a fire-arm? Have you been in illegal possession of fire-arms? Have you ever been paid for giving evidence? Have you ever destroyed something belonging to someone else? Have you ever been a spy for an Organization? Have you ever had anything to do with Communism or been a Communist? Have you ever been a newspaper reporter? Have you ever had intercourse while under the influence of drugs? Have you ever had intercourse while under the influence of alcohol? Have you ever used drugs or blackmail to procure sex? Have you ever ill-treated children? Have you ever taken money for giving anyone sexual intercourse? Have you ever had any connection with a brothel? Have you ever had anything to do with a baby farm? Have you ever been a spy for the Police? Are you afraid of the Police? Have you ever done anything you are afraid the Police may find out? Have you ever falsified the books in any firm you worked for? Have you ever done anything your Mother would be ashamed to find out? How could you help yourself generally? What represents yourself? How could you help your family? What represents your family? How do you feel about sex? What represents (the Org (others (a group to you? How could you help (the Org? (others? (a group? How could you help mankind? Have you ever controlled people? How do you feel about being controlled? What represents mankind to you? How could you help animals and plants? 244 What represents animals and plants to you? How could you help material things? What represents Matter, Energy, Space and Time to you? How could you help Spirits? What represents Spirits to you? How could you help God or Infinity? What represents God or Infinity to you? What is Communism? Do you feel Communism has some good points? Have you ever been a member of the Communist Party? Have you ever been a member of any group with similar ideals as the Communist Party? Do you know any Communist personally? Have you ever injured Dianetics or Scientology? Have you ever committed any overts on a Scientology Organization? Have you ever stolen anything from a Scientology Org? Do you have any overts on LRH? Have you ever had unkind thoughts about LRH? Do you have any overts on Mary Sue? Have you ever had any unkind thoughts about Mary Sue? Have you ever injured any Scientologists? Have you ever had any unkind thoughts about Scientologists? Have you ever betrayed Scientology? Do you know of any secret plans against Scientology? Have you ever taken money to injure Scientology? Have you ever used Dianetics or Scientology to force sex upon someone? Do you know of any plans to injure a Scientology Organization? Are you upset about this Security Check? _________________________________ ______________________________ Passed Failed _______________________________________________________________________________ Why? ______________________________ Signed by Examiner L. RON HUBBARD LRH:lmw.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 245  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=11/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  S.O.P. GOALS ERRORS   CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1961 CenOCon S.O.P. GOALS ERRORS The primary sources of wasted time on S.O.P. Goals and the only real errors that can be made are as follows: 1. Bad Technical approach. Remedy: Be expert on TRs and Model Session and E-Meter. 2. Improper Assessments. Remedy: Assessment by Elimination. 3. Failure to flatten a level before re-assessing for a new level. Remedy: Run a level until the Tone Arm has remained still for 20 minutes. "Still" is defined as only one-eighth of a division of motion on the Tone Arm dial -- e.g., an eighth of the distance from 4 to 5. 4. Failure to detect and handle a PTP. Remedy: Do rudiments carefully watching meter needle for falls, not listening to what pc says. 5. Failure to detect and handle an ARC break. Remedy: Do rudiments carefully and often. 6. Failure to detect and pull a withhold. Remedy: Do rudiments carefully. Honest, there aren't any more difficulties than the above. I doubt any other errors could be introduced than the above that would keep a case from moving. In all auditors' conferences and in all training, these things must be stressed. Know the TRs. Know Model Session. Know the E-Meter. Do proper assessments by the meter. Use elimination for goals, terminals. Choose the right level by the amount of fall of the needle. Run the right amount of processing by the Tone Arm. Inspect rudiments often. Detect and handle all PTPs, ARC breaks and Withholds. There are no other barriers to success in S.O.P. Goals. But do the above wrong and you can add hundreds of hours to clearing. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:Ph.rd Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 246  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=12/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TRAINING DRILLS   CenOCon  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1961 CenOCon TRAINING DRILLS These "TRs" are those released to the 18th ACC. They are in their original form. They are the correct drills for use in all instruction. L. RON HUBBARD NUMBER: TR 0 NAME: Confronting Preclear. COMMANDS: None. POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance apart -- about five feet. PURPOSE: To train student to confront a preclear with auditing only or with nothing. TRAINING STRESS: Have student and coach sit facing each other, neither making any conversation or effort to be interesting. Have them sit and look at each other and say and do nothing for some hours. Student must not speak, fidget, giggle or be embarrassed or anaten. Coach may speak only if student goes anaten (dope off). Student is confronting the body, thetan and bank of preclear. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington in March 1957 to train students to confront preclears in the absence of social tricks or conversation and to overcome obsessive compulsions to be "interesting". NUMBER: TR 1 NAME: Dear Alice. COMMANDS: A phrase (with the "he saids" omitted) is picked out of the book "Alice in Wonderland" and read to the coach. It is repeated until the coach is satisfied it arrived where he is. POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To teach the student to send an intention from himself to a preclear in one unit of time without vias. TRAINING STRESS: The command goes from the book to the student and, as his own, to the coach. It must not go from book to coach. It must sound natural, not artificial. Diction and elocution have no part in it. Loudness may have. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London, April 1956, to teach the communication formula to new students. NUMBER: TR 2 NAME: Acknowledgements. COMMANDS: The coach reads lines from "Alice in Wonderland" omitting "He saids" and the student thoroughly acknowledges them. The coach repeats any line he feels was not truly acknowledged. POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To teach student that an acknowledgement is a method of controlling preclear communication and that an acknowledgement is a full stop. TRAINING STRESS: Teach student to acknowledge exactly what was said so that preclear knows it was heard. Ask student from time to time what was said. Curb over and under acknowledgement. Let student do anything at first to get acknowledgements across, then even him out. Teach him that an acknowledgement is a stop, not beginning of a new cycle of communication or an encouragement to the preclear to go on. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956 to teach new 247 students that an acknowledgement ends a communication cycle and a period of time, that a new command begins a new period of time. NUMBER: TR 3 NAME: Duplicative Question. COMMANDS: "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" Communication bridge between. POSITION: Student and coach seated a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To teach a student to duplicate without variation an auditing question, each time newly, in its own unit of time, not as a blur with other questions, and to acknowledge it; and to teach him how to shift from one question to another with a communication bridge rather than an abrupt change. TRAINING STRESS: One question and student acknowledgement of its answer in one unit of time which is then finished. To keep student from straying into variations of command. To insist on communication bridge when question is changed. Even though the same question is asked, it is asked as though it had never occurred to anyone before. To teach student that a communication bridge consists of getting three agreements -- one agreement to end this question, second agreement to continue session in general and maintain ARC, third agreement to begin a new question. Teach student that preclear is part of these agreements. To teach student never to vary question or shift question or command without a bridge. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to overcome variations and sudden changes in sessions. NUMBER: TR 4 NAME: Preclear Originations. COMMANDS: The student runs "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" on coach. Coach answers but now and then makes startling comments from a prepared list given by Instructor. Student must handle originations to satisfaction of coach. POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To teach a student not to be tongue-tied or startled or thrown off session by originations of preclear and to maintain ARC with preclear throughout an origination. TRAINING STRESS: The student is taught to hear origination and do three things: 1. Understand it; 2. Acknowledge it; and 3. Return preclear to session. If the coach feels abruptness or too much time consumed or lack of comprehension, he corrects the coach into better handling. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to teach auditors to stay in session when preclear dives out. NUMBER: TR 5 NAME: Hand Mimicry. COMMANDS: All Commands are by motions of one or two hands. The auditor makes a simple hand motion, holding his hand or hands in the final position. The coach bobs his head as having received it. The coach then, mirror-wise, makes the same motion with his hand or hands. The student then acknowledges. If the motion was not correctly done by coach the student acknowledges doubtfully, then repeats the motion to the coach. If the coach does it well, student thanks coach by shaking own two hands together (prize fighter fashion). Keep motions simple. Student must always be able to duplicate own motions. POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other at a short distance, coach's knees inside student's. PURPOSE: To educate student that verbal commands are not entirely necessary. To make student physically telegraph an intention. To show student necessity of having preclear obey commands. TRAINING STRESS: Accuracy of student repeating own commands. Teaching student to give preclear wins. Teaching student that an intention is different from words. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, from the principles of body mimicry developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Camden, N.J., in 1954. LRH:ph.bh Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 248  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=17/4/61 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED   Remimeo All Courses All Checksheets Franchise  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo All Courses All Checksheets HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1961 Franchise (CANCELLED -- See HCO B 16 Aug 71 II Volume VII -- 348) TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED (Reissued 5 January 71, substituting word "supervisors" for "instructors", adding the words "a command" to TR 3 and substituting the words "and coach's remarks about self as pc" in TR 4 in place of "and remarks aimed only at the student.") Due to the following factors, I have modernized TRs 0 to 4:. 1. The auditing skill of any student remains only as good as he can do his TRs. 2. Flubs in TRs are the basis of all confusion in subsequent efforts to audit. 3. If the TRs are not well learned early in the HPA/HCA, BScn/HCS Courses, THE BALANCE OF THE COURSE WILL FAIL AND SUPERVISORS AT UPPER LEVELS WILL BE TEACHING NOT THEIR SUBJECTS BUT TRS. 4. Almost all confusions on Meter, Model Sessions and SOP Goals stem directly from inability to do the TRs. 5. A student who has not mastered his TRs will not master anything further. 6. SOP Goals will not function in the presence of bad TRs. The preclear is already being overwhelmed by process velocity and cannot bear up to TR flubs without ARC breaks. Academies were tough on TRs up to 1958 and have since tended to soften. Comm Courses are not a tea party. These TRs given here should be put in use at once in all auditor training, in Academy and HGC and in the future should never be relaxed. Seven weeks on a Comm Course until he does the TRs perfectly lets the student receive at least one week's training in the eight. A poor Comm Course in one week can wipe out the whole eight weeks. NUMBER: TR 0 Revised 1961 NAME: Confronting Preclear. COMMANDS: None. POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance apart -- about three feet. PURPOSE: To train student to confront a preclear with auditing only or with nothing. The whole idea is to get the student able to hold a position three feet in front of a preclear, to BE there and not do anything else but BE there. TRAINING STRESS: Have student and coach sit facing each other, neither making any conversation or effort to be interesting. Have them sit and look at each other and say and do nothing for some hours. Student must not speak, fidget, giggle or be embarrassed or anaten. It will be found the student tends to confront WITH a body part, rather than just confront, or to use a system of confronting rather than just BE there. The drill is misnamed if Confront means to DO something to the pc. The whole action is to accustom an auditor to BEING THERE three feet in front of a preclear without apologizing or moving or being startled or embarrassed or defending self. After a student has become able to just sit there for two hours "bull baiting" can begin. Anything added to BEING THERE is sharply flunked by the coach. Twitches, blinks, sighs, fidgets, anything except just being there is promptly flunked, with the reason why. Patter: Student coughs. Coach: "Flunk! you coughed. Start." This is the whole of the coach's patter as a coach. Patter as a confronted subject: The coach may say anything or do anything except leave the chair. The student's "buttons" can be found and tromped on hard. Any words not coaching words may receive no response from the student. If the student responds, the coach is instantly a coach (see patter above). 249 Supervisors should have coaches let student have some wins (coach does not mention these) and then, by gradient stress, get the coaches to start in on the student to invite flunks and then flunk them. This is "bull baiting". The student flunks each time he or she reacts, no matter how minutely, to being baited. This TR should be taught rough-rough-rough and not left until the student can do it. Training is considered satisfactory at this level only if the student can BE three feet in front of a person without flinching, concentrating or confronting with, regardless of what the confronted person says or does. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington in March 1957 to train students to confront preclears in the absence of social tricks or conversation and to overcome obsessive compulsions to be "interesting". Revised by L. Ron Hubbard April 1961 on finding that SOP Goals required for its success a much higher level of technical skill than earlier processes. NUMBER: TR 1 Revised 1961 NAME: Dear Alice. PURPOSE: To train the student to deliver a command newly and in a new unit of time to a preclear without flinching or trying to overwhelm or using a via. COMMANDS: A phrase (with the "he saids" omitted) is picked out of the book "Alice in Wonderland" and read to the coach. It is repeated until the coach is satisfied it arrived where he is. POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other a comfortable distance apart. TRAINING STRESS: The command goes from the book to the student and, as his own, to the coach. It must not go from book to coach. It must sound natural not artificial. Diction and elocution have no part in it. Loudness may have. The coach must have received the command (or question) clearly and have understood it before he says "Good". Patter: The coach says "Start", says "Good" without a new start if the command is received or says "Flunk" if the command is not received. "Start" is not used again. "That's it" is used to terminate for a discussion or to end the activity. If session is terminated for a discussion, coach must say "Start" again before it resumes. This drill is passed only when the student can put across a command naturally, without strain or artificiality or elocutionary bobs and gestures, and when the student can do it easily and relaxedly. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London, April 1956, to teach the communication formula to new students. Revised by L. Ron Hubbard 1961 to increase auditing ability. NUMBER: TR 2 Revised 1961 NAME: Acknowledgements. PURPOSE: To teach student that an acknowledgement is a method of controlling preclear communication and that an acknowledgement is a full stop. COMMANDS: The coach reads lines from "Alice in Wonderland" omitting "He saids" and the student thoroughly acknowledges them. The coach repeats any line he feels was not truly acknowledged. POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other at a comfortable distance apart. TRAINING STRESS: Teach student to acknowledge exactly what was said so preclear knows it was heard. Ask student from time to time what was said. Curb over and under acknowledgement. Let student do anything at first to get acknowledgements across, then even him out. Teach him that an acknowledgement is a stop, not beginning of a new cycle of communication or an encouragement to the preclear to go on. To teach further that one can fail to get an acknowledgement across or can fail to stop a pc with an acknowledgement or can take a pc's head off with an acknowledgement. 250 Patter: The coach says "Start", reads a line and says "Flunk" every time the coach feels there has been an improper acknowledgement. The coach repeats the same line each time the coach says "Flunk". "That's it" may be used to terminate for discussion or terminate the session. "Start" must be used to begin new coaching after a "That's it". HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956 to teach new students that an acknowledgement ends a communication cycle and a period of time, that a new command begins a new period of time. Revised 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard. NUMBER: TR 3 Revised 1961 NAME: Duplicative question. PURPOSE: To teach a student to duplicate without variation an auditing question, each time newly, in its own unit of time, not as a blur with other questions, and to acknowledge it. To teach that one never asks a second question until he has received an answer to the one asked. COMMANDS: "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" POSITION: Student and coach seated a comfortable distance apart. TRAINING STRESS: One question and student acknowledgement of its answer in one unit of time which is then finished. To keep student from straying into variations of command. Even though the same question is asked, it is asked as though it had never occurred to anyone before. The student must learn to give a command and receive an answer and to acknowledge it in one unit of time. The student is flunked if he or she fails to get an answer to the question asked, if he or she fails to repeat the exact question, if he or she Q and As with excursions taken by the coach. Patter: The coach uses "Start" and "That's it", as in earlier TRs. The coach is not bound after starting to answer the student's question but may comm lag or give a commenting type answer to throw the student off. Often the coach should answer. Somewhat less often the coach attempts to pull the student in to a Q and A or upset the student. Example: Student: "Do fish swim?" Coach: "Yes" Student: "Good" Student: "Do fish swim?" Coach: "Aren't you hungry?" Student: "Yes" Coach: "Flunk" When the question is not answered, the student must say gently, "I'll repeat the auditing question," and do so until he gets an answer. Anything except commands, acknowledgement and, as needed, the repeat statement is flunked. Unnecessary use of the repeat statement is flunked. A poor command is flunked. A poor acknowledgement is flunked. A Q and A is flunked (as in example). Student misemotion or confusion is flunked. Student failure to utter the next command without a long comm lag is flunked. A choppy or premature acknowledgement is flunked. Lack of an acknowledgement (or with a distinct comm lag) is flunked. Any words from the coach except an answer to the question, "Start" "Flunk" "Good" or "That's it" should have no influence on the student except to get him to give a repeat statement and the command again. By repeat statement is meant, "I'll repeat the auditing command". "Start", "Flunk", "Good" and "That's it" may not be used to fluster or trap the student. Any other statement under the sun may be. The coach may try to leave his chair in this TR. If he succeeds it is a flunk. The coach should not use introverted statements such as "I just had a cognition." "Coach divertive" statements should all concern the student, and should be designed to throw the student off and cause the student to lose session control or track of what the student is doing. The student's job is to keep a session going in spite of anything, using only command, the repeat statement or the acknowledgement. 251 The student may use his or her hands to prevent a "blow" (leaving) of the coach. If the student does anything else than the above, it is a flunk and the coach must say so. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to overcome variations and sudden changes in sessions. Revised 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard. The old TR had a comm bridge as part of its training but this is now part of and is taught in Model Session and is no longer needed at this level. Auditors have been frail in getting their questions answered. This TR was redesigned to improve that frailty. NUMBER.: TR 4 Revised 1961 NAME: Preclear originations. PURPOSE: To teach a student not to be tongue-tied or startled or thrown off session by originations of preclear and to maintain ARC with preclear throughout an origination. COMMANDS: The student runs "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" on coach. Coach answers but now and then makes startling comments from a prepared list given by Instructor. Student must handle originations to satisfaction of coach. POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other at a comfortable distance apart. TRAINING STRESS: The student is taught to hear origination and do three things: 1. Understand it; 2. Acknowledge it; and 3. Return preclear to session. If the coach feels abruptness or too much time consumed or lack of comprehension, he corrects the student into better handling. Patter: All originations concern the coach, his ideas, reactions or difficulties, none concern the auditor. Otherwise the patter is the same as in earlier TRs. The student's patter is governed by: 1. Clarifying and understanding the origin. 2. Acknowledging the origin. 3. Giving the repeat statement "I'll repeat the auditing command," and then giving it. Anything else is a flunk. The auditor must be taught to prevent ARC breaks and differentiate between a vital problem that concerns the pc and a mere effort to blow session. (TR 3 Revised.) Flunks are given if the student does more than 1. Understand; 2. Acknowledge; 3. Return pc to session. Coach may throw in remarks personal to student as on TR 3. Student's failure to differentiate between these (by trying to handle them) and coach's remarks about self as "pc" is a flunk. Student's failure to persist is always a flunk in any TR but here more so. Coach should not always read from list to originate, and not always look at student when about to comment. By Originate is meant a statement or remark referring to the state of the coach or fancied case. By Comment is meant a statement or remark aimed only at student or room. Originations are handled, Comments are disregarded by the student. HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to teach auditors to stay in session when preclear dives out. Revised by L. Ron Hubbard in 1961 to teach an auditor more about handling origins and preventing ARC breaks. As TR 5 is also part of the CCHs it can be disregarded in the Comm Course TRs despite its appearance on earlier lists for students and staff auditors. Training Note It is better to go through these TRs several times getting tougher each time than to hang up on one TR forever or to be so tough at start student goes into a decline. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jw.cden Copyright $c 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 252  L. RON HUBBARD